Modul:Citation/CS1: Forskjell mellom sideversjoner

Fra wikisida.no
Hopp til navigering Hopp til søk
← Forrige endring
Wikisida (diskusjon | bidrag)
Byråkrater, Grensesnittadministratorer, Administratorer
1 753 redigeringer
Synch from sandbox;
m 310 sideversjoner ble importert
 
(42 mellomliggende versjoner av 12 brukere er ikke vist)
Linje 1: Linje 1:
--[[
Last synced with enwiki: 2017-06-05
List of changes that must be applied after a sync (might be incomplete!):
- replace "sandbox" with "sandkasse"
- Wrap some date fields in 'ISOtilNorskdato'
  - Modify archive_url_check call so ArchiveDate is not re-initialized
- Update tests for "no" or 'no' to also cover "nei" or 'nei' (e.g. DeadURL)
- Change `if 'none' == ps:lower()` to `if 'none' == ps:lower() or 'ingen' == ps:lower()`
]]


local z = {
local cs1 ={};
error_categories = {}; -- for categorizing citations that contain errors
error_ids = {};
message_tail = {};
maintenance_cats = {}; -- for categorizing citations that aren't erroneous per se, but could use a little work
properties_cats = {}; -- for categorizing citations based on certain properties, language of source for instance
}


--[[--------------------------< F O R W A R D  D E C L A R A T I O N S >--------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< F O R W A R D  D E C L A R A T I O N S >--------------------------------------
]]
]]
local dates, year_date_check -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation


local cfg = {}; -- table of configuration tables that are defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration
local dates, year_date_check, reformat_dates, date_hyphen_to_dash -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation
local whitelist = {}; -- talbe of tables listing valid template parameter names; defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist
 
local is_set, in_array, substitute, error_comment, set_error, select_one, -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
add_maint_cat, wrap_style, safe_for_italics, remove_wiki_link;
 
local z ={}; -- tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
 
local extract_ids, extract_id_access_levels, build_id_list, is_embargoed; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers
 
local make_coins_title, get_coins_pages, COinS; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/COinS
 
local cfg = {}; -- table of configuration tables that are defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration
local whitelist = {}; -- table of tables listing valid template parameter names; defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist
 


--[[--------------------------< I S _ S E T >------------------------------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< P A G E  S C O P E  V A R I A B L E S >--------------------------------------


Returns true if argument is set; false otherwise. Argument is 'set' when it exists (not nil) or when it is not an empty string.
delare variables here that have page-wide scope that are not brought in from other modules; thatare created here
This function is global because it is called from both this module and from Date validation
and used here


]]
]]
function is_set( var )
 
return not (var == nil or var == '');
local added_deprecated_cat; -- boolean flag so that the category is added only once
end
local added_prop_cats = {}; -- list of property categories that have been added to z.properties_cats
local added_vanc_errs; -- boolean flag so we only emit one Vancouver error / category
 
local Frame; -- holds the module's frame table
 


--[[--------------------------< F I R S T _ S E T >------------------------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< F I R S T _ S E T >------------------------------------------------------------


First set variable or nil if none
Locates and returns the first set value in a table of values where the order established in the table,
left-to-right (or top-to-bottom), is the order in which the values are evaluated.  Returns nil if none are set.
 
This version replaces the original 'for _, val in pairs do' and a similar version that used ipairs.  With the pairs
version the order of evaluation could not be guaranteed.  With the ipairs version, a nil value would terminate
the for-loop before it reached the actual end of the list.


]]
]]


local function first_set(...)
local function first_set (list, count)
local list = {...};
local i = 1;
for _, var in pairs(list) do
while i <= count do -- loop through all items in list
if is_set( var ) then
if is_set( list[i] ) then
return var;
return list[i]; -- return the first set list member
end
end
i = i + 1; -- point to next
end
end
end
end


--[[--------------------------< I N _ A R R A Y >--------------------------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< A D D _ P R O P _ C A T >--------------------------------------------------------


Whether needle is in haystack
Adds a category to z.properties_cats using names from the configuration file with additional text if any.
 
added_prop_cats is a table declared in page scope variables above


]]
]]


local function in_array( needle, haystack )
local function add_prop_cat (key, arguments)
if needle == nil then
if not added_prop_cats [key] then
return false;
added_prop_cats [key] = true; -- note that we've added this category
end
table.insert( z.properties_cats, substitute (cfg.prop_cats [key], arguments)); -- make name then add to table
for n,v in ipairs( haystack ) do
if v == needle then
return n;
end
end
end
return false;
end
end


--[[--------------------------< S U B S T I T U T E >----------------------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< A D D _ V A N C _ E R R O R >----------------------------------------------------
 
Adds a single Vancouver system error message to the template's output regardless of how many error actually exist.
To prevent duplication, added_vanc_errs is nil until an error message is emitted.


Populates numbered arguments in a message string using an argument table.
added_vanc_errs is a boolean declared in page scope variables above


]]
]]


local function substitute( msg, args )
local function add_vanc_error (source)
return args and mw.message.newRawMessage( msg, args ):plain() or msg;
if not added_vanc_errs then
added_vanc_errs = true; -- note that we've added this category
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'vancouver', {source}, true ) } );
end
end
end


--[[--------------------------< E R R O R _ C O M M E N T >----------------------------------------------------


Wraps error messages with css markup according to the state of hidden.
--[[--------------------------< I S _ S C H E M E >------------------------------------------------------------
 
does this thing that purports to be a uri scheme seem to be a valid scheme?  The scheme is checked to see if it
is in agreement with http://tools.ietf.org/html/std66#section-3.1 which says:
Scheme names consist of a sequence of characters beginning with a
  letter and followed by any combination of letters, digits, plus
  ("+"), period ("."), or hyphen ("-").
 
returns true if it does, else false


]]
]]
local function error_comment( content, hidden )
 
return substitute( hidden and cfg.presentation['hidden-error'] or cfg.presentation['visible-error'], content );
local function is_scheme (scheme)
return scheme and scheme:match ('^%a[%a%d%+%.%-]*:'); -- true if scheme is set and matches the pattern
end
end


--[[--------------------------< S E T _ E R R O R >--------------------------------------------------------------


Sets an error condition and returns the appropriate error message.  The actual placement of the error message in the output is
--[=[-------------------------< I S _ D O M A I N _ N A M E >--------------------------------------------------
the responsibility of the calling function.


]]
Does this thing that purports to be a domain name seem to be a valid domain name?
local function set_error( error_id, arguments, raw, prefix, suffix )
 
local error_state = cfg.error_conditions[ error_id ];
Syntax defined here: http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034#section-3.5
BNF defined here: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4234
prefix = prefix or "";
Single character names are generally reserved; see https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-dnsind-iana-dns-01#page-15;
suffix = suffix or "";
see also [[Single-letter second-level domain]]
list of tlds: https://www.iana.org/domains/root/db
if error_state == nil then
 
error( cfg.messages['undefined_error'] );
rfc952 (modified by rfc 1123) requires the first and last character of a hostname to be a letter or a digit.  Between
elseif is_set( error_state.category ) then
the first and last characters the name may use letters, digits, and the hyphen.
table.insert( z.error_categories, error_state.category );
 
Also allowed are IPv4 addresses. IPv6 not supported
 
domain is expected to be stripped of any path so that the last character in the last character of the tld.  tld
is two or more alpha characters.  Any preceding '//' (from splitting a url with a scheme) will be stripped
here.  Perhaps not necessary but retained incase it is necessary for IPv4 dot decimal.
 
There are several tests:
the first character of the whole domain name including subdomains must be a letter or a digit
internationalized domain name (ascii characters with .xn-- ASCII Compatible Encoding (ACE) prefix xn-- in the tld) see https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3490
single-letter/digit second-level domains in the .org TLD
q, x, and z SL domains in the .com TLD
i and q SL domains in the .net TLD
single-letter SL domains in the ccTLDs (where the ccTLD is two letters)
two-character SL domains in gTLDs (where the gTLD is two or more letters)
three-plus-character SL domains in gTLDs (where the gTLD is two or more letters)
IPv4 dot-decimal address format; TLD not allowed
 
returns true if domain appears to be a proper name and tld or IPv4 address, else false
 
]=]
 
local function is_domain_name (domain)
if not domain then
return false; -- if not set, abandon
end
end
local message = substitute( error_state.message, arguments );
domain = domain:gsub ('^//', ''); -- strip '//' from domain name if present; done here so we only have to do it once
message = message .. " ([[" .. cfg.messages['help page link'] ..  
if not domain:match ('^[%a%d]') then -- first character must be letter or digit
"#" .. error_state.anchor .. "|" ..
return false;
cfg.messages['help page label'] .. "]])";
end
-- Do most common case first
z.error_ids[ error_id ] = true;
if domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d][%a%d%-]+[%a%d]%.%a%a+$') then -- three or more character hostname.hostname or hostname.tld
if in_array( error_id, { 'bare_url_missing_title', 'trans_missing_title' } )
return true;
and z.error_ids['citation_missing_title'] then
elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d][%a%d%-]+[%a%d]%.xn%-%-[%a%d]+$') then -- internationalized domain name with ACE prefix
return '', false;
return true;
elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d]%.org$') then -- one character .org hostname
return true;
elseif domain:match ('%f[%a][qxz]%.com$') then -- assigned one character .com hostname (x.com times out 2015-12-10)
return true;
elseif domain:match ('%f[%a][iq]%.net$') then -- assigned one character .net hostname (q.net registered but not active 2015-12-10)
return true;
elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d]%.%a%a$') then -- one character hostname and cctld (2 chars)
return true;
elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d][%a%d]%.%a%a+$') then -- two character hostname and tld
return true;
elseif domain:match ('^%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?') then -- IPv4 address
return true;
else
return false;
end
end
message = table.concat({ prefix, message, suffix });
if raw == true then
return message, error_state.hidden;
end
return error_comment( message, error_state.hidden );
end
end


--[[--------------------------< A D D _ M A I N T _ C A T >------------------------------------------------------


Adds a category to z.maintenance_cats using names from the configuration file with additional text if any.
--[[--------------------------< I S _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------------
 
returns true if the scheme and domain parts of a url appear to be a valid url; else false.
 
This function is the last step in the validation process.  This function is separate because there are cases that
are not covered by split_url(), for example is_parameter_ext_wikilink() which is looking for bracketted external
wikilinks.


]]
]]


local function add_maint_cat (key, arguments)
local function is_url (scheme, domain)
table.insert( z.maintenance_cats, substitute (cfg.maint_cats [key], arguments)); -- make name then add to table
if is_set (scheme) then -- if scheme is set check it and domain
return is_scheme (scheme) and is_domain_name (domain);
else
return is_domain_name (domain); -- scheme not set when url is protocol relative
end
end
end


--[[--------------------------< A D D _ P R O P _ C A T >--------------------------------------------------------


Adds a category to z.properties_cats using names from the configuration file with additional text if any.
--[[--------------------------< S P L I T _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------


]]
Split a url into a scheme, authority indicator, and domain.


local function add_prop_cat (key, arguments)
First remove Fully Qualified Domain Name terminator (a dot following tld) (if any) and any path(/), query(?) or fragment(#).
table.insert( z.properties_cats, substitute (cfg.prop_cats [key], arguments)); -- make name then add to table
end


--[[--------------------------< C H E C K _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------
If protocol relative url, return nil scheme and domain else return nil for both scheme and domain.


Determines whether a URL string is valid.
When not protocol relative, get scheme, authority indicator, and domain.  If there is an authority indicator (one
or more '/' characters immediately following the scheme's colon), make sure that there are only 2.


At present the only check is whether the string appears to be prefixed with a URI scheme.  It is not determined whether
Strip off any port and path;
the URI scheme is valid or whether the URL is otherwise well formed.


]]
]]


local function check_url( url_str )
local function split_url (url_str)
return url_str:sub(1,2) == "//" or url_str:match( "^[^/]*:" ) ~= nil; -- Protocol-relative or URL scheme
local scheme, authority, domain;
url_str = url_str:gsub ('([%a%d])%.?[/%?#].*$', '%1'); -- strip FQDN terminator and path(/), query(?), fragment (#) (the capture prevents false replacement of '//')
 
if url_str:match ('^//%S*') then -- if there is what appears to be a protocol relative url
domain = url_str:match ('^//(%S*)')
elseif url_str:match ('%S-:/*%S+') then -- if there is what appears to be a scheme, optional authority indicator, and domain name
scheme, authority, domain = url_str:match ('(%S-:)(/*)(%S+)'); -- extract the scheme, authority indicator, and domain portions
authority = authority:gsub ('//', '', 1); -- replace place 1 pair of '/' with nothing;
if is_set(authority) then -- if anything left (1 or 3+ '/' where authority should be) then
return scheme; -- return scheme only making domain nil which will cause an error message
end
domain = domain:gsub ('(%a):%d+', '%1'); -- strip port number if present
end
return scheme, domain;
end
end


--[[--------------------------< S A F E _ F O R _ I T A L I C S >----------------------------------------------


Protects a string that will be wrapped in wiki italic markup '' ... ''
--[[--------------------------< L I N K _ P A R A M _ O K >---------------------------------------------------


Note: We cannot use <i> for italics, as the expected behavior for italics specified by ''...'' in the title is that
checks the content of |title-link=, |series-link=, |author-link= etc for properly formatted content: no wikilinks, no urls
they will be inverted (i.e. unitalicized) in the resulting references.  In addition, <i> and '' tend to interact
poorly under Mediawiki's HTML tidy.


]]
Link parameters are to hold the title of a wikipedia article so none of the WP:TITLESPECIALCHARACTERS are allowed:
# < > [ ] | { } _
except the underscore which is used as a space in wiki urls and # which is used for section links


local function safe_for_italics( str )
returns false when the value contains any of these characters.
if not is_set(str) then
return str;
else
if str:sub(1,1) == "'" then str = "<span />" .. str; end
if str:sub(-1,-1) == "'" then str = str .. "<span />"; end
-- Remove newlines as they break italics.
return str:gsub( '\n', ' ' );
end
end


--[[--------------------------< S A F E _ F O R _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------
When there are no illegal characters, this function returns TRUE if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid url (the
 
|<param>-link= parameter is ok); else false when value appears to be a valid url (the |<param>-link= parameter is NOT ok).
Escape sequences for content that will be used for URL descriptions


]]
]]


local function safe_for_url( str )
local function link_param_ok (value)
if str:match( "%[%[.-%]%]" ) ~= nil then  
local scheme, domain;
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'wikilink_in_url', {}, true ) } );
if value:find ('[<>%[%]|{}]') then -- if any prohibited characters
return false;
end
end
 
return str:gsub( '[%[%]\n]', {
scheme, domain = split_url (value); -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from url;  
['['] = '&#91;',
return not is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid url
[']'] = '&#93;',
['\n'] = ' ' } );
end
end


--[[--------------------------< W R A P _ S T Y L E >----------------------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< L I N K _ T I T L E _ O K >---------------------------------------------------


Applies styling to various parameters. Supplied string is wrapped using a message_list configuration taking one
Use link_param_ok() to validate |<param>-link= value and its matching |<title>= value.
argument; protects italic styled parameters.  Additional text taken from citation_config.presentation - the reason
 
this function is similar to but separate from wrap_msg().
|<title>= may be wikilinked but not when |<param>-link= has a value.  This function emits an error message when
that condition exists


]]
]]


local function wrap_style (key, str)
local function link_title_ok (link, lorig, title, torig)
if not is_set( str ) then
local orig;
return "";
 
elseif in_array( key, { 'italic-title', 'trans-italic-title' } ) then
if is_set (link) then -- don't bother if <param>-link doesn't have a value
str = safe_for_italics( str );
if not link_param_ok (link) then -- check |<param>-link= markup
orig = lorig; -- identify the failing link parameter
elseif title:find ('%[%[') then -- check |title= for wikilink markup
orig = torig; -- identify the failing |title= parameter
end
end
end


return substitute( cfg.presentation[key], {str} );
if is_set (orig) then
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'bad_paramlink', orig)}); -- url or wikilink in |title= with |title-link=;
end
end
end


--[[--------------------------< E X T E R N A L _ L I N K >----------------------------------------------------


Format an external link with error checking
--[[--------------------------< C H E C K _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------
 
Determines whether a URL string appears to be valid.
 
First we test for space characters.  If any are found, return false.  Then split the url into scheme and domain
portions, or for protocol relative (//example.com) urls, just the domain.  Use is_url() to validate the two
portions of the url.  If both are valid, or for protocol relative if domain is valid, return true, else false.
 
Because it is different from a standard url, and because this module used external_link() to make external links
that work for standard and news: links, we validate newsgroup names here.  The specification for a newsgroup name
is at https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5536#section-3.1.4


]]
]]


local function external_link( URL, label, source )
local function check_url( url_str )
local error_str = "";
if nil == url_str:match ("^%S+$") then -- if there are any spaces in |url=value it can't be a proper url
if not is_set( label ) then
return false;
label = URL;
if is_set( source ) then
error_str = set_error( 'bare_url_missing_title', { wrap_style ('parameter', source) }, false, " " );
else
error( cfg.messages["bare_url_no_origin"] );
end
end
end
if not check_url( URL ) then
local scheme, domain;
error_str = set_error( 'bad_url', {}, false, " " ) .. error_str;
 
scheme, domain = split_url (url_str); -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from url;
if 'news:' == scheme then -- special case for newsgroups
return domain:match('^[%a%d%+%-_]+%.[%a%d%+%-_%.]*[%a%d%+%-_]$');
end
end
return table.concat({ "[", URL, " ", safe_for_url( label ), "]", error_str });
return is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value appears to be a valid url
end
end


--[[--------------------------< E X T E R N A L _ L I N K _ I D >----------------------------------------------


Formats a wiki style external link
--[=[-------------------------< I S _ P A R A M E T E R _ E X T _ W I K I L I N K >----------------------------


]]
Return true if a parameter value has a string that begins and ends with square brackets [ and ] and the first
non-space characters following the opening bracket appear to be a url.  The test will also find external wikilinks
that use protocol relative urls. Also finds bare urls.
 
The frontier pattern prevents a match on interwiki links which are similar to scheme:path urls.  The tests that
find bracketed urls are required because the parameters that call this test (currently |title=, |chapter=, |work=,
and |publisher=) may have wikilinks and there are articles or redirects like '//Hus' so, while uncommon, |title=[[//Hus]]
is possible as might be [[en://Hus]].
 
]=]
 
local function is_parameter_ext_wikilink (value)
local scheme, domain;


local function external_link_id(options)
if value:match ('%f[%[]%[%a%S*:%S+.*%]') then -- if ext wikilink with scheme and domain: [xxxx://yyyyy.zzz]
local url_string = options.id;
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('%f[%[]%[(%a%S*:%S+).*%]'));
if options.encode == true or options.encode == nil then
elseif value:match ('%f[%[]%[//%S+.*%]') then -- if protocol relative ext wikilink: [//yyyyy.zzz]
url_string = mw.uri.encode( url_string );
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('%f[%[]%[(//%S+).*%]'));
elseif value:match ('%a%S*:%S+') then -- if bare url with scheme; may have leading or trailing plain text
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('(%a%S*:%S+)'));
elseif value:match ('//%S+') then -- if protocol relative bare url: //yyyyy.zzz; may have leading or trailing plain text
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('(//%S+)')); -- what is left should be the domain
else
return false; -- didn't find anything that is obviously a url
end
end
return mw.ustring.format( '[[%s|%s]]%s[%s%s%s %s]',
 
options.link, options.label, options.separator or "&nbsp;",
return is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value appears to be a valid url
options.prefix, url_string, options.suffix or "",
mw.text.nowiki(options.id)
);
end
end


--[[
 
Categorize and emit an error message when the citation contains one or more deprecated parameters.  Because deprecated parameters (currently |month=,
--[[-------------------------< C H E C K _ F O R _ U R L >-----------------------------------------------------
|coauthor=, and |coauthors=) aren't related to each other and because these parameters may be concatenated into the variables used by |date= and |author#= (and aliases)
 
details of which parameter caused the error message are not provided.  Only one error message is emitted regardless of the number of deprecated parameters in the citation.
loop through a list of parameters and their values.  Look at the value and if it has an external link, emit an error message.
 
]]
]]
local function deprecated_parameter(name)
 
if true ~= Page_in_deprecated_cat then -- if we haven't been here before then set a  
local function check_for_url (parameter_list)
Page_in_deprecated_cat=true; -- sticky flag so that if there are more than one deprecated parameter the category is added only once
local error_message = '';
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'deprecated_params', {name}, true ) } ); -- add error message
for k, v in pairs (parameter_list) do -- for each parameter in the list
if is_parameter_ext_wikilink (v) then -- look at the value; if there is a url add an error message
if is_set(error_message) then -- once we've added the first portion of the error message ...
error_message=error_message .. ", "; -- ... add a comma space separator
end
error_message=error_message .. "&#124;" .. k .. "="; -- add the failed parameter
end
end
if is_set (error_message) then -- done looping, if there is an error message, display it
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'param_has_ext_link', {error_message}, true ) } );
end
end
end
end


--[[--------------------------< K E R N _ Q U O T E S >--------------------------------------------------------


Apply kerning to open the space between the quote mark provided by the Module and a leading or trailing quote mark contained in a |title= or |chapter= parameter's value.
--[[--------------------------< S A F E _ F O R _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------
This function will positive kern either single or double quotes:
"'Unkerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks'"
" 'Kerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks' " (in real life the kerning isn't as wide as this example)
Double single quotes (italic or bold wikimarkup) are not kerned.


Call this function for chapter titles, for website titles, etc; not for book titles.
Escape sequences for content that will be used for URL descriptions


]]
]]


local function kern_quotes (str)
local function safe_for_url( str )
local cap='';
if str:match( "%[%[.-%]%]" ) ~= nil then
local cap2='';
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'wikilink_in_url', {}, true ) } );
end
cap, cap2 = str:match ("^([\"\'])([^\'].+)"); -- match leading double or single quote but not double single quotes
return str:gsub( '[%[%]\n]', {
if is_set (cap) then
['['] = '&#91;',
str = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-left'], {cap, cap2});
[']'] = '&#93;',
end
['\n'] = ' ' } );
 
cap, cap2 = str:match ("^(.+[^\'])([\"\'])$")
if is_set (cap) then
str = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-right'], {cap, cap2});
end
return str;
end
end


--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ S C R I P T _ V A L U E >----------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< E X T E R N A L _ L I N K >----------------------------------------------------


|script-title= holds title parameters that are not written in Latin based scripts: Chinese, Japanese, Arabic, Hebrew, etc. These scripts should
Format an external link with error checking
not be italicized and may be written right-to-left.  The value supplied by |script-title= is concatenated onto Title after Title has been wrapped
in italic markup.


Regardless of language, all values provided by |script-title= are wrapped in <bdi>...</bdi> tags to isolate rtl languages from the English left to right.
|script-title= provides a unique feature.  The value in |script-title= may be prefixed with a two-character ISO639-1 language code and a colon:
|script-title=ja:*** *** (where * represents a Japanese character)
Spaces between the two-character code and the colon and the colon and the first script character are allowed:
|script-title=ja : *** ***
|script-title=ja: *** ***
|script-title=ja :*** ***
Spaces preceding the prefix are allowed: |script-title = ja:*** ***
The prefix is checked for validity.  If it is a valid ISO639-1 language code, the lang attribute (lang="ja") is added to the <bdi> tag so that browsers can
know the language the tag contains.  This may help the browser render the script more correctly.  If the prefix is invalid, the lang attribute
is not added.  At this time there is no error message for this condition.
At this writing, only |script-title= is supported.  It is anticipated that additional parameters will be created to use this function.
TODO: error messages when prefix is invalid ISO639-1 code; when script_value has prefix but no script;
]]
]]


local function format_script_value (script_value)
local function external_link( URL, label, source, access)
local lang=''; -- initialize to empty string
local error_str = "";
local name;
local domain;
if script_value:match('^%l%l%s*:') then -- if first 3 non-space characters are script language prefix
local path;
lang = script_value:match('^(%l%l)%s*:%s*%S.*'); -- get the language prefix or nil if there is no script
local base_url;
if not is_set (lang) then
return ''; -- script_value was just the prefix so return empty string
if not is_set( label ) then
end
label = URL;
-- if we get this far we have prefix and script
if is_set( source ) then
name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang, "en" ); -- get language name so that we can use it to categorize
error_str = set_error( 'bare_url_missing_title', { wrap_style ('parameter', source) }, false, " " );
if is_set (name) then -- is prefix a proper ISO 639-1 language code?
script_value = script_value:gsub ('^%l%l%s*:%s*', ''); -- strip prefix from script
-- is prefix one of these language codes?
if in_array (lang, {'ar', 'bg', 'bs', 'dv', 'el', 'fa', 'hy', 'ja', 'ka', 'ko', 'ku', 'he', 'ps', 'ru', 'sd', 'sr', 'th', 'uk', 'ug', 'yi', 'zh'}) then
add_prop_cat ('script_name', {name, lang})
else
add_prop_cat ('script')
end
lang = ' lang="' .. lang .. '" '; -- convert prefix into a lang attribute
else
else
lang = ''; -- invalid so set lang to empty string
error( cfg.messages["bare_url_no_origin"] );
end
end
end
if not check_url( URL ) then
error_str = set_error( 'bad_url', {wrap_style ('parameter', source)}, false, " " ) .. error_str;
end
end
script_value = substitute (cfg.presentation['bdi'], {lang, script_value}); -- isolate in case script is rtl
 
domain, path = URL:match ('^([/%.%-%+:%a%d]+)([/%?#].*)$'); -- split the url into scheme plus domain and path
return script_value;
if path then -- if there is a path portion
end
path = path:gsub ('[%[%]]', {['[']='%5b',[']']='%5d'}); -- replace '[' and ']' with their percent encoded values
URL=domain..path; -- and reassemble
end
if is_set (access) then -- access level (subscription, registration, limited)
local label_head = '';
local label_tail;
local markup = ''; -- can't start a span inside italic markup and end it outside the italic markup


--[[--------------------------< S C R I P T _ C O N C A T E N A T E >------------------------------------------
label = safe_for_url (label); -- replace square brackets and newlines (is this necessary? already done above?)
if label:match ("(.*)%s+(.+)('''?)$") then -- for italicized titles (cite book, etc)
label_head, label_tail, markup = label:match ("(.*)%s+(.+)('''?)$"); -- split the label at the right-most space; separate the markup
elseif label:match ("(.*)%s+(.+)$") then -- for upright titles (journal, news, magazine, etc)
label_head, label_tail = label:match ("(.*)%s+(.+)$"); -- split the label at the right-most space; no markup
elseif label:match ("(.+)('''?)$") then -- single word label with markup
label_tail, markup = label:match ("(.+)('''?)$"); -- save label text as label tail; separate the markup
else
label_tail = label;
end


Initially for |title= and |script-title=, this function concatenates those two parameter values after the script value has been
base_url = table.concat (
wrapped in <bdi> tags.
{
]]
'<span class="plainlinks">[', -- opening css
 
URL, -- the url
local function script_concatenate (title, script)
' ', -- the required space
if is_set (script) then
label_head, -- all but the last word of the label
script = format_script_value (script); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; returns empty string on error
' <span class="nowrap">', -- nowrap css for the last word and the signal icon
if is_set (script) then
label_tail, -- last (or only) word of the label inside the span
title = title .. ' ' .. script; -- concatenate title and script title
'<span style="padding-left:0.15em">', -- signal spacing css
end
cfg.presentation[access], -- the appropriate icon
'</span></span>', -- close signal spacing and nowrap spans
markup, -- insert italic markup if any
']</span>' -- close the plain links span
});
else
base_url = table.concat({ "[", URL, " ", safe_for_url( label ), "]" }); -- no signal markup
end
end
return title;
return table.concat({ base_url, error_str });
end
end




--[[--------------------------< W R A P _ M S G >--------------------------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< D E P R E C A T E D _ P A R A M E T E R >--------------------------------------
 
Categorize and emit an error message when the citation contains one or more deprecated parameters.  The function includes the
offending parameter name to the error message.  Only one error message is emitted regardless of the number of deprecated
parameters in the citation.


Applies additional message text to various parameter values. Supplied string is wrapped using a message_list
added_deprecated_cat is a boolean declared in page scope variables above
configuration taking one argument.  Supports lower case text for {{citation}} templates.  Additional text taken
from citation_config.messages - the reason this function is similar to but separate from wrap_style().


]]
]]


local function wrap_msg (key, str, lower)
local function deprecated_parameter(name)
if not is_set( str ) then
if not added_deprecated_cat then
return "";
added_deprecated_cat = true; -- note that we've added this category
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'deprecated_params', {name}, true ) } ); -- add error message
end
end
if true == lower then
local msg;
msg = cfg.messages[key]:lower(); -- set the message to lower case before
str = substitute( msg, {str} ); -- including template text
return str;
else
return substitute( cfg.messages[key], {str} );
end
end
end


--[[--------------------------< S E L E C T _ O N E >----------------------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< K E R N _ Q U O T E S >--------------------------------------------------------
 
Apply kerning to open the space between the quote mark provided by the Module and a leading or trailing quote mark contained in a |title= or |chapter= parameter's value.
This function will positive kern either single or double quotes:
"'Unkerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks'"
" 'Kerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks' " (in real life the kerning isn't as wide as this example)
Double single quotes (italic or bold wikimarkup) are not kerned.
 
Replaces unicode quotemarks with typewriter quote marks regardless of the need for kerning.


Chooses one matching parameter from a list of parameters to consider
Call this function for chapter titles, for website titles, etc; not for book titles.
Generates an error if more than one match is present.


]]
]]


local function select_one( args, possible, error_condition, index )
local function kern_quotes (str)
local value = nil;
local cap='';
local selected = '';
local cap2='';
local error_list = {};
-- TODO: move this elswhere so that all title-holding elements get these quote marks replaced?
-- str= mw.ustring.gsub (str, '[“”]', '\"'); -- replace “” (U+201C & U+201D) with " (typewriter double quote mark)
-- str= mw.ustring.gsub (str, '[‘’]', '\''); -- replace ‘’ (U+2018 & U+2019) with ' (typewriter single quote mark)
if index ~= nil then index = tostring(index); end
cap, cap2 = str:match ("^([\"\'])([^\'].+)"); -- match leading double or single quote but not double single quotes
if is_set (cap) then
-- Handle special case of "#" replaced by empty string
str = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-left'], {cap, cap2});
if index == '1' then
for _, v in ipairs( possible ) do
v = v:gsub( "#", "" );
if is_set(args[v]) then
if value ~= nil and selected ~= v then
table.insert( error_list, v );
else
value = args[v];
selected = v;
end
end
end
end
end
 
for _, v in ipairs( possible ) do
cap, cap2 = str:match ("^(.+[^\'])([\"\'])$")
if index ~= nil then
if is_set (cap) then
v = v:gsub( "#", index );
str = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-right'], {cap, cap2});
end
if is_set(args[v]) then
if value ~= nil and selected ~=  v then
table.insert( error_list, v );
else
value = args[v];
selected = v;
end
end
end
end
return str;
if #error_list > 0 then
local error_str = "";
for _, k in ipairs( error_list ) do
if error_str ~= "" then error_str = error_str .. cfg.messages['parameter-separator'] end
error_str = error_str .. wrap_style ('parameter', k);
end
if #error_list > 1 then
error_str = error_str .. cfg.messages['parameter-final-separator'];
else
error_str = error_str .. cfg.messages['parameter-pair-separator'];
end
error_str = error_str .. wrap_style ('parameter', selected);
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( error_condition, {error_str}, true ) } );
end
return value, selected;
end
end


--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ C H A P T E R _ T I T L E >--------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ S C R I P T _ V A L U E >----------------------------------------


Format the three chapter parameters: |chapter=, |trans-chapter=, and |chapter-url= into a single Chapter meta-
|script-title= holds title parameters that are not written in Latin based scripts: Chinese, Japanese, Arabic, Hebrew, etc. These scripts should
parameter (chapter_url_source used for error messages).
not be italicized and may be written right-to-left.  The value supplied by |script-title= is concatenated onto Title after Title has been wrapped
in italic markup.


]]
Regardless of language, all values provided by |script-title= are wrapped in <bdi>...</bdi> tags to isolate rtl languages from the English left to right.


local function format_chapter_title (chapter, transchapter, chapterurl, chapter_url_source)
|script-title= provides a unique feature.  The value in |script-title= may be prefixed with a two-character ISO639-1 language code and a colon:
local chapter_error = '';
|script-title=ja:*** *** (where * represents a Japanese character)
Spaces between the two-character code and the colon and the colon and the first script character are allowed:
if not is_set (chapter) then
|script-title=ja : *** ***
chapter = ''; -- just to be safe for concatenation
|script-title=ja: *** ***
if is_set (transchapter) then
|script-title=ja :*** ***
chapter = wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', transchapter);
Spaces preceding the prefix are allowed: |script-title = ja:*** ***
chapter_error = " " .. set_error ('trans_missing_chapter');
 
end
The prefix is checked for validity.  If it is a valid ISO639-1 language code, the lang attribute (lang="ja") is added to the <bdi> tag so that browsers can
if is_set (chapterurl) then
know the language the tag contains. This may help the browser render the script more correctly. If the prefix is invalid, the lang attribute
chapter = external_link (chapterurl, chapter, chapter_url_source); -- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate
is not added. At this time there is no error message for this condition.
end
 
return chapter .. chapter_error;
Supports |script-title= and |script-chapter=
else -- here when chapter is set
chapter = kern_quotes (chapter); -- if necessary, separate chapter title's leading and trailing quote marks from Module provided quote marks
chapter = wrap_style ('quoted-title', chapter);
if is_set (transchapter) then
transchapter = wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', transchapter);
chapter = chapter .. ' ' .. transchapter;
end
if is_set (chapterurl) then
chapter = external_link (chapterurl, chapter); -- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate
end
end
return chapter;
end


--[[
TODO: error messages when prefix is invalid ISO639-1 code; when script_value has prefix but no script;
Argument wrapper.  This function provides support for argument
mapping defined in the configuration file so that multiple names
can be transparently aliased to single internal variable.
]]
]]


local function argument_wrapper( args )
local function format_script_value (script_value)
local origin = {};
local lang=''; -- initialize to empty string
local name;
return setmetatable({
if script_value:match('^%l%l%s*:') then -- if first 3 non-space characters are script language prefix
ORIGIN = function( self, k )
lang = script_value:match('^(%l%l)%s*:%s*%S.*'); -- get the language prefix or nil if there is no script
local dummy = self[k]; --force the variable to be loaded.
if not is_set (lang) then
return origin[k];
return ''; -- script_value was just the prefix so return empty string
end
end
},
-- if we get this far we have prefix and script
{
name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang, "en" ); -- get language name so that we can use it to categorize
__index = function ( tbl, k )
if is_set (name) then -- is prefix a proper ISO 639-1 language code?
if origin[k] ~= nil then
script_value = script_value:gsub ('^%l%l%s*:%s*', ''); -- strip prefix from script
return nil;
-- is prefix one of these language codes?
end
if in_array (lang, cfg.script_lang_codes) then
add_prop_cat ('script_with_name', {name, lang})
local args, list, v = args, cfg.aliases[k];
if type( list ) == 'table' then
v, origin[k] = select_one( args, list, 'redundant_parameters' );
if origin[k] == nil then
origin[k] = ''; -- Empty string, not nil
end
elseif list ~= nil then
v, origin[k] = args[list], list;
else
else
-- maybe let through instead of raising an error?
add_prop_cat ('script')
-- v, origin[k] = args[k], k;
error( cfg.messages['unknown_argument_map'] );
end
end
lang = ' lang="' .. lang .. '" '; -- convert prefix into a lang attribute
-- Empty strings, not nil;
else
if v == nil then
lang = ''; -- invalid so set lang to empty string
v = cfg.defaults[k] or '';
end
origin[k] = '';
end
end
script_value = substitute (cfg.presentation['bdi'], {lang, script_value}); -- isolate in case script is rtl
 
tbl = rawset( tbl, k, v );
return script_value;
return v;
end,
});
end
end


--[[
--[[--------------------------< S C R I P T _ C O N C A T E N A T E >------------------------------------------
Looks for a parameter's name in the whitelist.


Parameters in the whitelist can have three values:
Initially for |title= and |script-title=, this function concatenates those two parameter values after the script value has been
true - active, supported parameters
wrapped in <bdi> tags.
false - deprecated, supported parameters
nil - unsupported parameters
]]
]]


local function validate( name )
local function script_concatenate (title, script)
local name = tostring( name );
if is_set (script) then
local state = whitelist.basic_arguments[ name ];
script = format_script_value (script); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; returns empty string on error
if is_set (script) then
-- Normal arguments
title = title .. ' ' .. script; -- concatenate title and script title
if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter
end
if false == state then
deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported
return true;
end
end
return title;
-- Arguments with numbers in them
end
name = name:gsub( "%d+", "#" ); -- replace digit(s) with # (last25 becomes last#
 
state = whitelist.numbered_arguments[ name ];
 
if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter
--[[--------------------------< W R A P _ M S G >--------------------------------------------------------------
if false == state then
 
deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported
Applies additional message text to various parameter values. Supplied string is wrapped using a message_list
return true;
configuration taking one argument.  Supports lower case text for {{citation}} templates.  Additional text taken
end
from citation_config.messages - the reason this function is similar to but separate from wrap_style().
return false; -- Not supported because not found or name is set to nil
end


]]


-- Formats a wiki style internal link
local function wrap_msg (key, str, lower)
local function internal_link_id(options)
if not is_set( str ) then
return mw.ustring.format( '[[%s|%s]]%s[[%s%s%s|%s]]',
return "";
options.link, options.label, options.separator or "&nbsp;",
end
options.prefix, options.id, options.suffix or "",
if true == lower then
mw.text.nowiki(options.id)
local msg;
);
msg = cfg.messages[key]:lower(); -- set the message to lower case before
return substitute( msg, str ); -- including template text
else
return substitute( cfg.messages[key], str );
end
end
end




--[[--------------------------< N O W R A P _ D A T E >--------------------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ C H A P T E R _ T I T L E >--------------------------------------


When date is YYYY-MM-DD format wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>YYYY-MM-DD</span>.  When date is DD MMMM YYYY or is
Format the four chapter parameters: |script-chapter=, |chapter=, |trans-chapter=, and |chapter-url= into a single Chapter meta-
MMMM DD, YYYY then wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>DD MMMM</span> YYYY or <span ...>MMMM DD,</span> YYYY
parameter (chapter_url_source used for error messages).
 
DOES NOT yet support MMMM YYYY or any of the date ranges.


]]
]]


local function nowrap_date (date)
local function format_chapter_title (scriptchapter, chapter, transchapter, chapterurl, chapter_url_source, no_quotes)
local cap='';
local chapter_error = '';
local cap2='';
if not is_set (chapter) then
chapter = ''; -- to be safe for concatenation
else
if false == no_quotes then
chapter = kern_quotes (chapter); -- if necessary, separate chapter title's leading and trailing quote marks from Module provided quote marks
chapter = wrap_style ('quoted-title', chapter);
end
end
 
chapter = script_concatenate (chapter, scriptchapter) -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
 
if is_set (transchapter) then
transchapter = wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', transchapter);
if is_set (chapter) then
chapter = chapter ..  ' ' .. transchapter;
else -- here when transchapter without chapter or script-chapter
chapter = transchapter; --
chapter_error = ' ' .. set_error ('trans_missing_title', {'kapittel'});
end
end


if date:match("^%d%d%d%d%-%d%d%-%d%d$") then
if is_set (chapterurl) then
date = substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap1'], date);
chapter = external_link (chapterurl, chapter, chapter_url_source, nil); -- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate
elseif date:match("^%a+%s*%d%d?,%s*%d%d%d%d$") or date:match ("^%d%d?%s*%a+%s*%d%d%d%d$") then
cap, cap2 = string.match (date, "^(.*)%s+(%d%d%d%d)$");
date = substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap2'], {cap, cap2});
end
end
 
return date;
return chapter .. chapter_error;
end
end


--[[--------------------------< IS _ V A L I D _ I S X N >-----------------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< H A S _ I N V I S I B L E _ C H A R S >----------------------------------------
 
This function searches a parameter's value for nonprintable or invisible characters.  The search stops at the
first match.
 
This function will detect the visible replacement character when it is part of the wikisource.
 
Detects but ignores nowiki and math stripmarkers.  Also detects other named stripmarkers (gallery, math, pre, ref)
and identifies them with a slightly different error message.  See also coins_cleanup().
 
Detects but ignores the character pattern that results from the transclusion of {{'}} templates.


ISBN-10 and ISSN validator code calculates checksum across all isbn/issn digits including the check digit. ISBN-13 is checked in check_isbn().
Output of this function is an error message that identifies the character or the Unicode group, or the stripmarker
If the number is valid the result will be 0. Before calling this function, issbn/issn must be checked for length and stripped of dashes,
that was detected along with its position (or, for multi-byte characters, the position of its first byte) in the
spaces and other non-isxn characters.
parameter value.


]]
]]


local function is_valid_isxn (isxn_str, len)
local function has_invisible_chars (param, v)
local temp = 0;
local position = ''; -- position of invisible char or starting position of stripmarker
isxn_str = { isxn_str:byte(1, len) }; -- make a table of byte values '0' → 0x30 .. '9'  → 0x39, 'X' → 0x58
local dummy; -- end of matching string; not used but required to hold end position when a capture is returned
len = len+1; -- adjust to be a loop counter
local capture; -- used by stripmarker detection to hold name of the stripmarker
for i, v in ipairs( isxn_str ) do -- loop through all of the bytes and calculate the checksum
local i=1;
if v == string.byte( "X" ) then -- if checkdigit is X (compares the byte value of 'X' which is 0x58)
local stripmarker, apostrophe;
temp = temp + 10*( len - i ); -- it represents 10 decimal
else
capture = string.match (v, '[%w%p ]*'); -- Test for values that are simple ASCII text and bypass other tests if true
temp = temp + tonumber( string.char(v) )*(len-i);
if capture == v then -- if same there are no unicode characters
return;
end
 
while cfg.invisible_chars[i] do
local char=cfg.invisible_chars[i][1] -- the character or group name
local pattern=cfg.invisible_chars[i][2] -- the pattern used to find it
position, dummy, capture = mw.ustring.find (v, pattern) -- see if the parameter value contains characters that match the pattern
if position then
if 'nowiki' == capture or 'math' == capture or -- nowiki and math stripmarkers (not an error condition)
('templatestyles' == capture and in_array (param, {'id', 'quote'})) then -- templatestyles stripmarker allowed in these parameters
stripmarker = true; -- set a flag
elseif true == stripmarker and 'delete' == char then -- because stripmakers begin and end with the delete char, assume that we've found one end of a stripmarker
position = nil; -- unset
else
local err_msg;
if capture then
err_msg = capture .. ' ' .. char;
else
err_msg = char .. '-' .. 'tegn';
end
 
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invisible_char', {err_msg, wrap_style ('parameter', param), position}, true ) } ); -- add error message
return; -- and done with this parameter
end
end
end
i=i+1; -- bump our index
end
end
return temp % 11 == 0; -- returns true if calculation result is zero
end
end




--[[--------------------------< C H E C K _ I S B N >------------------------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< A R G U M E N T _ W R A P P E R >----------------------------------------------


Determines whether an ISBN string is valid
Argument wrapper.  This function provides support for argument mapping defined in the configuration file so that
multiple names can be transparently aliased to single internal variable.


]]
]]


local function check_isbn( isbn_str )
local function argument_wrapper( args )
if nil ~= isbn_str:match("[^%s-0-9X]") then return false; end -- fail if isbn_str contains anything but digits, hyphens, or the uppercase X
local origin = {};
isbn_str = isbn_str:gsub( "-", "" ):gsub( " ", "" ); -- remove hyphens and spaces
local len = isbn_str:len();
return setmetatable({
ORIGIN = function( self, k )
if len ~= 10 and len ~= 13 then
local dummy = self[k]; --force the variable to be loaded.
return false;
return origin[k];
end
 
if len == 10 then
if isbn_str:match( "^%d*X?$" ) == nil then return false; end
return is_valid_isxn(isbn_str, 10);
else
local temp = 0;
if isbn_str:match( "^97[89]%d*$" ) == nil then return false; end -- isbn13 begins with 978 or 979
isbn_str = { isbn_str:byte(1, len) };
for i, v in ipairs( isbn_str ) do
temp = temp + (3 - 2*(i % 2)) * tonumber( string.char(v) );
end
end
return temp % 10 == 0;
},
end
{
end
__index = function ( tbl, k )
 
if origin[k] ~= nil then
--[[--------------------------< I S S N >----------------------------------------------------------------------
return nil;
 
end
Validate and format an issn.  This code fixes the case where an editor has included an ISSN in the citation but has separated the two groups of four
digits with a space.  When that condition occurred, the resulting link looked like this:
local args, list, v = args, cfg.aliases[k];
 
|issn=0819 4327 gives: [http://www.worldcat.org/issn/0819 4327 0819 4327] -- can't have spaces in an external link
if type( list ) == 'table' then
v, origin[k] = select_one( args, list, 'redundant_parameters' );
This code now prevents that by inserting a hyphen at the issn midpoint.  It also validates the issn for length and makes sure that the checkdigit agrees
if origin[k] == nil then
with the calculated value.  Incorrect length (8 digits), characters other than 0-9 and X, or checkdigit / calculated value mismatch will all cause a check issn
origin[k] = ''; -- Empty string, not nil
error message. The issn is always displayed with a hyphen, even if the issn was given as a single group of 8 digits.
end
 
elseif list ~= nil then
]]
v, origin[k] = args[list], list;
 
else
local function issn(id)
-- maybe let through instead of raising an error?
local issn_copy = id; -- save a copy of unadulterated issn; use this version for display if issn does not validate
-- v, origin[k] = args[k], k;
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['ISSN'];
error( cfg.messages['unknown_argument_map'] );
local text;
end
local valid_issn = true;
 
-- Empty strings, not nil;
id=id:gsub( "[%s-–]", "" ); -- strip spaces, hyphens, and endashes from the issn
if v == nil then
 
v = cfg.defaults[k] or '';
if 8 ~= id:len() or nil == id:match( "^%d*X?$" ) then -- validate the issn: 8 digits long, containing only 0-9 or X in the last position
origin[k] = '';
valid_issn=false; -- wrong length or improper character
end
else
valid_issn=is_valid_isxn(id, 8); -- validate issn
tbl = rawset( tbl, k, v );
end
return v;
end,
});
end


if true == valid_issn then
--[[--------------------------< V A L I D A T E >--------------------------------------------------------------
id = string.sub( id, 1, 4 ) .. "-" .. string.sub( id, 5 ); -- if valid, display correctly formatted version
else
id = issn_copy; -- if not valid, use the show the invalid issn with error message
end
text = external_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode})
if false == valid_issn then
text = text .. ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_issn' ) -- add an error message if the issn is invalid
end
return text
end


--[[--------------------------< A M A Z O N >------------------------------------------------------------------
Looks for a parameter's name in one of several whitelists.


Formats a link to Amazon.  Do simple error checking: asin must be mix of 10 numeric or uppercase alpha
Parameters in the whitelist can have three values:
characters.  If a mix, first character must be uppercase alpha; if all numeric, asins must be 10-digit
true - active, supported parameters
isbn. If 10-digit isbn, add a maintenance category so a bot or awb script can replace |asin= with |isbn=.
false - deprecated, supported parameters
Error message if not 10 characters, if not isbn10, if mixed and first character is a digit.
nil - unsupported parameters
]]


]]
--local function validate( name )
local function validate( name, cite_class )
local name = tostring( name );
local state;
if in_array (cite_class, {'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx'}) then -- limited parameter sets allowed for these templates
state = whitelist.limited_basic_arguments[ name ];
if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter
if false == state then
deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported
return true;
end


local function amazon(id, domain)
if 'arxiv' == cite_class then -- basic parameters unique to these templates
local err_cat = ""
state = whitelist.arxiv_basic_arguments[name];
end
if 'biorxiv' == cite_class then
state = whitelist.biorxiv_basic_arguments[name];
end
if 'citeseerx' == cite_class then
state = whitelist.citeseerx_basic_arguments[name];
end


if not id:match("^[%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u]$") then
if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error ('bad_asin'); -- asin is not a mix of 10 uppercase alpha and numeric characters
if false == state then
else
deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported
if id:match("^%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d[%dX]$") then -- if 10-digit numeric (or 9 digits with terminal X)
return true;
if check_isbn( id ) then -- see if asin value is isbn10
end
add_maint_cat ('ASIN');
-- limited enumerated parameters list
elseif not is_set (err_cat) then
name = name:gsub( "%d+", "#" ); -- replace digit(s) with # (last25 becomes last#)
err_cat =  ' ' .. set_error ('bad_asin'); -- asin is not isbn10
state = whitelist.limited_numbered_arguments[ name ];
end
if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter
elseif not id:match("^%u[%d%u]+$") then
if false == state then
err_cat =  ' ' .. set_error ('bad_asin'); -- asin doesn't begin with uppercase alpha
deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported
return true;
end
end
return false; -- not supported because not found or name is set to nil
end -- end limited parameter-set templates
state = whitelist.basic_arguments[ name ]; -- all other templates; all normal parameters allowed
if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter
if false == state then
deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported
return true;
end
end
if not is_set(domain) then
-- all enumerated parameters allowed
domain = "com";
name = name:gsub( "%d+", "#" ); -- replace digit(s) with # (last25 becomes last#
elseif in_array (domain, {'jp', 'uk'}) then -- Japan, United Kingdom
state = whitelist.numbered_arguments[ name ];
domain = "co." .. domain;
 
elseif in_array (domain, {'au', 'br', 'mx'}) then -- Australia, Brazil, Mexico
if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter
domain = "com." .. domain;
if false == state then
deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported
return true;
end
end
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['ASIN'];
return external_link_id({link = handler.link,
return false; -- not supported because not found or name is set to nil
label=handler.label , prefix="//www.amazon."..domain.."/dp/",id=id,
encode=handler.encode, separator = handler.separator}) .. err_cat;
end
end


--[[--------------------------< A R X I V >--------------------------------------------------------------------


See: http://arxiv.org/help/arxiv_identifier
--[[--------------------------< N O W R A P _ D A T E >--------------------------------------------------------


format and error check arXiv identifier.  There are three valid forms of the identifier:
When date is YYYY-MM-DD format wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>YYYY-MM-DD</span>.  When date is DD MMMM YYYY or is
the first form, valid only between date codes 9108 and 0703 is:
MMMM DD, YYYY then wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>DD MMMM</span> YYYY or <span ...>MMMM DD,</span> YYYY
arXiv:<archive>.<class>/<date code><number><version>
 
where:
DOES NOT yet support MMMM YYYY or any of the date ranges.
<archive> is a string of alpha characters - may be hyphenated; no other punctuation
<class> is a string of alpha characters - may be hyphenated; no other punctuation
<date code> is four digits in the form YYMM where YY is the last two digits of the four-digit year and MM is the month number January = 01
first digit of YY for this form can only 9 and 0
<number> is a three-digit number
<version> is a 1 or more digit number preceded with a lowercase v; no spaces (undocumented)
the second form, valid from April 2007 through December 2014 is:
arXiv:<date code>.<number><version>
where:
<date code> is four digits in the form YYMM where YY is the last two digits of the four-digit year and MM is the month number January = 01
<number> is a four-digit number
<version> is a 1 or more digit number preceded with a lowercase v; no spaces


the third form, valid from January 2015 is:
arXiv:<date code>.<number><version>
where:
<date code> and <version> are as defined for 0704-1412
<number> is a five-digit number
]]
]]


local function arxiv (id, class)
local function nowrap_date (date)
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['ARXIV'];
local cap='';
local year, month, version;
local cap2='';
local err_cat = '';
 
local text;
if date:match("^%d%d%d%d%-%d%d%-%d%d$") then
date = substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap1'], date);
if id:match("^%a[%a%.%-]+/[90]%d[01]%d%d%d%d$") or id:match("^%a[%a%.%-]+/[90]%d[01]%d%d%d%dv%d+$") then -- test for the 9108-0703 format w/ & w/o version
elseif date:match("^%a+%s*%d%d?,%s+%d%d%d%d$") or date:match ("^%d%d?%s*%a+%s+%d%d%d%d$") then
year, month = id:match("^%a[%a%.%-]+/([90]%d)([01]%d)%d%d%d[v%d]*$");
cap, cap2 = string.match (date, "^(.*)%s+(%d%d%d%d)$");
year = tonumber(year);
date = substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap2'], {cap, cap2});
month = tonumber(month);
if ((not (90 < year or 8 > year)) or (1 > month or 12 < month)) or -- if invalid year or invalid month
((91 == year and 7 > month) or (7 == year and 3 < month)) then -- if years ok, are starting and ending months ok?
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_arxiv' ); -- set error message
end
elseif id:match("^%d%d[01]%d%.%d%d%d%d$") or id:match("^%d%d[01]%d%.%d%d%d%dv%d+$") then -- test for the 0704-1412 w/ & w/o version
year, month = id:match("^(%d%d)([01]%d)%.%d%d%d%d[v%d]*$");
year = tonumber(year);
month = tonumber(month);
if ((7 > year) or (14 < year) or (1 > month or 12 < month)) or -- is year invalid or is month invalid? (doesn't test for future years)
((7 == year) and (4 > month)) then --or -- when year is 07, is month invalid (before April)?
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_arxiv' ); -- set error message
end
elseif id:match("^%d%d[01]%d%.%d%d%d%d%d$") or id:match("^%d%d[01]%d%.%d%d%d%d%dv%d+$") then -- test for the 1501- format w/ & w/o version
year, month = id:match("^(%d%d)([01]%d)%.%d%d%d%d%d[v%d]*$");
year = tonumber(year);
month = tonumber(month);
if ((15 > year) or (1 > month or 12 < month)) then -- is year invalid or is month invalid? (doesn't test for future years)
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_arxiv' ); -- set error message
end
else
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_arxiv' ); -- arXiv id doesn't match any format
end
 
text = external_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode}) .. err_cat;
 
if is_set (class) then
class = ' [[' .. '//arxiv.org/archive/' .. class .. ' ' .. class .. ']]'; -- external link within square brackets, not wikilink
else
class = ''; -- empty string for concatenation
end
end
return text .. class;
return date;
end
end


--[[
--[[--------------------------< S E T _ T I T L E T Y P E >----------------------------------------------------
lccn normalization (http://www.loc.gov/marc/lccn-namespace.html#normalization)
 
1. Remove all blanks.
This function sets default title types (equivalent to the citation including |type=<default value>) for those templates that have defaults.
2. If there is a forward slash (/) in the string, remove it, and remove all characters to the right of the forward slash.
Also handles the special case where it is desirable to omit the title type from the rendered citation (|type=none).
3. If there is a hyphen in the string:
a. Remove it.
b. Inspect the substring following (to the right of) the (removed) hyphen. Then (and assuming that steps 1 and 2 have been carried out):
1. All these characters should be digits, and there should be six or less. (not done in this function)
2. If the length of the substring is less than 6, left-fill the substring with zeroes until the length is six.


Returns a normalized lccn for lccn() to validate.  There is no error checking (step 3.b.1) performed in this function.
]]
]]


local function normalize_lccn (lccn)
local function set_titletype (cite_class, title_type)
lccn = lccn:gsub ("%s", ""); -- 1. strip whitespace
if is_set(title_type) then
 
if "none" == title_type then
if nil ~= string.find (lccn,'/') then
title_type = ""; -- if |type=none then type parameter not displayed
lccn = lccn:match ("(.-)/"); -- 2. remove forward slash and all character to the right of it
end
end
return title_type; -- if |type= has been set to any other value use that value
 
end
local prefix
 
local suffix
return cfg.title_types [cite_class] or ''; -- set template's default title type; else empty string for concatenation
prefix, suffix = lccn:match ("(.+)%-(.+)"); -- 3.a remove hyphen by splitting the string into prefix and suffix
end


if nil ~= suffix then -- if there was a hyphen
suffix=string.rep("0", 6-string.len (suffix)) .. suffix; -- 3.b.2 left fill the suffix with 0s if suffix length less than 6
lccn=prefix..suffix; -- reassemble the lccn
end
return lccn;
end


--[[
--[[--------------------------< H Y P H E N _ T O _ D A S H >--------------------------------------------------
Format LCCN link and do simple error checking.  LCCN is a character string 8-12 characters long. The length of the LCCN dictates the character type of the first 1-3 characters; the
rightmost eight are always digits. http://info-uri.info/registry/OAIHandler?verb=GetRecord&metadataPrefix=reg&identifier=info:lccn/


length = 8 then all digits
Converts a hyphen to a dash
length = 9 then lccn[1] is lower case alpha
length = 10 then lccn[1] and lccn[2] are both lower case alpha or both digits
length = 11 then lccn[1] is lower case alpha, lccn[2] and lccn[3] are both lower case alpha or both digits
length = 12 then lccn[1] and lccn[2] are both lower case alpha


]]
]]


local function lccn(lccn)
local function hyphen_to_dash( str )
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['LCCN'];
if not is_set(str) or str:match( "[%[%]{}<>]" ) ~= nil then
local err_cat =  ''; -- presume that LCCN is valid
return str;
local id = lccn; -- local copy of the lccn
end
return str:gsub( '-', '–' );
end


id = normalize_lccn (id); -- get canonical form (no whitespace, hyphens, forward slashes)
local len = id:len(); -- get the length of the lccn


if 8 == len then
--[[--------------------------< S A F E _ J O I N >------------------------------------------------------------
if id:match("[^%d]") then -- if LCCN has anything but digits (nil if only digits)
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' ); -- set an error message
end
elseif 9 == len then -- LCCN should be adddddddd
if nil == id:match("%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") then -- does it match our pattern?
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' ); -- set an error message
end
elseif 10 == len then -- LCCN should be aadddddddd or dddddddddd
if id:match("[^%d]") then -- if LCCN has anything but digits (nil if only digits) ...
if nil == id:match("^%l%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") then -- ... see if it matches our pattern
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' ); -- no match, set an error message
end
end
elseif 11 == len then -- LCCN should be aaadddddddd or adddddddddd
if not (id:match("^%l%l%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") or id:match("^%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d")) then -- see if it matches one of our patterns
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' ); -- no match, set an error message
end
elseif 12 == len then -- LCCN should be aadddddddddd
if not id:match("^%l%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") then -- see if it matches our pattern
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' ); -- no match, set an error message
end
else
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' ); -- wrong length, set an error message
end


if not is_set (err_cat) and nil ~= lccn:find ('%s') then
Joins a sequence of strings together while checking for duplicate separation characters.
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' ); -- lccn contains a space, set an error message
end


return external_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
prefix=handler.prefix,id=lccn,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode}) .. err_cat;
end
--[[
Format PMID and do simple error checking.  PMIDs are sequential numbers beginning at 1 and counting up.  This code checks the PMID to see that it
contains only digits and is less than test_limit; the value in local variable test_limit will need to be updated periodically as more PMIDs are issued.
]]
]]


local function pmid(id)
local function safe_join( tbl, duplicate_char )
local test_limit = 30000000; -- update this value as PMIDs approach
--[[
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['PMID'];
Note: we use string functions here, rather than ustring functions.
local err_cat =  ''; -- presume that PMID is valid
if id:match("[^%d]") then -- if PMID has anything but digits
This has considerably faster performance and should work correctly as
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_pmid' ); -- set an error message
long as the duplicate_char is strict ASCII. The strings
else -- PMID is only digits
in tbl may be ASCII or UTF8.
local id_num = tonumber(id); -- convert id to a number for range testing
]]
if 1 > id_num or test_limit < id_num then -- if PMID is outside test limit boundaries
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_pmid' ); -- set an error message
end
end
return external_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
local str = ''; -- the output string
prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode}) .. err_cat;
local comp = ''; -- what does 'comp' mean?
end
local end_chr = '';
 
local trim;
--[[--------------------------< I S _ E M B A R G O E D >------------------------------------------------------
for _, value in ipairs( tbl ) do
 
if value == nil then value = ''; end
Determines if a PMC identifier's online version is embargoed. Compares the date in |embargo= against today's date.  If embargo date is
in the future, returns the content of |embargo=; otherwise, returns and empty string because the embargo has expired or because
if str == '' then -- if output string is empty
|embargo= was not set in this cite.
str = value; -- assign value to it (first time through the loop)
 
elseif value ~= '' then
]]
if value:sub(1,1) == '<' then -- Special case of values enclosed in spans and other markup.
 
comp = value:gsub( "%b<>", "" ); -- remove html markup (<span>string</span> -> string)
local function is_embargoed (embargo)
if is_set (embargo) then
local lang = mw.getContentLanguage();
local good1, embargo_date, good2, todays_date;
good1, embargo_date = pcall( lang.formatDate, lang, 'U', embargo );
good2, todays_date = pcall( lang.formatDate, lang, 'U' );
if good1 and good2 then -- if embargo date and today's date are good dates
if tonumber( embargo_date ) >= tonumber( todays_date ) then -- is embargo date is in the future?
return embargo; -- still embargoed
else
else
add_maint_cat ('embargo')
comp = value;
return ''; -- unset because embargo has expired
end
end
end
-- typically duplicate_char is sepc
end
if comp:sub(1,1) == duplicate_char then -- is first charactier same as duplicate_char? why test first character?
return ''; -- |embargo= not set return empty string
--  Because individual string segments often (always?) begin with terminal punct for th
end
--  preceding segment: 'First element' .. 'sepc next element' .. etc?
trim = false;
end_chr = str:sub(-1,-1); -- get the last character of the output string
-- str = str .. "<HERE(enchr=" .. end_chr.. ")" -- debug stuff?
if end_chr == duplicate_char then -- if same as separator
str = str:sub(1,-2); -- remove it
elseif end_chr == "'" then -- if it might be wikimarkup
if str:sub(-3,-1) == duplicate_char .. "''" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc''
str = str:sub(1, -4) .. "''"; -- remove them and add back ''
elseif str:sub(-5,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]]''" then -- if last five chars of str are sepc]]''
trim = true; -- why? why do this and next differently from previous?
elseif str:sub(-4,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]''" then -- if last four chars of str are sepc]''  
trim = true; -- same question
end
elseif end_chr == "]" then -- if it might be wikimarkup
if str:sub(-3,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]]" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc]] wikilink
trim = true;
elseif str:sub(-2,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]" then -- if last two chars of str are sepc] external link
trim = true;
elseif str:sub(-4,-1) == duplicate_char .. "'']" then -- normal case when |url=something & |title=Title.
trim = true;
end
elseif end_chr == " " then -- if last char of output string is a space
if str:sub(-2,-1) == duplicate_char .. " " then -- if last two chars of str are <sepc><space>
str = str:sub(1,-3); -- remove them both
end
end


--[[--------------------------< P M C >------------------------------------------------------------------------
if trim then
if value ~= comp then -- value does not equal comp when value contains html markup
local dup2 = duplicate_char;
if dup2:match( "%A" ) then dup2 = "%" .. dup2; end -- if duplicate_char not a letter then escape it
value = value:gsub( "(%b<>)" .. dup2, "%1", 1 ) -- remove duplicate_char if it follows html markup
else
value = value:sub( 2, -1 ); -- remove duplicate_char when it is first character
end
end
end
str = str .. value; --add it to the output string
end
end
return str;
end 


Format a PMC, do simple error checking, and check for embargoed articles.


The embargo parameter takes a date for a value. If the embargo date is in the future the PMC identifier will not
--[[--------------------------< I S _ S U F F I X >------------------------------------------------------------
be linked to the article.  If the embargo date is today or in the past, or if it is empty or omitted, then the
PMC identifier is linked to the article through the link at cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].prefix.


PMC embargo date testing is done in function is_embargoed () which is called earlier because when the citation
returns true is suffix is properly formed Jr, Sr, or ordinal in the range 2–9.  Puncutation not allowed.
has |pmc=<value> but does not have a |url= then |title= is linked with the PMC link.  Function is_embargoed ()
returns the embargo date if the PMC article is still embargoed, otherwise it returns an empty string.
 
PMCs are sequential numbers beginning at 1 and counting up.  This code checks the PMC to see that it contains only digits and is less
than test_limit; the value in local variable test_limit will need to be updated periodically as more PMCs are issued.


]]
]]


local function pmc(id, embargo)
local function is_suffix (suffix)
local test_limit = 5000000; -- update this value as PMCs approach
if in_array (suffix, {'Jr', 'Sr', '2nd', '3rd'}) or suffix:match ('^%dth$') then
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['PMC'];
return true;
local err_cat =  ''; -- presume that PMC is valid
local text;
 
if id:match("[^%d]") then -- if PMC has anything but digits
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_pmc' ); -- set an error message
else -- PMC is only digits
local id_num = tonumber(id); -- convert id to a number for range testing
if 1 > id_num or test_limit < id_num then -- if PMC is outside test limit boundaries
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_pmc' ); -- set an error message
end
end
end
return false;
if is_set (embargo) then -- is PMC is still embargoed?
text="[[" .. handler.link .. "|" .. handler.label .. "]]:" .. handler.separator .. id .. err_cat; -- still embargoed so no external link
else
text = external_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, -- no embargo date or embargo has expired, ok to link to article
prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode}) .. err_cat;
end
return text;
end
end


-- Formats a DOI and checks for DOI errors.
--[[--------------------------< I S _ G O O D _ V A N C _ N A M E >--------------------------------------------


-- DOI names contain two parts: prefix and suffix separated by a forward slash.
For Vancouver Style, author/editor names are supposed to be rendered in Latin (read ASCII) characters.  When a name
--  Prefix: directory indicator '10.' followed by a registrant code
uses characters that contain diacritical marks, those characters are to converted to the corresponding Latin character.
--  Suffix: character string of any length chosen by the registrant
When a name is written using a non-Latin alphabet or logogram, that name is to be transliterated into Latin characters.
These things are not currently possible in this module so are left to the editor to do.


-- This function checks a DOI name for: prefix/suffix. If the doi name contains spaces or endashes,
This test allows |first= and |last= names to contain any of the letters defined in the four Unicode Latin character sets
-- or, if it ends with a period or a comma, this function will emit a bad_doi error message.
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0000.pdf C0 Controls and Basic Latin] 0041–005A, 0061–007A
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0080.pdf C1 Controls and Latin-1 Supplement] 00C0–00D6, 00D8–00F6, 00F8–00FF
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0100.pdf Latin Extended-A] 0100–017F
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0180.pdf Latin Extended-B] 0180–01BF, 01C4–024F
 
|lastn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, and apostrophes. (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/)
|firstn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, apostrophes, and periods
 
This original test:
if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%']*$") or nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%'%.]+[2-6%a]*$") then
was written ouside of the code editor and pasted here because the code editor gets confused between character insertion point and cursor position.
The test has been rewritten to use decimal character escape sequence for the individual bytes of the unicode characters so that it is not necessary
to use an external editor to maintain this code.
 
\195\128-\195\150 – À-Ö (U+00C0–U+00D6 – C0 controls)
\195\152-\195\182 – Ø-ö (U+00D8-U+00F6 – C0 controls)
\195\184-\198\191 – ø-ƿ (U+00F8-U+01BF – C0 controls, Latin extended A & B)
\199\132-\201\143 – DŽ-ɏ (U+01C4-U+024F – Latin extended B)
 
]]


-- DOI names are case-insensitive and can incorporate any printable Unicode characters so the test for spaces, endash,
local function is_good_vanc_name (last, first)
-- and terminal punctuation may not be technically correct but it appears, that in practice these characters are rarely if ever used in doi names.
local first, suffix = first:match ('(.-),?%s*([%dJS][%drndth]+)%.?$') or first; -- if first has something that looks like a generational suffix, get it


local function doi(id, inactive)
if is_set (suffix) then
local cat = ""
if not is_suffix (suffix) then
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['DOI'];
add_vanc_error ('suffix');
return false; -- not a name with an appropriate suffix
local text;
if is_set(inactive) then
local inactive_year = inactive:match("%d%d%d%d") or ''; -- try to get the year portion from the inactive date
text = "[[" .. handler.link .. "|" .. handler.label .. "]]:" .. id;
if is_set(inactive_year) then
table.insert( z.error_categories, "Pages with DOIs inactive since " .. inactive_year );
else
table.insert( z.error_categories, "Pages with inactive DOIs" ); -- when inactive doesn't contain a recognizable year
end
end
inactive = " (" .. cfg.messages['inactive'] .. " " .. inactive .. ")"
else
text = external_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode})
inactive = ""
end
end
 
if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143%-%s%']*$") or
if nil == id:match("^10%.[^%s–]-/[^%s–]-[^%.,]$") then -- doi must begin with '10.', must contain a fwd slash, must not contain spaces or endashes, and must not end with period or comma
nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143%-%s%'%.]*$") then
cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_doi' );
add_vanc_error ('non-Latin character');
end
return false; -- not a string of latin characters; Vancouver requires Romanization
return text .. inactive .. cat
end;
return true;
end
end


-- Formats an OpenLibrary link, and checks for associated errors.
--[[--------------------------< R E D U C E _ T O _ I N I T I A L S >------------------------------------------
local function openlibrary(id)
local code = id:match("^%d+([AMW])$"); -- only digits followed by 'A', 'M', or 'W'
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['OL'];


if ( code == "A" ) then
Attempts to convert names to initials in support of |name-list-format=vanc.
return external_link_id({link=handler.link, label=handler.label,
prefix="http://openlibrary.org/authors/OL",id=id, separator=handler.separator,
encode = handler.encode})
elseif ( code == "M" ) then
return external_link_id({link=handler.link, label=handler.label,
prefix="http://openlibrary.org/books/OL",id=id, separator=handler.separator,
encode = handler.encode})
elseif ( code == "W" ) then
return external_link_id({link=handler.link, label=handler.label,
prefix= "http://openlibrary.org/works/OL",id=id, separator=handler.separator,
encode = handler.encode})
else
return external_link_id({link=handler.link, label=handler.label,
prefix= "http://openlibrary.org/OL",id=id, separator=handler.separator,
encode = handler.encode}) ..
' ' .. set_error( 'bad_ol' );
end
end


Names in |firstn= may be separated by spaces or hyphens, or for initials, a period. See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35062/.


--[[--------------------------< M E S S A G E _ I D >----------------------------------------------------------
Vancouver style requires family rank designations (Jr, II, III, etc) to be rendered as Jr, 2nd, 3rd, etc.  See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35085/.
This code only accepts and understands generational suffix in the Vancouver format because Roman numerals look like, and can be mistaken for, initials.


Validate and format a usenet message id.  Simple error checking, looks for 'id-left@id-right' not enclosed in
This function uses ustring functions because firstname initials may be any of the unicode Latin characters accepted by is_good_vanc_name ().
'<' and/or '>' angle brackets.


]]
]]


local function message_id (id)
local function reduce_to_initials(first)
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['USENETID'];
local name, suffix = mw.ustring.match(first, "^(%u+) ([%dJS][%drndth]+)$");


text = external_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
if not name then -- if not initials and a suffix
prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode})
name = mw.ustring.match(first, "^(%u+)$"); -- is it just intials?
end
if not id:match('^.+@.+$') or not id:match('^[^<].*[^>]$')then -- doesn't have '@' or has one or first or last character is '< or '>'
 
text = text .. ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_message_id' ) -- add an error message if the message id is invalid
if name then -- if first is initials with or without suffix
end  
if 3 > mw.ustring.len (name) then -- if one or two initials
if suffix then -- if there is a suffix
return text
if is_suffix (suffix) then -- is it legitimate?
end
return first; -- one or two initials and a valid suffix so nothing to do
else
add_vanc_error ('suffix'); -- one or two initials with invalid suffix so error message
return first; -- and return first unmolested
end
else
return first; -- one or two initials without suffix; nothing to do
end
end
end -- if here then name has 3 or more uppercase letters so treat them as a word


--[[--------------------------< S E T _ T I T L E T Y P E >----------------------------------------------------


This function sets default title types (equivalent to the citation including |type=<default value>) for those templates that have defaults.
local initials, names = {}, {}; -- tables to hold name parts and initials
Also handles the special case where it is desirable to omit the title type from the rendered citation (|type=none).
local i = 1; -- counter for number of initials


]]
names = mw.text.split (first, '[%s,]+'); -- split into a table of names and possible suffix


local function set_titletype (cite_class, title_type)
while names[i] do -- loop through the table
if is_set(title_type) then
if 1 < i and names[i]:match ('[%dJS][%drndth]+%.?$') then -- if not the first name, and looks like a suffix (may have trailing dot)
if "none" == title_type then
names[i] = names[i]:gsub ('%.', ''); -- remove terminal dot if present
title_type = ""; -- if |type=none then type parameter not displayed
if is_suffix (names[i]) then -- if a legitimate suffix
table.insert (initials, ' ' .. names[i]); -- add a separator space, insert at end of initials table
break; -- and done because suffix must fall at the end of a name
end -- no error message if not a suffix; possibly because of Romanization
end
if 3 > i then
table.insert (initials, mw.ustring.sub(names[i],1,1)); -- insert the intial at end of initials table
end
end
return title_type; -- if |type= has been set to any other value use that value
i = i+1; -- bump the counter
end
end
 
return cfg.title_types [cite_class] or ''; -- set template's default title type; else empty string for concatenation
return table.concat(initials) -- Vancouver format does not include spaces.
end
end


--[[--------------------------< C L E A N _ I S B N >----------------------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< L I S T  _ P E O P L E >-------------------------------------------------------


Removes irrelevant text and dashes from ISBN number
Formats a list of people (e.g. authors / editors)
Similar to that used for Special:BookSources


]]
]]


local function clean_isbn( isbn_str )
local function list_people(control, people, etal)
return isbn_str:gsub( "[^-0-9X]", "" );
local sep;
end
local namesep;
 
local format = control.format
--[[--------------------------< E S C A P E _ L U A _ M A G I C _ C H A R S >----------------------------------
local maximum = control.maximum
 
local lastauthoramp = control.lastauthoramp;
Returns a string where all of lua's magic characters have been escaped. This is important because functions like
local text = {}
string.gsub() treat their pattern and replace strings as patterns, not literal strings.
]]
local function escape_lua_magic_chars (argument)
argument = argument:gsub("%%", "%%%%"); -- replace % with %%
argument = argument:gsub("([%^%$%(%)%.%[%]%*%+%-%?])", "%%%1"); -- replace all other lua magic pattern characters
return argument;
end


--[[--------------------------< S T R I P _ A P O S T R O P H E _ M A R K U P >--------------------------------
if 'vanc' == format then -- Vancouver-like author/editor name styling?
 
sep = ','; -- name-list separator between authors is a comma
Strip wiki italic and bold markup from argument so that it doesn't contaminate COinS metadata.
namesep = ' '; -- last/first separator is a space
This function strips common patterns of apostrophe markup.  We presume that editors who have taken the time to
elseif 'mla' == control.mode then
markup a title have, as a result, provided valid markup. When they don't, some single apostrophes are left behind.
sep = ','; -- name-list separator between authors is a comma
 
namesep = ', ' -- last/first separator is <comma><space>
]]
 
local function strip_apostrophe_markup (argument)
if not is_set (argument) then return argument; end
 
while true do
if argument:match ("%'%'%'%'%'") then -- bold italic (5)
argument=argument:gsub("%'%'%'%'%'", ""); -- remove all instances of it
elseif argument:match ("%'%'%'%'") then -- italic start and end without content (4)
argument=argument:gsub("%'%'%'%'", "");
elseif argument:match ("%'%'%'") then -- bold (3)
argument=argument:gsub("%'%'%'", "");
elseif argument:match ("%'%'") then -- italic (2)
argument=argument:gsub("%'%'", "");
else
break;
end
end
return argument; -- done
end
 
--[[--------------------------< M A K E _ C O I N S _ T I T L E >----------------------------------------------
 
Makes a title for COinS from Title and / or ScriptTitle (or any other name-script pairs)
 
Apostrophe markup (bold, italics) is stripped from each value so that the COinS metadata isn't correupted with strings
of %27%27...
]]
 
local function make_coins_title (title, script)
if is_set (title) then
title = strip_apostrophe_markup (title); -- strip any apostrophe markup
else
else
title=''; -- if not set, make sure title is an empty string
sep = ';' -- name-list separator between authors is a semicolon
namesep = ', ' -- last/first separator is <comma><space>
end
end
if is_set (script) then
script = script:gsub ('^%l%l%s*:%s*', ''); -- remove language prefix if present (script value may now be empty string)
script = strip_apostrophe_markup (script); -- strip any apostrophe markup
else
script=''; -- if not set, make sure script is an empty string
end
if is_set (title) and is_set (script) then
script = ' ' .. script; -- add a space before we concatenate
end
return title .. script; -- return the concatenation
end
--[[--------------------------< G E T _ C O I N S _ P A G E S >------------------------------------------------
Extract page numbers from external wikilinks in any of the |page=, |pages=, or |at= parameters for use in COinS.
]]
local function get_coins_pages (pages)
local pattern;
if not is_set (pages) then return pages; end -- if no page numbers then we're done
while true do
if sep:sub(-1,-1) ~= " " then sep = sep .. " " end
pattern = pages:match("%[(%w*:?//[^ ]+%s+)[%w%d].*%]"); -- pattern is the opening bracket, the url and following space(s): "[url "
if is_set (maximum) and maximum < 1 then return "", 0; end -- returned 0 is for EditorCount; not used for authors
if nil == pattern then break; end -- no more urls
pattern = escape_lua_magic_chars (pattern); -- pattern is not a literal string; escape lua's magic pattern characters
for i,person in ipairs(people) do
pages = pages:gsub(pattern, ""); -- remove as many instances of pattern as possible
if is_set(person.last) then
end
local mask = person.mask
pages = pages:gsub("[%[%]]", ""); -- remove the brackets
local one
pages = pages:gsub("–", "-" ); -- replace endashes with hyphens
local sep_one = sep;
pages = pages:gsub("&%w+;", "-" ); -- and replace html entities (&ndash; etc.) with hyphens; do we need to replace numerical entities like &#32; and the like?
if is_set (maximum) and i > maximum then
return pages;
etal = true;
end
break;
 
elseif (mask ~= nil) then
-- Gets the display text for a wikilink like [[A|B]] or [[B]] gives B
local n = tonumber(mask)
local function remove_wiki_link( str )
if (n ~= nil) then
return (str:gsub( "%[%[([^%[%]]*)%]%]", function(l)
one = string.rep("&mdash;",n)
return l:gsub( "^[^|]*|(.*)$", "%1" ):gsub("^%s*(.-)%s*$", "%1");
else
end));
one = mask;
end
sep_one = " ";
 
end
-- Converts a hyphen to a dash
else
local function hyphen_to_dash( str )
one = person.last
if not is_set(str) or str:match( "[%[%]{}<>]" ) ~= nil then
local first = person.first
return str;
if is_set(first) then
end
if 'mla' == control.mode then
return str:gsub( '-', '–' );
if i == 1 then -- for mla
one = one .. namesep .. first; -- first name last, first
else -- all other names
one = first .. ' ' .. one; -- first last
end
else
if ( "vanc" == format ) then -- if vancouver format
one = one:gsub ('%.', ''); -- remove periods from surnames (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/)
if not person.corporate and is_good_vanc_name (one, first) then -- and name is all Latin characters; corporate authors not tested
first = reduce_to_initials(first) -- attempt to convert first name(s) to initials
end
end
one = one .. namesep .. first;
end
end
if is_set(person.link) and person.link ~= control.page_name then
one = "[[" .. person.link .. "|" .. one .. "]]" -- link author/editor if this page is not the author's/editor's page
end
end
table.insert( text, one )
table.insert( text, sep_one )
end
end
 
local count = #text / 2; -- (number of names + number of separators) divided by 2
if count > 0 then
if count > 1 and is_set(lastauthoramp) and not etal then
if 'mla' == control.mode then
text[#text-2] = ", and "; -- replace last separator with ', and ' text
else
text[#text-2] = " & "; -- replace last separator with ampersand text
end
end
text[#text] = nil; -- erase the last separator
end
local result = table.concat(text) -- construct list
if etal and is_set (result) then -- etal may be set by |display-authors=etal but we might not have a last-first list
result = result .. sep .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- we've go a last-first list and etal so add et al.
end
return result, count
end
end


--[[--------------------------< S A F E _ J O I N >------------------------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< A N C H O R _ I D >------------------------------------------------------------
 
Generates a CITEREF anchor ID if we have at least one name or a date.  Otherwise returns an empty string.
 
namelist is one of the contributor-, author-, or editor-name lists chosen in that order.  year is Year or anchor_year.
 
]]
local function anchor_id (namelist, year)
local names={}; -- a table for the one to four names and year
for i,v in ipairs (namelist) do -- loop through the list and take up to the first four last names
names[i] = v.last
if i == 4 then break end -- if four then done
end
table.insert (names, year); -- add the year at the end
local id = table.concat(names); -- concatenate names and year for CITEREF id
if is_set (id) then -- if concatenation is not an empty string
return "CITEREF" .. id; -- add the CITEREF portion
else
return ''; -- return an empty string; no reason to include CITEREF id in this citation
end
end
 
 
--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ E T A L >----------------------------------------------------
 
Evaluates the content of author and editor name parameters for variations on the theme of et al.  If found,
the et al. is removed, a flag is set to true and the function returns the modified name and the flag.


Joins a sequence of strings together while checking for duplicate separation characters.
This function never sets the flag to false but returns it's previous state because it may have been set by
previous passes through this function or by the parameters |display-authors=etal or |display-editors=etal


]]
]]


local function safe_join( tbl, duplicate_char )
local function name_has_etal (name, etal, nocat)
--[[
 
Note: we use string functions here, rather than ustring functions.
if is_set (name) then -- name can be nil in which case just return
local etal_pattern = "[;,]? *[\"']*%f[%a][Ee][Tt] *[Aa][Ll][%.\"']*$" -- variations on the 'et al' theme
This has considerably faster performance and should work correctly as
local others_pattern = "[;,]? *%f[%a]and [Oo]thers"; -- and alternate to et al.
long as the duplicate_char is strict ASCII.  The strings
in tbl may be ASCII or UTF8.
if name:match (etal_pattern) then -- variants on et al.
]]
name = name:gsub (etal_pattern, ''); -- if found, remove
etal = true; -- set flag (may have been set previously here or by |display-authors=etal)
local str = ''; -- the output string
if not nocat then -- no categorization for |vauthors=
local comp = ''; -- what does 'comp' mean?
add_maint_cat ('etal'); -- and add a category if not already added
local end_chr = '';
end
local trim;
elseif name:match (others_pattern) then -- if not 'et al.', then 'and others'?
for _, value in ipairs( tbl ) do
name = name:gsub (others_pattern, ''); -- if found, remove
if value == nil then value = ''; end
etal = true; -- set flag (may have been set previously here or by |display-authors=etal)
if not nocat then -- no categorization for |vauthors=
add_maint_cat ('etal'); -- and add a category if not already added
end
end
end
return name, etal; --
end
 
 
--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ E D _ M A R K U P >------------------------------------------
 
Evaluates the content of author and editor parameters for extranious editor annotations: ed, ed., eds, (Ed.), etc.
These annotation do not belong in author parameters and are redundant in editor parameters.  If found, the function
adds the editor markup maintenance category.
 
]]
 
local function name_has_ed_markup (name, list_name)
local _, pattern;
local patterns = { -- these patterns match annotations at end of name
'%f[%(%[][%(%[]%s*[Ee][Dd][Ss]?%.?%s*[%)%]]?$', -- (ed) or (eds): leading '(', case insensitive 'ed', optional 's', '.' and/or ')'
'[,%.%s]%f[e]eds?%.?$', -- ed or eds: without '('or ')'; case sensitive (ED could be initials Ed could be name)
'%f[%(%[][%(%[]%s*[Ee][Dd][Ii][Tt][Oo][Rr][Ss]?%.?%s*[%)%]]?$', -- (editor) or (editors): leading '(', case insensitive, optional '.' and/or ')'
'[,%.%s]%f[Ee][Ee][Dd][Ii][Tt][Oo][Rr][Ss]?%.?$', -- editor or editors: without '('or ')'; case insensitive
if str == '' then -- if output string is empty
-- these patterns match annotations at beginning of name
str = value; -- assign value to it (first time through the loop)
'^eds?[%.,;]', -- ed. or eds.: lower case only, optional 's', requires '.'
elseif value ~= '' then
'^[%(%[]%s*[Ee][Dd][Ss]?%.?%s*[%)%]]', -- (ed) or (eds): also sqare brackets, case insensitive, optional 's', '.'
if value:sub(1,1) == '<' then -- Special case of values enclosed in spans and other markup.
'^[%(%[]?%s*[Ee][Dd][Ii][Tt][Oo][Rr][Ss]?%A', -- (editor or (editors: also sq brackets, case insensitive, optional brackets, 's'
comp = value:gsub( "%b<>", "" ); -- remove html markup (<span>string</span> -> string)
'^[%(%[]?%s*[Ee][Dd][Ii][Tt][Ee][Dd]%A', -- (edited: also sq brackets, case insensitive, optional brackets
else
 
comp = value;
}
 
if is_set (name) then
for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- spin through patterns table and
if name:match (pattern) then
add_maint_cat ('extra_text_names', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]); -- add a maint cat for this template
break;
end
end
-- typically duplicate_char is sepc
end
if comp:sub(1,1) == duplicate_char then -- is first charactier same as duplicate_char? why test first character?
end
--   Because individual string segments often (always?) begin with terminal punct for th
return name; -- and done
--   preceding segment: 'First element' .. 'sepc next element' .. etc?
end
trim = false;
 
end_chr = str:sub(-1,-1); -- get the last character of the output string
 
-- str = str .. "<HERE(enchr=" .. end_chr.. ")" -- debug stuff?
--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ M U L T _ N A M E S >----------------------------------------
if end_chr == duplicate_char then -- if same as separator
str = str:sub(1,-2); -- remove it
elseif end_chr == "'" then -- if it might be wikimarkup
if str:sub(-3,-1) == duplicate_char .. "''" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc''
str = str:sub(1, -4) .. "''"; -- remove them and add back ''
elseif str:sub(-5,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]]''" then -- if last five chars of str are sepc]]''
trim = true; -- why? why do this and next differently from previous?
elseif str:sub(-4,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]''" then -- if last four chars of str are sepc]''
trim = true; -- same question
end
elseif end_chr == "]" then -- if it might be wikimarkup
if str:sub(-3,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]]" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc]] wikilink
trim = true;
elseif str:sub(-2,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]" then -- if last two chars of str are sepc] external link
trim = true;
elseif str:sub(-4,-1) == duplicate_char .. "'']" then -- normal case when |url=something & |title=Title.
trim = true;
end
elseif end_chr == " " then -- if last char of output string is a space
if str:sub(-2,-1) == duplicate_char .. " " then -- if last two chars of str are <sepc><space>
str = str:sub(1,-3); -- remove them both
end
end


if trim then
Evaluates the content of author and editor (surnames only) parameters for multiple names.  Multiple names are
if value ~= comp then -- value does not equal comp when value contains html markup
indicated if there is more than one comma and or semicolon.  If found, the function adds the multiple name
local dup2 = duplicate_char;
(author or editor) maintenance category.
if dup2:match( "%A" ) then dup2 = "%" .. dup2; end -- if duplicate_char not a letter then escape it
 
]]
value = value:gsub( "(%b<>)" .. dup2, "%1", 1 ) -- remove duplicate_char if it follows html markup
 
else
local function name_has_mult_names (name, list_name)
value = value:sub( 2, -1 ); -- remove duplicate_char when it is first character
local count, _;
end
if is_set (name) then
end
_, count = name:gsub ('[;,]', ''); -- count the number of separator-like characters
end
str = str .. value; --add it to the output string
if 1 < count then -- param could be |author= or |editor= so one separator character is acceptable
add_maint_cat ('mult_names', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]); -- more than one separator indicates multiple names so add a maint cat for this template
end
end
end
end
return str;
return name; -- and done
end
end


--[[--------------------------< I S _ G O O D _ V A N C _ N A M E >--------------------------------------------


For Vancouver Style, author/editor names are supposed to be rendered in Latin (read ASCII) characters.  When a name
--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ C H E C K S >--------------------------------------------------------
uses characters that contain diacritical marks, those characters are to converted to the corresponding Latin character.
This function calls various name checking functions used to validate the content of the various name-holding
When a name is written using a non-Latin alphabet or logogram, that name is to be transliterated into Latin characters.
parameters.
These things are not currently possible in this module so are left to the editor to do.


This test allows |first= and |last= names to contain any of the letters defined in the four Unicode Latin character sets
]]
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0000.pdf C0 Controls and Basic Latin] 0041–005A, 0061–007A
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0080.pdf C1 Controls and Latin-1 Supplement] 00C0–00D6, 00D8–00F6, 00F8–00FF
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0100.pdf Latin Extended-A] 0100–017F
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0180.pdf Latin Extended-B] 0180–01BF, 01C4–024F


|lastn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, and apostrophes. (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/)
local function name_checks (last, first, list_name)
|firstn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, apostrophes, and periods
if is_set (last) then
 
if last:match ('^%(%(.*%)%)$') then -- if wrapped in doubled parentheses, accept as written
At the time of this writing, I had to write the 'if nil == mw.ustring.find ...' test ouside of the code editor and past it here
last = last:match ('^%(%((.*)%)%)$'); -- strip parens
because the code editor gets confused between character insertion point and cursor position.
else
 
last = name_has_mult_names (last, list_name); -- check for multiple names in the parameter (last only)
]]
last = name_has_ed_markup (last, list_name); -- check for extraneous 'editor' annotation
 
end
local function is_good_vanc_name (last, first)
end
if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%']*$") or nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%'%.]*$") then
if is_set (first) then
if true ~= Page_in_vanc_error_cat then -- if we haven't been here before then set a sticky flag
if first:match ('^%(%(.*%)%)$') then -- if wrapped in doubled parentheses, accept as written
Page_in_vanc_error_cat=true; -- so that if there are more than one error the category is added only once
first = first:match ('^%(%((.*)%)%)$'); -- strip parens
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'vancouver', {}, true ) } );
else
first = name_has_ed_markup (first, list_name); -- check for extraneous 'editor' annotation
end
end
return false; -- not a string of latin characters; Vancouver required Romanization
end
end;
return last, first; -- done
return true;
end
end


--[[--------------------------< R E D U C E _ T O _ I N I T I A L S >------------------------------------------


Attempts to convert names to initials in support of |name-list-format=vanc. 
--[[--------------------------< E X T R A C T _ N A M E S >----------------------------------------------------
Gets name list from the input arguments


Names in |firstn= may be separated by spaces or hyphens, or for initials, a period. See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35062/.
Searches through args in sequential order to find |lastn= and |firstn= parameters (or their aliases), and their matching link and mask parameters.
Stops searching when both |lastn= and |firstn= are not found in args after two sequential attempts: found |last1=, |last2=, and |last3= but doesn't
find |last4= and |last5= then the search is done.


Vancouver style requires family rank designations (Jr, II, III, etc) to be rendered as Jr, 2nd, 3rd, etc. This form is not
This function emits an error message when there is a |firstn= without a matching |lastn=.  When there are 'holes' in the list of last names, |last1= and |last3=
currently supported by this code so correctly formed names like Smith JL 2nd are converted to Smith J2. See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35085/.
are present but |last2= is missing, an error message is emitted. |lastn= is not required to have a matching |firstn=.


This function uses ustring functions because firstname initials may be any of the unicode Latin characters accepted by is_good_vanc_name ().
When an author or editor parameter contains some form of 'et al.', the 'et al.' is stripped from the parameter and a flag (etal) returned
that will cause list_people() to add the static 'et al.' text from Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration.  This keeps 'et al.' out of the
template's metadata.  When this occurs, the page is added to a maintenance category.


]]
]]


local function reduce_to_initials(first)
local function extract_names(args, list_name)
if mw.ustring.match(first, "^%u%u$") then return first end; -- when first contains just two upper-case letters, nothing to do
local names = {}; -- table of names
local initials = {}
local last; -- individual name components
local i = 0; -- counter for number of initials
local first;
for word in mw.ustring.gmatch(first, "[^%s%.%-]+") do -- names separated by spaces, hyphens, or periods
local link;
table.insert(initials, mw.ustring.sub(word,1,1)) -- Vancouver format does not include full stops.
local mask;
i = i + 1; -- bump the counter
local i = 1; -- loop counter/indexer
if 2 <= i then break; end -- only two initials allowed in Vancouver system; if 2, quit
local n = 1; -- output table indexer
end
local count = 0; -- used to count the number of times we haven't found a |last= (or alias for authors, |editor-last or alias for editors)
return table.concat(initials) -- Vancouver format does not include spaces.
local etal=false; -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. in an author parameter
end


--[[--------------------------< L I S T  _ P E O P L E >-------------------------------------------------------
local err_msg_list_name = list_name:match ("(%w+)List") .. 's list'; -- modify AuthorList or EditorList for use in error messages if necessary
while true do
last = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'redundant_parameters', i ); -- search through args for name components beginning at 1
first = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
link = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
mask = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'redundant_parameters', i );


Formats a list of people (e.g. authors / editors)  
last, etal = name_has_etal (last, etal, false); -- find and remove variations on et al.
first, etal = name_has_etal (first, etal, false); -- find and remove variations on et al.
last, first= name_checks (last, first, list_name); -- multiple names, extraneous annotation, etc checks
if first and not last then -- if there is a firstn without a matching lastn
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'first_missing_last', {err_msg_list_name, i}, true ) } ); -- add this error message
elseif not first and not last then -- if both firstn and lastn aren't found, are we done?
count = count + 1; -- number of times we haven't found last and first
if 2 <= count then -- two missing names and we give up
break; -- normal exit or there is a two-name hole in the list; can't tell which
end
else -- we have last with or without a first
link_title_ok (link, list_name:match ("(%w+)List"):lower() .. '-link' .. i, last, list_name:match ("(%w+)List"):lower() .. '-last' .. i); -- check for improper wikimarkup


]]
names[n] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate=false}; -- add this name to our names list (corporate for |vauthors= only)
 
n = n + 1; -- point to next location in the names table
local function list_people(control, people, etal)
if 1 == count then -- if the previous name was missing
local sep;
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'missing_name', {err_msg_list_name, i-1}, true ) } ); -- add this error message
local namesep;
end
local format = control.format
count = 0; -- reset the counter, we're looking for two consecutive missing names
local maximum = control.maximum
end
local lastauthoramp = control.lastauthoramp;
i = i + 1; -- point to next args location
local text = {}
 
if 'vanc' == format then -- Vancouver-like author/editor name styling?
sep = ','; -- name-list separator between authors is a comma
namesep = ' '; -- last/first separator is a space
else
sep = ';' -- name-list separator between authors is a semicolon
namesep = ', ' -- last/first separator is <comma><space>
end
end
if sep:sub(-1,-1) ~= " " then sep = sep .. " " end
return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names
if is_set (maximum) and maximum < 1 then return "", 0; end -- returned 0 is for EditorCount; not used for authors
end
 
for i,person in ipairs(people) do
--[[--------------------------< G E T _ I S O 6 3 9 _ C O D E >------------------------------------------------
if is_set(person.last) then
 
local mask = person.mask
Validates language names provided in |language= parameter if not an ISO639-1 or 639-2 code.
local one
 
local sep_one = sep;
Returns the language name and associated two- or three-character code. Because case of the source may be incorrect
if is_set (maximum) and i > maximum then
or different from the case that WikiMedia uses, the name comparisons are done in lower case and when a match is
etal = true;
found, the Wikimedia version (assumed to be correct) is returned along with the code.  When there is no match, we
break;
return the original language name string.
elseif (mask ~= nil) then
 
local n = tonumber(mask)
mw.language.fetchLanguageNames(<local wiki language>, 'all') return a list of languages that in some cases may include
if (n ~= nil) then
extensions. For example, code 'cbk-zam' and its associated name 'Chavacano de Zamboanga' (MediaWiki does not support
one = string.rep("&mdash;",n)
code 'cbk' or name 'Chavacano'.
else
 
one = mask;
Names but that are included in the list will be found if that name is provided in the |language= parameter.  For example,
sep_one = " ";
if |language=Chavacano de Zamboanga, that name will be found with the associated code 'cbk-zam'. When names are found
end
and the associated code is not two or three characters, this function returns only the Wikimedia language name.
else
 
one = person.last
Adapted from code taken from Module:Check ISO 639-1.
local first = person.first
 
if is_set(first) then
]]
if ( "vanc" == format ) then -- if vancouver format
one = one:gsub ('%.', ''); -- remove periods from surnames (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/)
if is_good_vanc_name (one, first) then -- and name is all Latin characters
first = reduce_to_initials(first) -- attempt to convert first name(s) to initials
end
end
one = one .. namesep .. first
end
if is_set(person.link) and person.link ~= control.page_name then
one = "[[" .. person.link .. "|" .. one .. "]]" -- link author/editor if this page is not the author's/editor's page
end


if is_set(person.link) and ((nil ~= person.link:find("//")) or (nil ~= person.link:find("[%[%]]"))) then
local function get_iso639_code (lang, this_wiki_code)
one = one .. " " .. set_error( 'bad_authorlink' ) end -- url or wikilink in author link;
if 'bangla' == lang:lower() then -- special case related to Wikimedia remap of code 'bn' at mw:Extension:CLDR
end
return 'Bengali', 'bn'; -- make sure rendered version is properly capitalized
table.insert( text, one )
table.insert( text, sep_one )
end
end
end


local count = #text / 2;
local languages = mw.language.fetchLanguageNames(this_wiki_code, 'all') -- get a list of language names known to Wikimedia
if count > 0 then
-- ('all' is required for North Ndebele, South Ndebele, and Ojibwa)
if count > 1 and is_set(lastauthoramp) and not etal then
local langlc = mw.ustring.lower(lang); -- lower case version for comparisons
text[#text-2] = " & ";
for code, name in pairs(languages) do -- scan the list to see if we can find our language
if langlc == mw.ustring.lower(name) then
if 2 ~= code:len() and 3 ~= code:len() then -- two- or three-character codes only; extensions not supported
return name; -- so return the name but not the code
end
return name, code; -- found it, return name to ensure proper capitalization and the the code
end
end
text[#text] = nil;
end
local result = table.concat(text) -- construct list
if etal then
local etal_text = cfg.messages['et al'];
result = result .. " " .. etal_text;
end
end
return lang; -- not valid language; return language in original case and nil for the code
return result, count
end
end


--[[--------------------------< A N C H O R _ I D >------------------------------------------------------------


Generates a CITEREF anchor ID if we have at least one name or a date.  Otherwise returns an empty string.
--[[--------------------------< L A N G U A G E _ P A R A M E T E R >------------------------------------------


]]
Gets language name from a provided two- or three-character ISO 639 code.  If a code is recognized by MediaWiki,
use the returned name; if not, then use the value that was provided with the language parameter.


local function anchor_id( options )
When |language= contains a recognized language (either code or name), the page is assigned to the category for
local id = table.concat( options ); -- concatenate names and year for CITEREF id
that code: Category:Norwegian-language sources (no).  For valid three-character code languages, the page is assigned
if is_set (id) then -- if concatenation is not an empty string
to the single category for '639-2' codes: Category:CS1 ISO 639-2 language sources.
return "CITEREF" .. id; -- add the CITEREF portion
else
return ''; -- return an empty string; no reason to include CITEREF id in this citation
end
end


--[[--------------------------< E X T R A C T _ N A M E S >----------------------------------------------------
Languages that are the same as the local wiki are not categorized.  MediaWiki does not recognize three-character
Gets name list from the input arguments
equivalents of two-character codes: code 'ar' is recognized bit code 'ara' is not.


Searches through args in sequential order to find |lastn= and |firstn= parameters (or their aliases), and their matching link and mask parameters.
This function supports multiple languages in the form |language=nb, French, th where the language names or codes are
Stops searching when both |lastn= and |firstn= are not found in args after two sequential attempts: found |last1=, |last2=, and |last3= but doesn't
separated from each other by commas.
find |last4= and |last5= then the search is done.


This function emits an error message when there is a |firstn= without a matching |lastn=.  When there are 'holes' in the list of last names, |last1= and |last3=
]]
are present but |last2= is missing, an error message is emitted. |lastn= is not required to have a matching |firstn=.


When an author or editor parameter contains some form of 'et al.', the 'et al.' is stripped from the parameter and a flag (etal) returned
local function language_parameter (lang)
that will cause list_people() to add the static 'et al.' text from Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration.  This keeps 'et al.' out of the
local code; -- the two- or three-character language code
template's metadata.  When this occurs, the page is added to a maintenance category.
local name; -- the language name
local language_list = {}; -- table of language names to be rendered
local names_table = {}; -- table made from the value assigned to |language=


]]
local this_wiki = mw.getContentLanguage(); -- get a language object for this wiki
local this_wiki_code = this_wiki:getCode() -- get this wiki's language code
local this_wiki_name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName(this_wiki_code, this_wiki_code); -- get this wiki's language name


local function extract_names(args, list_name)
names_table = mw.text.split (lang, '%s*,%s*'); -- names should be a comma separated list
local names = {}; -- table of names
local last; -- individual name components
local first;
local link;
local mask;
local i = 1; -- loop counter/indexer
local n = 1; -- output table indexer
local count = 0; -- used to count the number of times we haven't found a |last= (or alias for authors, |editor-last or alias for editors)
local etal=false; -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. in an author parameter
local pattern = ",? *'*[Ee][Tt] *[Aa][Ll][%.']*$" -- variations on the 'et al' theme
local err_msg_list_name = list_name:match ("(%w+)List") .. 's list'; -- modify AuthorList or EditorList for use in error messages if necessary


while true do
for _, lang in ipairs (names_table) do -- reuse lang
last = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'redundant_parameters', i ); -- search through args for name components beginning at 1
first = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
link = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
mask = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'redundant_parameters', i );


local name = tostring(last);
if lang:match ('^%a%a%-') then -- strip ietf language tags from code; TODO: is there a need to support 3-char with tag?
if name:match (pattern) then -- varients on et al.
lang = lang:match ('(%a%a)%-') -- keep only 639-1 code portion to lang; TODO: do something with 3166 alpha 2 country code?
last = name:gsub (pattern, ''); -- if found, remove
etal = true;
end
end
name = tostring(first);
if 2 == lang:len() or 3 == lang:len() then -- if two-or three-character code
if name:match (pattern) then -- varients on et al.
name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang:lower(), this_wiki_code); -- get language name if |language= is a proper code
first = name:gsub (pattern, ''); -- if found, remove
etal = true;
end
end
 
if first and not last then -- if there is a firstn without a matching lastn
if is_set (name) then -- if |language= specified a valid code
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'first_missing_last', {err_msg_list_name, i}, true ) } ); -- add this error message
code = lang:lower(); -- save it
elseif not first and not last then -- if both firstn and lastn aren't found, are we done?
else
count = count + 1; -- number of times we haven't found last and first
name, code = get_iso639_code (lang, this_wiki_code); -- attempt to get code from name (assign name here so that we are sure of proper capitalization)
if 2 == count then -- two missing names and we give up
end
break; -- normal exit or there is a two-name hole in the list; can't tell which
--[[
if is_set (code) then -- only 2- or 3-character codes
if 'bn' == code then name = 'Bengali' end; -- override wikimedia when code is 'bn'
if this_wiki_code ~= code then -- when the language is not the same as this wiki's language
if 2 == code:len() then -- and is a two-character code
add_prop_cat ('foreign_lang_source', {name, code}) -- categorize it
else -- or is a recognized language (but has a three-character code)
add_prop_cat ('foreign_lang_source_2', {code}) -- categorize it differently TODO: support mutliple three-character code categories per cs1|2 template
end
end
end
else -- we have last with or without a first
else
names[n] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask}; -- add this name to our names list
add_maint_cat ('unknown_lang'); -- add maint category if not already added
n = n + 1; -- point to next location in the names table
if 1 == count then -- if the previous name was missing
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'missing_name', {err_msg_list_name, i-1}, true ) } ); -- add this error message
end
count = 0; -- reset the counter, we're looking for two consecutive missing names
end
end
i = i + 1; -- point to next args location
--]]
table.insert (language_list, name);
name = ''; -- so we can reuse it
end
end
if true == etal then
code = #language_list -- reuse code as number of languages in the list
add_maint_cat ('etal');
if 2 >= code then
name = table.concat (language_list, ' og ') -- insert '<space>and<space>' between two language names
elseif 2 < code then
language_list[code] = 'og ' .. language_list[code]; -- prepend last name with 'and<space>'
name = table.concat (language_list, ', ') -- and concatenate with '<comma><space>' separators
end
end
return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names
if this_wiki_name == name then
end
return ''; -- if one language and that language is this wiki's return an empty string (no annotation)
 
-- Populates ID table from arguments using configuration settings
local function extract_ids( args )
local id_list = {};
for k, v in pairs( cfg.id_handlers ) do
v = select_one( args, v.parameters, 'redundant_parameters' );
if is_set(v) then id_list[k] = v; end
end
end
return id_list;
return (" " .. wrap_msg ('language', name)); -- otherwise wrap with '(in ...)'
--[[ TODO: should only return blank or name rather than full list
so we can clean up the bunched parenthetical elements Language, Type, Format
]]
end
end


--[[--------------------------< B U I L D _ I D _ L I S T >--------------------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< S E T _ C S 1 _ S T Y L E >----------------------------------------------------


Takes a table of IDs and turns it into a table of formatted ID outputs.
Set style settings for CS1 citation templates. Returns separator and postscript settings


]]
]]


local function build_id_list( id_list, options )
local function set_cs1_style (ps)
local new_list, handler = {};
if not is_set (ps) then -- unless explicitely set to something
 
ps = '.'; -- terminate the rendered citation with a period
function fallback(k) return { __index = function(t,i) return cfg.id_handlers[k][i] end } end;
for k, v in pairs( id_list ) do
-- fallback to read-only cfg
handler = setmetatable( { ['id'] = v }, fallback(k) );
if handler.mode == 'external' then
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, external_link_id( handler ) } );
elseif handler.mode == 'internal' then
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, internal_link_id( handler ) } );
elseif handler.mode ~= 'manual' then
error( cfg.messages['unknown_ID_mode'] );
elseif k == 'DOI' then
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, doi( v, options.DoiBroken ) } );
elseif k == 'ARXIV' then
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, arxiv( v, options.Class ) } );
elseif k == 'ASIN' then
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, amazon( v, options.ASINTLD ) } );
elseif k == 'LCCN' then
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, lccn( v ) } );
elseif k == 'OL' then
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, openlibrary( v ) } );
elseif k == 'PMC' then
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, pmc( v, options.Embargo ) } );
elseif k == 'PMID' then
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, pmid( v ) } );
elseif k == 'ISSN' then
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, issn( v ) } );
elseif k == 'ISBN' then
local ISBN = internal_link_id( handler );
if not check_isbn( v ) and not is_set(options.IgnoreISBN) then
ISBN = ISBN .. set_error( 'bad_isbn', {}, false, " ", "" );
end
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, ISBN } );
elseif k == 'USENETID' then
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, message_id( v ) } );
else
error( cfg.messages['unknown_manual_ID'] );
end
end
end
return '.', ps; -- separator is a full stop
function comp( a, b ) -- used in following table.sort()
end
return a[1] < b[1];
 
--[[--------------------------< S E T _ C S 2 _ S T Y L E >----------------------------------------------------
 
Set style settings for CS2 citation templates. Returns separator, postscript, ref settings
 
]]
 
local function set_cs2_style (ps, ref)
if not is_set (ps) then -- if |postscript= has not been set, set cs2 default
ps = ''; -- make sure it isn't nil
end
end
if not is_set (ref) then -- if |ref= is not set
table.sort( new_list, comp );
ref = "harv"; -- set default |ref=harv
for k, v in ipairs( new_list ) do
new_list[k] = v[2];
end
end
return ',', ps, ref; -- separator is a comma
return new_list;
end
end
 


-- COinS metadata (see <http://ocoins.info/>) allows automated tools to parse
--[[--------------------------< G E T _ S E T T I N G S _ F R O M _ C I T E _ C L A S S >----------------------
-- the citation information.
 
local function COinS(data, class)
When |mode= is not set or when its value is invalid, use config.CitationClass and parameter values to establish
if 'table' ~= type(data) or nil == next(data) then
rendered style.
return '';
end
local ctx_ver = "Z39.88-2004";
-- treat table strictly as an array with only set values.
local OCinSoutput = setmetatable( {}, {
__newindex = function(self, key, value)
if is_set(value) then
rawset( self, #self+1, table.concat{ key, '=', mw.uri.encode( remove_wiki_link( value ) ) } );
end
end
});
if is_set(data.Chapter) then
OCinSoutput.rft_val_fmt = "info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:book";
OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "bookitem";
OCinSoutput["rft.atitle"] = data.Chapter;
OCinSoutput["rft.btitle"] = data.Title;
elseif is_set(data.Periodical) then
OCinSoutput.rft_val_fmt = "info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:journal";
if 'arxiv' == class then
OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "preprint"; -- cite arxiv
else
OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "article";
end
OCinSoutput["rft.jtitle"] = data.Periodical;
OCinSoutput["rft.atitle"] = data.Title;
else
OCinSoutput.rft_val_fmt = "info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:book";
OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "book"
OCinSoutput["rft.btitle"] = data.Title;
end
OCinSoutput["rft.place"] = data.PublicationPlace;
OCinSoutput["rft.date"] = data.Date;
OCinSoutput["rft.series"] = data.Series;
OCinSoutput["rft.volume"] = data.Volume;
OCinSoutput["rft.issue"] = data.Issue;
OCinSoutput["rft.pages"] = data.Pages;
OCinSoutput["rft.edition"] = data.Edition;
OCinSoutput["rft.pub"] = data.PublisherName;
for k, v in pairs( data.ID_list ) do
local id, value = cfg.id_handlers[k].COinS;
if k == 'ISBN' then value = clean_isbn( v ); else value = v; end
if string.sub( id or "", 1, 4 ) == 'info' then
OCinSoutput["rft_id"] = table.concat{ id, "/", v };
else
OCinSoutput[ id ] = value;
end
end
local last, first;
for k, v in ipairs( data.Authors ) do
last, first = v.last, v.first;
if k == 1 then
if is_set(last) then
OCinSoutput["rft.aulast"] = last;
end
if is_set(first) then
OCinSoutput["rft.aufirst"] = first;
end
end
if is_set(last) and is_set(first) then
OCinSoutput["rft.au"] = table.concat{ last, ", ", first };
elseif is_set(last) then
OCinSoutput["rft.au"] = last;
end
end
OCinSoutput.rft_id = data.URL;
OCinSoutput.rfr_id = table.concat{ "info:sid/", mw.site.server:match( "[^/]*$" ), ":", data.RawPage };
OCinSoutput = setmetatable( OCinSoutput, nil );
-- sort with version string always first, and combine.
table.sort( OCinSoutput );
table.insert( OCinSoutput, 1, "ctx_ver=" .. ctx_ver );  -- such as "Z39.88-2004"
return table.concat(OCinSoutput, "&");
end


]]


--[[--------------------------< G E T _ I S O 6 3 9 _ C O D E >------------------------------------------------
local function get_settings_from_cite_class (ps, ref, cite_class)
local sep;
if (cite_class == "citation") then -- for citation templates (CS2)
sep, ps, ref = set_cs2_style (ps, ref);
else -- not a citation template so CS1
sep, ps = set_cs1_style (ps);
end


Validates language names provided in |language= parameter if not an ISO639-1 code.  Handles the special case that is Norwegian where
return sep, ps, ref -- return them all
ISO639-1 code 'no' is mapped to language name 'Norwegian Bokmål' by Extention:CLDR.
end


Returns the language name and associated ISO639-1 code.  Because case of the source may be incorrect or different from the case that Wikimedia
--[[--------------------------< S E T _ S T Y L E >------------------------------------------------------------
uses, the name comparisons are done in lower case and when a match is found, the Wikimedia version (assumed to be correct) is returned along
with the code.  When there is no match, we return the original language name string.


mw.language.fetchLanguageNames() will return a list of languages that aren't part of ISO639-1. Names that aren't ISO639-1 but that are included
Establish basic style settings to be used when rendering the citation.  Uses |mode= if set and valid or uses
in the list will be found if that name is provided in the |language= parameter.  For example, if |language=Samaritan Aramaic, that name will be
config.CitationClass from the template's #invoke: to establish style.
found with the associated code 'sam', not an ISO639-1 code.  When names are found and the associated code is not two characters, this function
returns only the Wikimedia language name.
 
Adapted from code taken from Module:Check ISO 639-1.


]]
]]


local function get_iso639_code (lang)
local function set_style (mode, ps, ref, cite_class)
if 'norwegian' == lang:lower() then -- special case related to Wikimedia remap of code 'no' at Extension:CLDR
local sep;
return 'Norwegian', 'no'; -- Make sure rendered version is properly capitalized
if 'cs2' == mode then -- if this template is to be rendered in CS2 (citation) style
sep, ps, ref = set_cs2_style (ps, ref);
elseif 'cs1' == mode then -- if this template is to be rendered in CS1 (cite xxx) style
sep, ps = set_cs1_style (ps);
elseif 'mla' == mode then -- if this template is to be rendered in mla style use cs1 for bot cs1 & cs2 templates
sep, ps = set_cs1_style (ps);
else -- anything but cs1 or cs2
sep, ps, ref = get_settings_from_cite_class (ps, ref, cite_class); -- get settings based on the template's CitationClass
end
if 'none' == ps:lower() or 'ingen' == ps:lower() then -- if assigned value is 'none' then
ps = ''; -- set to empty string
end
end
local languages = mw.language.fetchLanguageNames('en', 'all') -- get a list of language names known to Wikimedia
return sep, ps, ref
-- ('all' is required for North Ndebele, South Ndebele, and Ojibwa)
local langlc = mw.ustring.lower(lang); -- lower case version for comparisons
for code, name in pairs(languages) do -- scan the list to see if we can find our language
if langlc == mw.ustring.lower(name) then
if 2 ~= code:len() then -- ISO639-1 codes only
return name; -- so return the name but not the code
end
return name, code; -- found it, return name to ensure proper capitalization and the ISO639-1 code
end
end
return lang; -- not valid language; return language in original case and nil for ISO639-1 code
end
end


--[[--------------------------< L A N G U A G E _ P A R A M E T E R >------------------------------------------
--[=[-------------------------< I S _ P D F >------------------------------------------------------------------


Get language name from ISO639-1 code value provided.  If a code is valid use the returned name; if not, then use the value that was provided with the language parameter.
Determines if a url has the file extension that is one of the pdf file extensions used by [[MediaWiki:Common.css]] when
applying the pdf icon to external links.


There is an exception.  There are three ISO639-1 codes for Norewegian language variants.  There are two official variants: Norwegian Bokmål (code 'nb') and
returns true if file extension is one of the recognized extension, else false
Norwegian Nynorsk (code 'nn').  The third, code 'no',  is defined by ISO639-1 as 'Norwegian' though in Norway this is pretty much meaningless.  However, it appears
that on enwiki, editors are for the most part unaware of the nb and nn variants (compare page counts for these variants at Category:Articles with non-English-language external links.


Because Norwegian Bokmål is the most common language variant, Media wiki has been modified to return Norwegian Bokmål for ISO639-1 code 'no'. Here we undo that and
]=]
return 'Norwegian' when editors use |language=no.  We presume that editors don't know about the variants or can't descriminate between them.


See Help talk:Citation Style_1#An ISO 639-1 language name test
local function is_pdf (url)
return url:match ('%.pdf[%?#]?') or url:match ('%.PDF[%?#]?');
end


When |language= contains a valid ISO639-1 code, the page is assigned to the category for that code: Category:Norwegian-language sources (no) if
--[[--------------------------< S T Y L E _ F O R M A T >------------------------------------------------------
the page is a mainspace page and the ISO639-1 code is not 'en'.  Similarly, if the  parameter is |language=Norwegian, it will be categorized in the same way.


This function supports multiple languages in the form |language=nb, French, th where the language names or codes are separated from each other by commas.
Applies css style to |format=, |chapter-format=, etc.  Also emits an error message if the format parameter does
not have a matching url parameter.  If the format parameter is not set and the url contains a file extension that
is recognized as a pdf document by MediaWiki's commons.css, this code will set the format parameter to (PDF) with
the appropriate styling.


]]
]]


local function language_parameter (lang, namespace)
local function style_format (format, url, fmt_param, url_param)
local code; -- the ISO639-1 two character code
if is_set (format) then
local name; -- the language name
format = wrap_style ('format', format); -- add leading space, parenthases, resize
local language_list = {}; -- table of language names to be rendered
if not is_set (url) then
local names_table = {}; -- table made from the value assigned to |language=
format = format .. set_error( 'format_missing_url', {fmt_param, url_param} ); -- add an error message
local unrec_cat = false -- flag so that we only add unrecognized category once
names_table = mw.text.split (lang, '%s*,%s*'); -- names should be a comma separated list
for _, lang in ipairs (names_table) do -- reuse lang
if 0 == namespace and (('en' == lang:lower()) or ('english' == lang:lower())) then
add_maint_cat ('english');
end
end
elseif is_pdf (url) then -- format is not set so if url is a pdf file then
if 2 == lang:len() then -- ISO639-1 language code are 2 characters (fetchLanguageName also supports 3 character codes)
format = wrap_style ('format', 'PDF'); -- set format to pdf
name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang:lower(), "en" ); -- get ISO 639-1 language name if Language is a proper code
else
end
format = ''; -- empty string for concatenation
end
if is_set (name) then -- if Language specified a valid ISO639-1 code
return format;
code = lang:lower(); -- save it
else
name, code = get_iso639_code (lang); -- attempt to get code from name (assign name here so that we are sure of proper capitalization)
end
if is_set (code) then
if 'no' == code then name = 'Norwegian' end; -- override wikimedia when code is 'no'
if 0 == namespace and 'en' ~= code then -- is this page main / article space and English not the language?
add_prop_cat ('foreign_lang_source', {name, code})
end
elseif false == unrec_cat then
unrec_cat = true; -- only add this category once
add_maint_cat (unknown_lang);
end
table.insert (language_list, name);
name = ''; -- so we can reuse it
end
code = #language_list -- reuse code as number of languages in the list
if 2 >= code then
name = table.concat (language_list, ' and ') -- insert '<space>and<space>' between two language names
elseif 2 < code then
language_list[code] = 'and ' .. language_list[code]; -- prepend last name with 'and<space>'
name = table.concat (language_list, ', ') -- and concatenate with '<comma><space>' separators
end
return (" " .. wrap_msg ('language', name)); -- wrap with '(in ...)'
end
end


--[[--------------------------< S E T _ C S 1 _ S T Y L E >----------------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< G E T _ D I S P L A Y _ A U T H O R S _ E D I T O R S >------------------------


Set style settings for CS1 citation templates. Returns separator and postscript settings
Returns a number that defines the number of names displayed for author and editor name lists and a boolean flag
to indicate when et al. should be appended to the name list.


]]
When the value assigned to |display-xxxxors= is a number greater than or equal to zero, return the number and
the previous state of the 'etal' flag (false by default but may have been set to true if the name list contains
some variant of the text 'et al.').


local function set_cs1_style (ps)
When the value assigned to |display-xxxxors= is the keyword 'etal', return a number that is one greater than the
if not is_set (ps) then -- unless explicitely set to something
number of authors in the list and set the 'etal' flag true.  This will cause the list_people() to display all of
ps = '.'; -- terminate the rendered citation with a period
the names in the name list followed by 'et al.'
end
return '.', ps; -- separator is a full stop
end


--[[--------------------------< S E T _ C S 2 _ S T Y L E >----------------------------------------------------
In all other cases, returns nil and the previous state of the 'etal' flag.


Set style settings for CS2 citation templates. Returns separator, postscript, ref settings
inputs:
max: A['DisplayAuthors'] or A['DisplayEditors']; a number or some flavor of etal
count: #a or #e
list_name: 'authors' or 'editors'
etal: author_etal or editor_etal


]]
]]


local function set_cs2_style (ps, ref)
local function get_display_authors_editors (max, count, list_name, etal)
if not is_set (ps) then -- if |postscript= has not been set, set cs2 default
if is_set (max) then
ps = ''; -- make sure it isn't nil
if 'etal' == max:lower():gsub("[ '%.]", '') then -- the :gsub() portion makes 'etal' from a variety of 'et al.' spellings and stylings
max = count + 1; -- number of authors + 1 so display all author name plus et al.
etal = true; -- overrides value set by extract_names()
elseif max:match ('^%d+$') then -- if is a string of numbers
max = tonumber (max); -- make it a number
if max >= count then -- if |display-xxxxors= value greater than or equal to number of authors/editors
add_maint_cat ('disp_auth_ed', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]);
end
else -- not a valid keyword or number
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invalid_param_val', {'vis-' .. cfg.special_case_translation [list_name], max}, true ) } ); -- add error message
max = nil; -- unset; as if |display-xxxxors= had not been set
end
end
end
if not is_set (ref) then -- if |ref= is not set
ref = "harv"; -- set default |ref=harv
return max, etal;
end
return ',', ps, ref; -- separator is a comma
end
end


--[[--------------------------< G E T _ S E T T I N G S _ F R O M _ C I T E _ C L A S S >----------------------
--[[--------------------------< E X T R A _ T E X T _ I N _ P A G E _ C H E C K >------------------------------
 
Adds page to Category:CS1 maint: extra text if |page= or |pages= has what appears to be some form of p. or pp.
abbreviation in the first characters of the parameter content.


When |mode= is not set or when its value is invalid, use config.CitationClass and parameter values to establish
check Page and Pages for extraneous p, p., pp, and pp. at start of parameter value:
rendered style.
good pattern: '^P[^%.P%l]' matches when |page(s)= begins PX or P# but not Px where x and X are letters and # is a dgiit
bad pattern: '^[Pp][Pp]' matches matches when |page(s)= begins pp or pP or Pp or PP


]]
]]


local function get_settings_from_cite_class (ps, ref, cite_class)
local function extra_text_in_page_check (page)
local sep;
-- local good_pattern = '^P[^%.P%l]';
if (cite_class == "citation") then -- for citation templates (CS2)
local good_pattern = '^P[^%.Pp]'; -- ok to begin with uppercase P: P7 (pg 7 of section P) but not p123 (page 123) TODO: add Gg for PG or Pg?
sep, ps, ref = set_cs2_style (ps, ref);
-- local bad_pattern = '^[Pp][Pp]';
else -- not a citation template so CS1
local bad_pattern = '^[Pp]?[Pp]%.?[ %d]';
sep, ps = set_cs1_style (ps);
 
if not page:match (good_pattern) and (page:match (bad_pattern) or  page:match ('^[Pp]ages?')) then
add_maint_cat ('extra_text');
end
end
-- if Page:match ('^[Pp]?[Pp]%.?[ %d]') or  Page:match ('^[Pp]ages?[ %d]') or
-- Pages:match ('^[Pp]?[Pp]%.?[ %d]') or  Pages:match ('^[Pp]ages?[ %d]') then
-- add_maint_cat ('extra_text');
-- end
end
--[[--------------------------< G E T _ V _ N A M E _ T A B L E >----------------------------------------------


return sep, ps, ref -- return them all
split apart a |vautthors= or |veditors= parameter.  This function allows for corporate names, wrapped in doubled
end
parentheses to also have commas; in the old version of the code, the doubled parnetheses were included in the
rendered citation and in the metadata.


--[[--------------------------< S E T _ S T Y L E >------------------------------------------------------------
|vauthors=Jones AB, White EB, ((Black, Brown, and Co.))


Establish basic style settings to be used when rendering the citation.  Uses |mode= if set and valid or uses
This code is experimental and may not be retained.
config.CitationClass from the template's #invoke: to establish style.


]]
]]
 
local function get_v_name_table (vparam, output_table)
local function set_style (mode, ps, ref, cite_class)
local name_table = mw.text.split(vparam, "%s*,%s*"); -- names are separated by commas
local sep;
if 'cs2' == mode then -- if this template is to be rendered in CS2 (citation) style
local i = 1;
sep, ps, ref = set_cs2_style (ps, ref);
elseif 'cs1' == mode then -- if this template is to be rendered in CS1 (cite xxx) style
while name_table[i] do
sep, ps = set_cs1_style (ps);
if name_table[i]:match ('^%(%(.*[^%)][^%)]$') then -- first segment of corporate with one or more commas; this segment has the opening doubled parens
else -- anything but cs1 or cs2
local name = name_table[i];
if is_set (mode) then
i=i+1; -- bump indexer to next segment
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invalid_param_val', {'mode', mode}, true ) } ); -- add error message
while name_table[i] do
name = name .. ', ' .. name_table[i]; -- concatenate with previous segments
if name_table[i]:match ('^.*%)%)$') then -- if this table member has the closing doubled parens
break; -- and done reassembling so
end
i=i+1; -- bump indexer
end
table.insert (output_table, name); -- and add corporate name to the output table
else
table.insert (output_table, name_table[i]); -- add this name
end
end
sep, ps, ref = get_settings_from_cite_class (ps, ref, cite_class); -- get settings based on the template's CitationClass
i = i+1;
end
end
if 'none' == ps:lower() then -- if assigned value is 'none' then
return output_table;
ps = ''; -- set to empty string
end
return sep, ps, ref
end
end


--[=[-------------------------< I S _ P D F >------------------------------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< P A R S E _ V A U T H O R S _ V E D I T O R S >--------------------------------


Determines if a url has the file extension is one of the pdf file extensions used by [[MediaWiki:Common.css]] when
This function extracts author / editor names from |vauthors= or |veditors= and finds matching |xxxxor-maskn= and
applying the pdf icon to external links.
|xxxxor-linkn= in args.  It then returns a table of assembled names just as extract_names() does.


returns true if file extension is one of the recognized extension, else false
Author / editor names in |vauthors= or |veditors= must be in Vancouver system style. Corporate or institutional names
may sometimes be required and because such names will often fail the is_good_vanc_name() and other format compliance
tests, are wrapped in doubled paranethese ((corporate name)) to suppress the format tests.


]=]
Supports generational suffixes Jr, 2nd, 3rd, 4th–6th.


local function is_pdf (url)
This function sets the vancouver error when a reqired comma is missing and when there is a space between an author's initials.
return url:match ('%.pdf[%?#]?') or url:match ('%.PDF[%?#]?');
end


--[[--------------------------< S T Y L E _ F O R M A T >------------------------------------------------------
]]


Applies css style to |format=, |chapter-format=, etc.  Also emits an error message if the format parameter does
local function parse_vauthors_veditors (args, vparam, list_name)
not have a matching url parameter. If the format parameter is not set and the url contains a file extension that
local names = {}; -- table of names assembled from |vauthors=, |author-maskn=, |author-linkn=
is recognized as a pdf document by MediaWiki's commons.css, this code will set the format parameter to (PDF) with
local v_name_table = {};
the appropriate styling.
local etal = false; -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. vauthors parameter
local last, first, link, mask, suffix;
local corporate = false;


]]
vparam, etal = name_has_etal (vparam, etal, true); -- find and remove variations on et al. do not categorize (do it here because et al. might have a period)
if vparam:find ('%[%[') or vparam:find ('%]%]') then -- no wikilinking vauthors names
add_vanc_error ('wikilink');
end
v_name_table = get_v_name_table (vparam, v_name_table); -- names are separated by commas


local function style_format (format, url, fmt_param, url_param)
for i, v_name in ipairs(v_name_table) do
if is_set (format) then
if v_name:match ('^%(%(.+%)%)$') then -- corporate authors are wrapped in doubled parentheses to supress vanc formatting and error detection
format = wrap_style ('format', format:upper()); -- force upper case, add leading space, parenthases, resize
first = ''; -- set to empty string for concatenation and because it may have been set for previous author/editor
if not is_set (url) then
last = v_name:match ('^%(%((.+)%)%)$') -- remove doubled parntheses
format = format .. set_error( 'format_missing_url', {fmt_param, url_param} ); -- add an error message
corporate = true; -- flag used in list_people()
elseif string.find(v_name, "%s") then
if v_name:find('[;%.]') then -- look for commonly occurring punctuation characters;
add_vanc_error ('punctuation');
end
local lastfirstTable = {}
lastfirstTable = mw.text.split(v_name, "%s")
first = table.remove(lastfirstTable); -- removes and returns value of last element in table which should be author intials
if is_suffix (first) then -- if a valid suffix
suffix = first -- save it as a suffix and
first = table.remove(lastfirstTable); -- get what should be the initials from the table
end -- no suffix error message here because letter combination may be result of Romanization; check for digits?
last = table.concat(lastfirstTable, " ") -- returns a string that is the concatenation of all other names that are not initials
if mw.ustring.match (last, '%a+%s+%u+%s+%a+') then
add_vanc_error ('missing comma'); -- matches last II last; the case when a comma is missing
end
if mw.ustring.match (v_name, ' %u %u$') then -- this test is in the wrong place TODO: move or replace with a more appropriate test
add_vanc_error ('name'); -- matches a space between two intiials
end
else
first = ''; -- set to empty string for concatenation and because it may have been set for previous author/editor
last = v_name; -- last name or single corporate name?  Doesn't support multiword corporate names? do we need this?
end
if is_set (first) then
if not mw.ustring.match (first, "^%u?%u$") then -- first shall contain one or two upper-case letters, nothing else
add_vanc_error ('initials'); -- too many initials; mixed case initials (which may be ok Romanization); hyphenated initials
end
is_good_vanc_name (last, first); -- check first and last before restoring the suffix which may have a non-Latin digit
if is_set (suffix) then
first = first .. ' ' .. suffix; -- if there was a suffix concatenate with the initials
suffix = ''; -- unset so we don't add this suffix to all subsequent names
end
else
if not corporate then
is_good_vanc_name (last, '');
end
end
end
elseif is_pdf (url) then -- format is not set so if url is a pdf file then
-- this from extract_names ()
format = wrap_style ('format', 'PDF'); -- set format to pdf
link = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
else
mask = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
format = ''; -- empty string for concatenation
names[i] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate=corporate}; -- add this assembled name to our names list
end
end
return format;
return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names
end
end


--[[--------------------------< G E T _ D I S P L A Y _ A U T H O R S _ E D I T O R S >------------------------


Returns a number that may or may not limit the length of the author or editor name lists.
--[[--------------------------< S E L E C T _ A U T H O R _ E D I T O R _ S O U R C E >------------------------
 
Select one of |authors=, |authorn= / |lastn / firstn=, or |vauthors= as the source of the author name list or
select one of |editors=, |editorn= / editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= or |veditors= as the source of the editor name list.
 
Only one of these appropriate three will be used. The hierarchy is: |authorn= (and aliases) highest and |authors= lowest and
similarly, |editorn= (and aliases) highest and |editors= lowest


When the value assigned to |display-authors= is a number greater than or equal to zero, return the number and
When looking for |authorn= / |editorn= parameters, test |xxxxor1= and |xxxxor2= (and all of their aliases); stops after the second
the previous state of the 'etal' flag (false by default but may have been set to true if the name list contains
test which mimicks the test used in extract_names() when looking for a hole in the author name list.  There may be a better
some variant of the text 'et al.').
way to do this, I just haven't discovered what that way is.


When the value assigned to |display-authors= is the keyword 'etal', return a number that is one greater than the
Emits an error message when more than one xxxxor name source is provided.
number of authors in the list and set the 'etal' flag true.  This will cause the list_people() to display all of
the names in the name list followed by 'et al.'


In all other cases, returns nil and the previous state of the 'etal' flag.
In this function, vxxxxors = vauthors or veditors; xxxxors = authors or editors as appropriate.


]]
]]


local function get_display_authors_editors (max, count, list_name, etal)
local function select_author_editor_source (vxxxxors, xxxxors, args, list_name)
if is_set (max) then
local lastfirst = false;
if 'etal' == max:lower():gsub("[ '%.]", '') then -- the :gsub() portion makes 'etal' from a variety of 'et al.' spellings and stylings
if select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 1 ) or -- do this twice incase we have a |first1= without a |last1=; this ...
max = count + 1; -- number of authors + 1 so display all author name plus et al.
select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'none', 1 ) or -- ... also catches the case where |first= is used with |vauthors=
etal = true; -- overrides value set by extract_names()
select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 2 ) or
elseif max:match ('^%d+$') then -- if is a string of numbers
select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'none', 2 ) then
max = tonumber (max); -- make it a number
lastfirst=true;
if max >= count and 'authors' == list_name then -- AUTHORS ONLY -- if |display-xxxxors= value greater than or equal to number of authors/editors
end
add_maint_cat ('disp_auth_ed', list_name);
 
if (is_set (vxxxxors) and true == lastfirst) or -- these are the three error conditions
(is_set (vxxxxors) and is_set (xxxxors)) or
(true == lastfirst and is_set (xxxxors)) then
local err_name;
if 'AuthorList' == list_name then -- figure out which name should be used in error message
err_name = 'author';
else
err_name = 'editor';
end
end
else -- not a valid keyword or number
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters',
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invalid_param_val', {'display-' .. list_name, max}, true ) } ); -- add error message
{err_name .. '-name-list parameters'}, true ) } ); -- add error message
max = nil; -- unset
end
elseif 'authors' == list_name then -- AUTHORS ONLY need to clear implicit et al category
max = count + 1; -- number of authors + 1
end
end
 
return max, etal;
if true == lastfirst then return 1 end; -- return a number indicating which author name source to use
if is_set (vxxxxors) then return 2 end;
if is_set (xxxxors) then return 3 end;
return 1; -- no authors so return 1; this allows missing author name test to run in case there is a first without last
end
end


--[[--------------------------< C I T A T I O N 0 >------------------------------------------------------------


This is the main function doing the majority of the citation
--[[--------------------------< I S _ V A L I D _ P A R A M E T E R _ V A L U E >------------------------------
formatting.
 
This function is used to validate a parameter's assigned value for those parameters that have only a limited number
of allowable values (yes, y, true, no, etc).  When the parameter value has not been assigned a value (missing or empty
in the source template) the function refurns true.  If the parameter value is one of the list of allowed values returns
true; else, emits an error message and returns false.


]]
]]


local function citation0( config, args)
local function is_valid_parameter_value (value, name, possible, cite_class)
--[[
-- begin hack to limit |mode=mla to a specific set of templates
Load Input Parameters
if ('mode' == name) and ('mla' == value) and not in_array (cite_class, {'book', 'journal', 'news'}) then
The argument_wrapper facilitates the mapping of multiple
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invalid_param_val', {name, value}, true ) } ); -- not an allowed value so add error message
aliases to single internal variable.
return false
]]
end
local A = argument_wrapper( args );
-- end hack
 
if not is_set (value) then
return true; -- an empty parameter is ok
elseif in_array(value:lower(), possible) then
return true;
else
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invalid_param_val', {name, value}, true ) } ); -- not an allowed value so add error message
return false
end
end
 
 
--[[--------------------------< T E R M I N A T E _ N A M E _ L I S T >----------------------------------------


local i
This function terminates a name list (author, contributor, editor) with a separator character (sepc) and a space
local PPrefix = A['PPrefix']
when the last character is not a sepc character or when the last three characters are not sepc followed by two
local PPPrefix = A['PPPrefix']
closing square brackets (close of a wikilink).  When either of these is true, the name_list is terminated with a
if is_set( A['NoPP'] ) then PPPrefix = "" PPrefix = "" end
single space character.
-- Pick out the relevant fields from the arguments.  Different citation templates
-- define different field names for the same underlying things.
local Authors = A['Authors'];
local author_etal;
local a, author_etal = extract_names( args, 'AuthorList' );


local Coauthors = A['Coauthors'];
]]
local Others = A['Others'];
local Editors = A['Editors'];
local editor_etal;
local e, editor_etal = extract_names( args, 'EditorList' );


local NameListFormat = A['NameListFormat']; -- replaces |author-format= and |editor-format=
local function terminate_name_list (name_list, sepc)
if is_set (NameListFormat) and ('vanc' ~= NameListFormat) then -- only accepted value for this parameter is 'vanc'
if (string.sub (name_list,-3,-1) == sepc .. '. ') then -- if already properly terminated
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invalid_param_val', {'name-list-format', NameListFormat}, true ) } ); -- not vanc so add error message
return name_list; -- just return the name list
NameListFormat = ''; -- set to empty string
elseif (string.sub (name_list,-1,-1) == sepc) or (string.sub (name_list,-3,-1) == sepc .. ']]') then -- if last name in list ends with sepc char
return name_list .. " "; -- don't add another
else
return name_list .. sepc .. ' '; -- otherwise terninate the name list
end
end
end
--[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ V O L U M E _ I S S U E >----------------------------------------
returns the concatenation of the formatted volume and issue parameters as a single string; or formatted volume
or formatted issue, or an empty string if neither are set.


local Year = A['Year'];
]]
local PublicationDate = A['PublicationDate'];
local OrigYear = A['OrigYear'];
local function format_volume_issue (volume, issue, cite_class, origin, sepc, lower, mode)
local Date = A['Date'];
if not is_set (volume) and not is_set (issue) then
local LayDate = A['LayDate'];
return '';
------------------------------------------------- Get title data
end
local Title = A['Title'];
local ScriptTitle = A['ScriptTitle'];
if ('mla' == mode) and ('journal' == cite_class) then -- same as cs1 for magazines
local BookTitle = A['BookTitle'];
lower = true; -- mla 8th edition; force these to lower case
local Conference = A['Conference'];
if is_set (volume) and is_set (issue) then
local TransTitle = A['TransTitle'];
return wrap_msg ('vol-no', {sepc, volume, issue}, lower);
local TitleNote = A['TitleNote'];
elseif is_set (volume) then
local TitleLink = A['TitleLink'];
return wrap_msg ('vol', {sepc, volume}, lower);
local Chapter = A['Chapter'];
else
local ChapterLink = A['ChapterLink']; -- deprecated
return '';
local TransChapter = A['TransChapter'];
end
local TitleType = A['TitleType'];
end
local Degree = A['Degree'];
local Docket = A['Docket'];
local ArchiveFormat = A['ArchiveFormat'];
local ArchiveURL = A['ArchiveURL'];
local URL = A['URL']
local URLorigin = A:ORIGIN('URL'); -- get name of parameter that holds URL
local ChapterURL = A['ChapterURL'];
local ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ChapterURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ChapterURL
local ConferenceFormat = A['ConferenceFormat'];
local ConferenceURL = A['ConferenceURL'];
local ConferenceURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ConferenceURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ConferenceURL
local Periodical = A['Periodical'];


local Series = A['Series'];
if 'magazine' == cite_class or (in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map'}) and 'magazine' == origin) then
local Volume = A['Volume'];
if is_set (volume) and is_set (issue) then
local Issue = A['Issue'];
return wrap_msg ('vol-no', {sepc, volume, issue}, lower);
local Position = '';
elseif is_set (volume) then
local Page = A['Page'];
return wrap_msg ('vol', {sepc, volume}, lower);
local Pages = hyphen_to_dash( A['Pages'] );
else
local At = A['At'];
return wrap_msg ('issue', {sepc, issue}, lower);
end
end
 
local vol = '';
if is_set (volume) then
if (4 < mw.ustring.len(volume)) then
vol = substitute (cfg.messages['j-vol'], {sepc, volume});
else
vol = substitute (cfg.presentation['vol-bold'], {sepc, hyphen_to_dash(volume)});
end
end
if is_set (issue) then
return vol .. substitute (cfg.messages['j-issue'], issue);
end
return vol;
end


local Edition = A['Edition'];
local PublicationPlace = A['PublicationPlace']
local Place = A['Place'];
local PublisherName = A['PublisherName'];
local RegistrationRequired = A['RegistrationRequired'];
local SubscriptionRequired = A['SubscriptionRequired'];
local Via = A['Via'];
local AccessDate = A['AccessDate'];
local ArchiveDate = A['ArchiveDate'];
local Agency = A['Agency'];
local DeadURL = A['DeadURL']
local Language = A['Language'];
local Format = A['Format'];
local ChapterFormat = A['ChapterFormat'];
local DoiBroken = A['DoiBroken'];
local ID = A['ID'];
local ASINTLD = A['ASINTLD'];
local IgnoreISBN = A['IgnoreISBN'];
local Embargo = A['Embargo'];
local Class = A['Class']; -- arxiv class identifier


local ID_list = extract_ids( args );
--[[-------------------------< N O R M A L I Z E _ P A G E _ L I S T >-----------------------------------------


local Quote = A['Quote'];
not currently used


local LayFormat = A['LayFormat'];
normalizes a comma, ampersand, and/or space separated list to be '<value>, <value>, ..., <value>'
local LayURL = A['LayURL'];
returns list unchanged if there are no commas else strips whitespace and then reformats the list
local LaySource = A['LaySource'];
local Transcript = A['Transcript'];
local TranscriptFormat = A['TranscriptFormat'];
local TranscriptURL = A['TranscriptURL']
local TranscriptURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('TranscriptURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds TranscriptURL


local LastAuthorAmp = A['LastAuthorAmp'];
]]
local no_tracking_cats = A['NoTracking'];
--[[
local function normalize_page_list (list)
if not list:find ('[,& ]') then return list end -- if list is not delimited with commas, ampersands, or spaces; done
list = mw.text.split (list, '[,&%s]+'); -- make a table of values
list = table.concat (list, ', '); -- and now make a normalized list
return list;
end
]]
 
 
--[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ P A G E S _ S H E E T S >-----------------------------------------


--these are used by cite interview
adds static text to one of |page(s)= or |sheet(s)= values and returns it with all of the others set to empty strings.
local Callsign = A['Callsign'];
The return order is:
local City = A['City'];
page, pages, sheet, sheets
local Program = A['Program'];


--local variables that are not cs1 parameters
Singular has priority over plural when both are provided.
local use_lowercase; -- controls capitalization of certain static text
local this_page = mw.title.getCurrentTitle(); -- also used for COinS and for language
local anchor_year; -- used in the CITEREF identifier
local COinS_date; -- used in the COinS metadata


-- set default parameter values defined by |mode= parameter.  If |mode= is empty or omitted, use CitationClass to set these values
]]
local sepc; -- separator between citation elements for CS1 a period, for CS2, a comma
local PostScript;
local Ref;
sepc, PostScript, Ref = set_style (A['Mode']:lower(), A['PostScript'], A['Ref'], config.CitationClass);
use_lowercase = ( sepc == ',' ); -- used to control capitalization for certain static text


--check this page to see if it is in one of the namespaces that cs1 is not supposed to add to the error categories
local function format_pages_sheets (page, pages, sheet, sheets, cite_class, origin, sepc, nopp, lower, mode)
if not is_set (no_tracking_cats) then -- ignore if we are already not going to categorize this page
if 'map' == cite_class then -- only cite map supports sheet(s) as in-source locators
if in_array (this_page.nsText, cfg.uncategorized_namespaces) then
if is_set (sheet) then
no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats
if 'journal' == origin then
end
return '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheet', sheet, lower), '';
for _,v in ipairs (cfg.uncategorized_subpages) do -- cycle through page name patterns
else
if this_page.text:match (v) then -- test page name against each pattern
return '', '', wrap_msg ('sheet', {sepc, sheet}, lower), '';
no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats
end
break; -- bail out if one is found
elseif is_set (sheets) then
if 'journal' == origin then
return '', '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheets', sheets, lower);
else
return '', '', '', wrap_msg ('sheets', {sepc, sheets}, lower);
end
end
end
end
end
end


-- check for extra |page=, |pages= or |at= parameters.
local is_journal = 'journal' == cite_class or (in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map'}) and 'journal' == origin);
if is_set(Page) then
if is_set(Pages) or is_set(At) then
if is_journal and 'mla' == mode then
Page = Page .. " " .. set_error('extra_pages'); -- add error message
is_journal = false; -- mla always uses p & pp
Pages = ''; -- unset the others
end
At = '';
 
if is_set (page) then
if is_journal then
return substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], page), '', '', '';
elseif not nopp then
return substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, page}), '', '', '';
else
return substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, page}), '', '', '';
end
end
elseif is_set(Pages) then
elseif is_set(pages) then
if is_set(At) then
if is_journal then
Pages = Pages .. " " .. set_error('extra_pages'); -- add error messages
return substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], pages), '', '', '';
At = ''; -- unset
elseif tonumber(pages) ~= nil and not nopp then -- if pages is only digits, assume a single page number
return '', substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
elseif not nopp then
return '', substitute (cfg.messages['pp-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
else
return '', substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
end
end
end
-- both |publication-place= and |place= (|location=) allowed if different
if not is_set(PublicationPlace) and is_set(Place) then
PublicationPlace = Place; -- promote |place= (|location=) to |publication-place
end
end
if PublicationPlace == Place then Place = ''; end -- don't need both if they are the same
return '', '', '', ''; -- return empty strings
end
--[[
 
Parameter remapping for cite encyclopedia:
 
When the citation has these parameters:
--[=[-------------------------< A R C H I V E _ U R L _ C H E C K >--------------------------------------------
|encyclopedia and |title then map |title to |article and |encyclopedia to |title
 
|encyclopedia and |article then map |encyclopedia to |title
Check archive.org urls to make sure they at least look like they are pointing at valid archives and not to the
|encyclopedia then map |encyclopedia to |title
save snapshot url or to calendar pages.  When the archive url is 'https://web.archive.org/save/' (or http://...)
archive.org saves a snapshot of the target page in the url.  That is something that Wikipedia should not allow
unwitting readers to do.


|trans_title maps to |trans_chapter when |title is re-mapped
When the archive.org url does not have a complete timestamp, archive.org chooses a snapshot according to its own
|url maps to |chapterurl when |title is remapped
algorithm or provides a calendar 'search' result.  [[WP:ELNO]] discourages links to search results.


All other combinations of |encyclopedia, |title, and |article are not modified
This function looks at the value assigned to |archive-url= and returns empty strings for |archive-url= and
TODO: script-title to script-chapter if and when we support script-chapter
|archive-date= and an error message when:
]]
|archive-url= holds an archive.org save command url
|archive-url= is an archive.org url that does not have a complete timestamp (YYYYMMDDhhmmss 14 digits) in the
correct place
otherwise returns |archive-url= and |archive-date=


local Encyclopedia = A['Encyclopedia'];
There are two mostly compatible archive.org urls:
//web.archive.org/<timestamp>... -- the old form
//web.archive.org/web/<timestamp>... -- the new form


if ( config.CitationClass == "encyclopaedia" ) or ( config.CitationClass == "citation" and is_set (Encyclopedia)) then -- test code for citation
The old form does not support or map to the new form when it contains a display flag. There are four identified flags
if is_set(Periodical) then -- Periodical is set when |encyclopedia is set
('id_', 'js_', 'cs_', 'im_') but since archive.org ignores others following the same form (two letters and an underscore)
if is_set(Title) then
we don't check for these specific flags but we do check the form.
if not is_set(Chapter) then
 
Chapter = Title; -- |encyclopedia and |title are set so map |title to |article and |encyclopedia to |title
This function supports a preview mode.  When the article is rendered in preview mode, this funct may return a modified
TransChapter = TransTitle;
archive url:
ChapterURL = URL;
for save command errors, return undated wildcard (/*/)
Title = Periodical;
for timestamp errors when the timestamp has a wildcard, return the url unmodified
ChapterFormat = Format;
for timestamp errors when the timestamp does not have a wildcard, return with timestamp limited to six digits plus wildcard (/yyyymm*/)
Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset
 
TransTitle = ''; -- redundant so unset
]=]
URL = ''; -- redundant so unset
Format = ''; -- redundant so unset
end
else -- |title not set
Title = Periodical; -- |encyclopedia set and |article set or not set so map |encyclopedia to |title
Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset
end
end
end


-- Special case for cite techreport.
local function archive_url_check (url)
if (config.CitationClass == "techreport") then -- special case for cite techreport
local err_msg = ''; -- start with the error message empty
if is_set(Issue) then -- cite techreport uses 'number', which other citations aliase to 'issue'
local path, timestamp, flag; -- portions of the archive.or url
if not is_set(ID) then -- can we use ID for the "number"?
ID = Issue; -- yes, use it
if (not url:match('//web%.archive%.org/')) and (not url:match('//liveweb%.archive%.org/')) then -- also deprecated liveweb Wayback machine url
Issue = ""; -- unset Issue so that "number" isn't duplicated in the rendered citation or COinS metadata
return url; -- not an archive.org archive, return ArchiveURL
else -- can't use ID so emit error message
ID = ID .. " " .. set_error('redundant_parameters', '<code>&#124;id=</code> and <code>&#124;number=</code>');
end
end
end
end


-- special case for cite interview
if url:match('//web%.archive%.org/save/') then -- if a save command url, we don't want to allow saving of the target page
if (config.CitationClass == "interview") then
err_msg = 'save command';
if is_set(Program) then
url = url:gsub ('(//web%.archive%.org)/save/', '%1/*/', 1); -- for preview mode: modify ArchiveURL
ID = ' ' .. Program;
elseif url:match('//liveweb%.archive%.org/') then
end
err_msg = 'liveweb';
if is_set(Callsign) then
else
if is_set(ID) then
path, timestamp, flag = url:match('//web%.archive%.org/([^%d]*)(%d+)([^/]*)/'); -- split out some of the url parts for evaluation
ID = ID .. sepc .. ' ' .. Callsign;
else
if not is_set(timestamp) or 14 ~= timestamp:len() then -- path and flag optional, must have 14-digit timestamp here
ID = ' ' .. Callsign;
err_msg = 'timestamp';
end
if '*' ~= flag then
end
url=url:gsub ('(//web%.archive%.org/[^%d]*%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?)[^/]*', '%1*', 1) -- for preview, modify ts to be yearmo* max (0-6 digits plus splat)
if is_set(City) then
if is_set(ID) then
ID = ID .. sepc .. ' ' .. City;
else
ID = ' ' .. City;
end
end
 
if is_set(Others) then
if is_set(TitleType) then
Others = ' ' .. TitleType .. ' with ' .. Others;
TitleType = '';
else
Others = ' ' .. 'Interview with ' .. Others;
end
end
elseif is_set(path) and 'web/' ~= path then -- older archive urls do not have the extra 'web/' path element
err_msg = 'path';
elseif is_set (flag) and not is_set (path) then -- flag not allowed with the old form url (without the 'web/' path element)
err_msg = 'flag';
elseif is_set (flag) and not flag:match ('%a%a_') then -- flag if present must be two alpha characters and underscore (requires 'web/' path element)
err_msg = 'flag';
else
else
Others = '(Interview)';
return url;       -- return archiveURL
end
end
end
end
-- if here, something not right so
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'archive_url', {err_msg}, true ) } ); -- add error message and
if is_set (Frame:preprocess('{{REVISIONID}}')) then
return ''; -- return empty strings for archiveURL and ArchiveDate
else
return url; -- preview mode so return archiveUR
end
end


-- special case for cite mailing list
 
if (config.CitationClass == "mailinglist") then
--[[--------------------------< M I S S I N G _ P I P E _ C H E C K >------------------------------------------
Periodical = A ['MailingList'];
 
Look at the contents of a parameter. If the content has a string of characters and digits followed by an equal
sign, compare the alphanumeric string to the list of cs1|2 parameters.  If found, then the string is possibly a
parameter that is missing its pipe:
{{cite ... |title=Title access-date=2016-03-17}}
 
cs1|2 shares some parameter names with xml/html atributes: class=, title=, etc.  To prevent false positives xml/html
tags are removed before the search.
 
If a missing pipe is detected, this function adds the missing pipe maintenance category.
 
]]
 
local function missing_pipe_check (value)
local capture;
value = value:gsub ('%b<>', ''); -- remove xml/html tags because attributes: class=, title=, etc
 
capture = value:match ('%s+(%a[%a%d]+)%s*=') or value:match ('^(%a[%a%d]+)%s*='); -- find and categorize parameters with possible missing pipes
if capture and validate (capture) then -- if the capture is a valid parameter name
add_maint_cat ('missing_pipe');
end
end
end


-- Account for the oddity that is {{cite conference}}, before generation of COinS data.
if 'conference' == config.CitationClass then
if is_set(BookTitle) then
Chapter = Title;
-- ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- |chapterlink= is deprecated
ChapterURL = URL;
ChapterURLorigin = URLorigin;
URLorigin = '';
ChapterFormat = Format;
TransChapter = TransTitle;
Title = BookTitle;
Format = '';
-- TitleLink = '';
TransTitle = '';
URL = '';
end
elseif 'speech' ~= config.CitationClass then
Conference = ''; -- not cite conference or cite speech so make sure this is empty string
end


-- cite map oddities
--[[--------------------------< C I T A T I O N 0 >------------------------------------------------------------
local Cartography = "";
 
local Scale = "";
This is the main function doing the majority of the citation formatting.
local Sheet = A['Sheet'] or '';
local Sheets = A['Sheets'] or '';
if config.CitationClass == "map" then
Chapter = A['Map'];
ChapterURL = A['MapURL'];
TransChapter = A['TransMap'];
ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('MapURL');
ChapterFormat = A['MapFormat'];
Cartography = A['Cartography'];
if is_set( Cartography ) then
Cartography = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('cartography', Cartography, use_lowercase);
end
Scale = A['Scale'];
if is_set( Scale ) then
Scale = sepc .. " " .. Scale;
end
end


-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite episode}} and {{cite serial}}, before generation of COinS data.
]]
if 'episode' == config.CitationClass or 'serial' == config.CitationClass then
local AirDate = A['AirDate'];
local Began = A['Began']; -- these two are deprecated because the module understands date ranges
local Ended = A['Ended'];
local SeriesLink = A['SeriesLink'];
local Network = A['Network'];
local Station = A['Station'];
local s, n = {}, {};


-- do common parameters first
local function citation0( config, args)
if is_set(Network) then table.insert(n, Network); end
--[[
if is_set(Station) then table.insert(n, Station); end
Load Input Parameters
ID = table.concat(n, sepc .. ' ');
The argument_wrapper facilitates the mapping of multiple aliases to single internal variable.
]]
if not is_set (Date) then -- promote airdate or Began/Ended to date
local A = argument_wrapper( args );
if is_set (AirDate) then
local i
Date = AirDate;
 
elseif is_set (Began) then -- deprecated
-- Pick out the relevant fields from the arguments.  Different citation templates
if Began:match('%s') or Ended:match('%s') then -- so we don't create errors: if either has spaces then
-- define different field names for the same underlying things.
Date = Began .. ' – ' .. Ended; -- use spaced ndash as separator
 
else
-- set default parameter values defined by |mode= parameter. If |mode= is empty or omitted, use CitationClass to set these values
Date = Began .. '–' .. Ended; -- elsewise no spaces
local Mode = A['Mode'];
end
if not is_valid_parameter_value (Mode, 'mode', cfg.keywords['mode'], config.CitationClass) then
Mode = '';
end
 
local author_etal;
local a = {}; -- authors list from |lastn= / |firstn= pairs or |vauthors=
local Authors;
local NameListFormat = A['NameListFormat'];
local Collaboration = A['Collaboration'];
 
do -- to limit scope of selected
local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Vauthors'], A['Authors'], args, 'AuthorList');
if 1 == selected then
a, author_etal = extract_names (args, 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |authorn= / |lastn= / |firstn=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn=
elseif 2 == selected then
NameListFormat = 'vanc'; -- override whatever |name-list-format= might be
a, author_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.vauthors, 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |vauthors=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn=
elseif 3 == selected then
Authors = A['Authors']; -- use content of |authors=
if 'authors' == A:ORIGIN('Authors') then -- but add a maint cat if the parameter is |authors=
add_maint_cat ('authors'); -- because use of this parameter is discouraged; what to do about the aliases is a TODO:
end
end
end
end
if is_set (Collaboration) then
author_etal = true; -- so that |display-authors=etal not required
end
end
local Others = A['Others'];


if 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- handle the oddities that are strictly {{cite episode}}
local editor_etal;
local Season = A['Season'];
local e = {}; -- editors list from |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= pairs or |veditors=
local SeriesNumber = A['SeriesNumber'];
local Editors;


if is_set (Season) and is_set (SeriesNumber) then -- these are mutually exclusive so if both are set
do -- to limit scope of selected
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'season') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'seriesno')}, true ) } ); -- add error message
local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Veditors'], A['Editors'], args, 'EditorList');
SeriesNumber = ''; -- unset; prefer |season= over |seriesno=
if 1 == selected then
end
e, editor_etal = extract_names (args, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |editorn= / |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn=
-- assemble a table of parts concatenated later into Series
elseif 2 == selected then
if is_set(Season) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('season', Season, use_lowercase)); end
NameListFormat = 'vanc'; -- override whatever |name-list-format= might be
if is_set(SeriesNumber) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('series', SeriesNumber, use_lowercase)); end
e, editor_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.veditors, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |veditors=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn=
if is_set(Issue) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('episode', Issue, use_lowercase)); end
elseif 3 == selected then
Issue = ''; -- unset because this is not a unique parameter
Editors = A['Editors']; -- use content of |editors=
add_maint_cat ('editors'); -- but add a maint cat because use of this parameter is discouraged
end
end
 
local t = {}; -- translators list from |translator-lastn= / translator-firstn= pairs
local Translators; -- assembled translators name list
t = extract_names (args, 'TranslatorList'); -- fetch translator list from |translatorn= / |translator-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn=
Chapter = Title; -- promote title parameters to chapter
ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- alias episodelink
TransChapter = TransTitle;
ChapterURL = URL;
ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('URL');
Title = Series; -- promote series to title
TitleLink = SeriesLink;
Series = table.concat(s, sepc .. ' '); -- this is concatenation of season, seriesno, episode number


if is_set (ChapterLink) and not is_set (ChapterURL) then -- link but not URL
local interviewers_list = {};
Chapter = '[[' .. ChapterLink .. '|' .. Chapter .. ']]'; -- ok to wikilink
local Interviewers = A['Interviewers']
elseif is_set (ChapterLink) and is_set (ChapterURL) then -- if both are set, URL links episode;
if is_set (Interviewers) then -- add a maint cat if the |interviewers= is used
Series = '[[' .. ChapterLink .. '|' .. Series .. ']]'; -- series links with ChapterLink (episodelink -> TitleLink -> ChapterLink) ugly
add_maint_cat ('interviewers'); -- because use of this parameter is discouraged
else
interviewers_list = extract_names (args, 'InterviewerList'); -- else, process preferred interviewers parameters
end
 
local c = {}; -- contributors list from |contributor-lastn= / contributor-firstn= pairs
local Contributors; -- assembled contributors name list
local Contribution = A['Contribution'];
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"book","citation"}) and not is_set(A['Periodical']) then -- |contributor= and |contribution= only supported in book cites
c = extract_names (args, 'ContributorList'); -- fetch contributor list from |contributorn= / |contributor-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn=
if 0 < #c then
if not is_set (Contribution) then -- |contributor= requires |contribution=
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'contributor_missing_required_param', 'contribution')}); -- add missing contribution error message
c = {}; -- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later
end
if 0 == #a then -- |contributor= requires |author=
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'contributor_missing_required_param', 'author')}); -- add missing author error message
c = {}; -- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later
end
end
URL = ''; -- unset
end
TransTitle = ''; -- unset
else -- if not a book cite
if select_one (args, cfg.aliases['ContributorList-Last'], 'redundant_parameters', 1 ) then -- are there contributor name list parameters?
else -- now oddities that are cite serial
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'contributor_ignored')}); -- add contributor ignored error message
Issue = ''; -- unset because this parameter no longer supported by the citation/core version of cite serial
end
Chapter = A['Episode']; -- TODO: make |episode= available to cite episode someday?
Contribution = nil; -- unset
if is_set (Series) and is_set (SeriesLink) then
Series = '[[' .. SeriesLink .. '|' .. Series .. ']]';
end
Series = wrap_style ('italic-title', Series); -- series is italicized
end
end
end
-- end of {{cite episode}} stuff
-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, before generation of COinS data.
if 'arxiv' == config.CitationClass then
if not is_set (ID_list['ARXIV']) then -- |arxiv= or |eprint= required for cite arxiv
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'arxiv_missing', {}, true ) } ); -- add error message
end
if first_set (AccessDate, At, Chapter, Format, Page, Pages, Periodical, PublisherName, URL, -- a crude list of parameters that are not supported by cite arxiv
ID_list['ASIN'], ID_list['BIBCODE'], ID_list['DOI'], ID_list['ISBN'], ID_list['ISSN'],
ID_list['JFM'], ID_list['JSTOR'], ID_list['LCCN'], ID_list['MR'], ID_list['OCLC'], ID_list['OL'],
ID_list['OSTI'], ID_list['PMC'], ID_list['PMID'], ID_list['RFC'], ID_list['SSRN'], ID_list['USENETID'], ID_list['ZBL']) then
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'arxiv_params_not_supported', {}, true ) } ); -- add error message


AccessDate= ''; -- set these to empty string; not supported in cite arXiv
if not is_valid_parameter_value (NameListFormat, 'name-list-format', cfg.keywords['name-list-format']) then -- only accepted value for this parameter is 'vanc'
PublisherName = ''; -- (if the article has been published, use cite journal, or other)
NameListFormat = ''; -- anything else, set to empty string
Chapter = '';
URL = '';
Format = '';
Page = ''; Pages = ''; At = '';
end
Periodical = 'arXiv'; -- set to arXiv for COinS; after that, must be set to empty string
end
end


-- handle type parameter for those CS1 citations that have default values
local Year = A['Year'];
local PublicationDate = mw.getCurrentFrame():expandTemplate{ title = 'ISOtilNorskdato', args = { A['PublicationDate'], 'n' } };
local OrigYear = A['OrigYear'];
local Date = mw.getCurrentFrame():expandTemplate{ title = 'ISOtilNorskdato', args = { A['Date'], 'n' } };
local LayDate = mw.getCurrentFrame():expandTemplate{ title = 'ISOtilNorskdato', args = { A['LayDate'], 'n' } };
------------------------------------------------- Get title data
local Title = A['Title'];
local ScriptTitle = A['ScriptTitle'];
local BookTitle = A['BookTitle'];
local Conference = A['Conference'];
local TransTitle = A['TransTitle'];
local TitleNote = A['TitleNote'];
local TitleLink = A['TitleLink'];
link_title_ok (TitleLink, A:ORIGIN ('TitleLink'), Title, 'title'); -- check for wikimarkup in |title-link= or wikimarkup in |title= when |title-link= is set


if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"AV-media-notes", "DVD-notes", "mailinglist", "map", "podcast", "pressrelease", "report", "techreport", "thesis"}) then
local Chapter = A['Chapter'];
TitleType = set_titletype (config.CitationClass, TitleType);
local ScriptChapter = A['ScriptChapter'];
if is_set(Degree) and "Thesis" == TitleType then -- special case for cite thesis
local ChapterLink -- = A['ChapterLink']; -- deprecated as a parameter but still used internally by cite episode
TitleType = Degree .. " thesis";
local TransChapter = A['TransChapter'];
end
local TitleType = A['TitleType'];
end
local Degree = A['Degree'];
local Docket = A['Docket'];
local ArchiveFormat = A['ArchiveFormat'];


if is_set(TitleType) then -- if type parameter is specified
local ArchiveDate = mw.getCurrentFrame():expandTemplate{ title = 'ISOtilNorskdato', args = { A['ArchiveDate'], 'n' } };
TitleType = " (" .. TitleType .. ")"; -- display it in parentheses
local ArchiveURL;
end


-- legacy: promote concatenation of |month=, and |year= to Date if Date not set; or, promote PublicationDate to Date if neither Date nor Year are set.
ArchiveURL = archive_url_check (A['ArchiveURL'])
if not is_set (Date) then
Date = Year; -- promote Year to Date
local DeadURL = A['DeadURL']
Year = nil; -- make nil so Year as empty string isn't used for CITEREF
if not is_valid_parameter_value (DeadURL, 'dead-url', cfg.keywords ['deadurl']) then -- set in config.defaults to 'yes'
if is_set(Date) then
DeadURL = ''; -- anything else, set to empty string
local Month = A['Month'];
if is_set(Month) then
Date = Month .. " " .. Date;
end
elseif is_set(PublicationDate) then -- use PublicationDate when |date= and |year= are not set
Date = PublicationDate; -- promote PublicationDate to Date
PublicationDate = ''; -- unset, no longer needed
end
end
end


if PublicationDate == Date then PublicationDate = ''; end -- if PublicationDate is same as Date, don't display in rendered citation
local URL = A['URL']
local URLorigin = A:ORIGIN('URL'); -- get name of parameter that holds URL
local ChapterURL = A['ChapterURL'];
local ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ChapterURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ChapterURL
local ConferenceFormat = A['ConferenceFormat'];
local ConferenceURL = A['ConferenceURL'];
local ConferenceURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ConferenceURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ConferenceURL
local Periodical = A['Periodical'];
local Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('Periodical'); -- get the name of the periodical parameter


--[[
local Series = A['Series'];
Go test all of the date-holding parameters for valid MOS:DATE format and make sure that dates are real dates. This must be done before we do COinS because here is where
we get the date used in the metadata.
local Volume;
local Issue;
local Page;
local Pages;
local At;
-- previously conference books did not support volume
-- if in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_volume) and not ('conference' == config.CitationClass and not is_set (Periodical)) then
if in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_volume) then
Volume = A['Volume'];
end
-- conference & map books do not support issue
if in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_issue) and not (in_array (config.CitationClass, {'conference', 'map'}) and not is_set (Periodical))then
Issue = A['Issue'];
end
local Position = '';
if not in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_not_using_page) then
Page = A['Page'];
Pages = hyphen_to_dash( A['Pages'] );
At = A['At'];
end


Date validation supporting code is in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation
local Edition = A['Edition'];
]]
local PublicationPlace = A['PublicationPlace']
do -- create defined block to contain local variables error_message and mismatch
local Place = A['Place'];
local error_message = '';
-- AirDate has been promoted to Date so not necessary to check it
local PublisherName = A['PublisherName'];
anchor_year, COinS_date, error_message = dates({['accessdate']=AccessDate, ['archivedate']=ArchiveDate, ['date']=Date, ['doi_brokendate']=DoiBroken,
local RegistrationRequired = A['RegistrationRequired'];
['embargo']=Embargo, ['laydate']=LayDate, ['publicationdate']=PublicationDate, ['year']=Year});
if not is_valid_parameter_value (RegistrationRequired, 'registration', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
RegistrationRequired=nil;
end
local SubscriptionRequired = A['SubscriptionRequired'];
if not is_valid_parameter_value (SubscriptionRequired, 'subscription', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
SubscriptionRequired=nil;
end
local UrlAccess = A['UrlAccess'];
if not is_valid_parameter_value (UrlAccess, 'url-access', cfg.keywords ['url-access']) then
UrlAccess = nil;
end
if not is_set(URL) and is_set(UrlAccess) then
UrlAccess = nil;
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'param_access_requires_param', {'url'}, true ) } );
end


if is_set (Year) and is_set (Date) then -- both |date= and |year= not normally needed;
if is_set (UrlAccess) and is_set (SubscriptionRequired) then -- while not aliases, these are much the same so if both are set
local mismatch = year_date_check (Year, Date)
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'url-access') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'subscription')}, true ) } ); -- add error message
if 0 == mismatch then -- |year= does not match a year-value in |date=
SubscriptionRequired = nil; -- unset; prefer |access= over |subscription=
if is_set (error_message) then -- if there is already an error message
end
error_message = error_message .. ', '; -- tack on this additional message
if is_set (UrlAccess) and is_set (RegistrationRequired) then -- these are not the same but contradictory so if both are set
end
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'url-access') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'registration')}, true ) } ); -- add error message
error_message = error_message .. '&#124;year= / &#124;date= mismatch';
RegistrationRequired = nil; -- unset; prefer |access= over |registration=
elseif 1 == mismatch then -- |year= matches year-value in |date=
add_maint_cat ('date_year');
end
end
end


if is_set(error_message) then
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'bad_date', {error_message}, true ) } ); -- add this error message
end
end -- end of do


-- Account for the oddity that is {{cite journal}} with |pmc= set and |url= not set. Do this after date check but before COInS.
local Via = A['Via'];
-- Here we unset Embargo if PMC not embargoed (|embargo= not set in the citation) or if the embargo time has expired. Otherwise, holds embargo date
local AccessDate = mw.getCurrentFrame():expandTemplate{ title = 'ISOtilNorskdato', args = { A['AccessDate'], 'n' } };
Embargo = is_embargoed (Embargo); --
local Agency = A['Agency'];


if config.CitationClass == "journal" and not is_set(URL) and is_set(ID_list['PMC']) then
local Language = A['Language'];
if not is_set (Embargo) then -- if not embargoed or embargo has expired
local Format = A['Format'];
URL=cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].prefix .. ID_list['PMC']; -- set url to be the same as the PMC external link if not embargoed
local ChapterFormat = A['ChapterFormat'];
URLorigin = cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].parameters[1]; -- set URLorigin to parameter name for use in error message if citation is missing a |title=
local DoiBroken = A['DoiBroken'];
local ID = A['ID'];
local ASINTLD = A['ASINTLD'];
local IgnoreISBN = A['IgnoreISBN'];
if not is_valid_parameter_value (IgnoreISBN, 'ignore-isbn-error', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
IgnoreISBN = nil; -- anything else, set to empty string
end
end
end
local Embargo = A['Embargo'];
local Class = A['Class']; -- arxiv class identifier
 
local ID_list = extract_ids( args );
local ID_access_levels = extract_id_access_levels( args, ID_list );


-- At this point fields may be nil if they weren't specified in the template use.  We can use that fact.
local Quote = A['Quote'];
-- Test if citation has no title
if not is_set(Title) and
not is_set(TransTitle) and
not is_set(ScriptTitle) then
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'citation_missing_title', {}, true ) } );
end
if 'none' == Title and is_set(Periodical) and not (( config.CitationClass == "encyclopaedia" ) or ( config.CitationClass == "citation" and is_set (Encyclopedia))) then -- special case
Title = ''; -- set title to empty string
add_maint_cat ('untitled');
end


-- COinS metadata (see <http://ocoins.info/>) for automated parsing of citation information.
local LayFormat = A['LayFormat'];
-- handle the oddity that is cite encyclopedia and {{citation |encyclopedia=something}}. Here we presume that
local LayURL = A['LayURL'];
-- when Periodical, Title, and Chapter are all set, then Periodical is the book (encyclopedia) title, Title
local LaySource = A['LaySource'];
-- is the article title, and Chapter is a section within the article.  So, we remap
local Transcript = A['Transcript'];
local TranscriptFormat = A['TranscriptFormat'];
local coins_chapter = Chapter; -- default assuming that remapping not required
local TranscriptURL = A['TranscriptURL']
local coins_title = Title; -- et tu
local TranscriptURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('TranscriptURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds TranscriptURL
if 'encyclopaedia' == config.CitationClass or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
 
if is_set (Chapter) and is_set (Title) and is_set (Periodical) then -- if all are used then
local LastAuthorAmp = A['LastAuthorAmp'];
coins_chapter = Title; -- remap
if not is_valid_parameter_value (LastAuthorAmp, 'last-author-amp', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
coins_title = Periodical;
LastAuthorAmp = nil; -- set to empty string
end
if 'mla' == Mode then
LastAuthorAmp = 'yes'; -- replaces last author/editor separator with ' and ' text
end
local no_tracking_cats = A['NoTracking'];
if not is_valid_parameter_value (no_tracking_cats, 'no-tracking', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
no_tracking_cats = nil; -- set to empty string
end
end
--local variables that are not cs1 parameters
local use_lowercase; -- controls capitalization of certain static text
local this_page = mw.title.getCurrentTitle(); -- also used for COinS and for language
local anchor_year; -- used in the CITEREF identifier
local COinS_date = {}; -- holds date info extracted from |date= for the COinS metadata by Module:Date verification
local DF = A['DF']; -- date format set in cs1|2 template
if not is_valid_parameter_value (DF, 'df', cfg.keywords['date-format']) then -- validate reformatting keyword
DF = ''; -- not valid, set to empty string
end
end
 
-- this is the function call to COinS()
local sepc; -- separator between citation elements for CS1 a period, for CS2, a comma
local OCinSoutput = COinS({
local PostScript;
['Periodical'] = Periodical,
local Ref;
['Chapter'] = strip_apostrophe_markup (coins_chapter), -- Chapter stripped of bold / italic wikimarkup
sepc, PostScript, Ref = set_style (Mode:lower(), A['PostScript'], A['Ref'], config.CitationClass);
['Title'] = make_coins_title (coins_title, ScriptTitle), -- Title and ScriptTitle stripped of bold / italic wikimarkup
use_lowercase = ( sepc == ',' ); -- used to control capitalization for certain static text
['PublicationPlace'] = PublicationPlace,
 
['Date'] = first_set(COinS_date, Date), -- COinS_date has correctly formatted date if Date is valid; any reason to keep Date here?  Should we be including invalid dates in metadata?
--check this page to see if it is in one of the namespaces that cs1 is not supposed to add to the error categories
['Series'] = Series,
if not is_set (no_tracking_cats) then -- ignore if we are already not going to categorize this page
['Volume'] = Volume,
if in_array (this_page.nsText, cfg.uncategorized_namespaces) then
['Issue'] = Issue,
no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats
['Pages'] = get_coins_pages (first_set(Sheet, Sheets, Page, Pages, At)), -- pages stripped of external links
end
['Edition'] = Edition,
for _,v in ipairs (cfg.uncategorized_subpages) do -- cycle through page name patterns
['PublisherName'] = PublisherName,
if this_page.text:match (v) then -- test page name against each pattern
['URL'] = first_set( URL, ChapterURL ),
no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats
['Authors'] = a,
break; -- bail out if one is found
['ID_list'] = ID_list,
end
['RawPage'] = this_page.prefixedText,
}, config.CitationClass);
 
-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, AFTER generation of COinS data.
if 'arxiv' == config.CitationClass then -- we have set rft.jtitle in COinS to arXiv, now unset so it isn't displayed
Periodical = ''; -- periodical not allowed in cite arxiv; if article has been published, use cite journal
end
 
-- special case for cite newsgroup.  Do this after COinS because we are modifying Publishername to include some static text
if 'newsgroup' == config.CitationClass then
if is_set (PublisherName) then
PublisherName = '[[Newsgroup]]:&nbsp;' ..  external_link( 'news:' .. PublisherName, PublisherName );
end
end
end
end


-- check for extra |page=, |pages= or |at= parameters. (also sheet and sheets while we're at it)
select_one( args, {'page', 'p', 'pp', 's', 'pages', 'at', 'sheet', 'sheets'}, 'redundant_parameters' ); -- this is a dummy call simply to get the error message and category


local NoPP = A['NoPP']
if is_set (NoPP) and is_valid_parameter_value (NoPP, 'nopp', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
NoPP = true;
else
NoPP = nil; -- unset, used as a flag later
end


-- Now perform various field substitutions.
if is_set(Page) then
-- We also add leading spaces and surrounding markup and punctuation to the
if is_set(Pages) or is_set(At) then
-- various parts of the citation, but only when they are non-nil.
Pages = ''; -- unset the others
do -- do-block to limit scope of LastFirstAuthors
At = '';
local LastFirstAuthors;
local Maximum = A['DisplayAuthors'];
 
Maximum , author_etal = get_display_authors_editors (Maximum, #a, 'authors', author_etal);
 
local control = {
format = NameListFormat, -- empty string or 'vanc'
maximum = Maximum,
lastauthoramp = LastAuthorAmp,
page_name = this_page.text -- get current page name so that we don't wikilink to it via authorlinkn
};
-- If the coauthor field is also used, prevent ampersand and et al. formatting.
if is_set(Coauthors) then
control.lastauthoramp = nil;
control.maximum = #a + 1;
end
end
extra_text_in_page_check (Page); -- add this page to maint cat if |page= value begins with what looks like p. or pp.
LastFirstAuthors = list_people(control, a, author_etal);
elseif is_set(Pages) then
 
if is_set(At) then
if is_set (Authors) then
At = ''; -- unset
if is_set (LastFirstAuthors) then -- if both author name styles
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'authors') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'last')}, true ) } ); -- add error message
Authors = LastFirstAuthors; -- TODO: is this correct or should we use |authors= instead?
end
else
Authors = LastFirstAuthors; -- either an author name list or an empty string
end
end
end -- end of do
extra_text_in_page_check (Pages); -- add this page to maint cat if |pages= value begins with what looks like p. or pp.
end


if not is_set(Authors) and is_set(Coauthors) then -- coauthors aren't displayed if one of authors=, authorn=, or lastn= isn't specified
-- both |publication-place= and |place= (|location=) allowed if different
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error('coauthors_missing_author', {}, true) } ); -- emit error message
if not is_set(PublicationPlace) and is_set(Place) then
PublicationPlace = Place; -- promote |place= (|location=) to |publication-place
end
end
if PublicationPlace == Place then Place = ''; end -- don't need both if they are the same
--[[
Parameter remapping for cite encyclopedia:
When the citation has these parameters:
|encyclopedia and |title then map |title to |article and |encyclopedia to |title
|encyclopedia and |article then map |encyclopedia to |title
|encyclopedia then map |encyclopedia to |title


local EditorCount; -- used only for choosing {ed.) or (eds.) annotation at end of editor name-list
|trans_title maps to |trans_chapter when |title is re-mapped
if not is_set(Editors) then
|url maps to |chapterurl when |title is remapped
local Maximum = A['DisplayEditors'];
 
All other combinations of |encyclopedia, |title, and |article are not modified


Maximum , editor_etal = get_display_authors_editors (Maximum, #e, 'editors', editor_etal);
]]
-- Preserve old-style implicit et al.
if not is_set(Maximum) and #e == 4 then
Maximum = 3;
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error('implict_etal_editor', {}, true) } );
end


local control = {
local Encyclopedia = A['Encyclopedia'];
format = NameListFormat, -- empty string or 'vanc'
maximum = Maximum,
lastauthoramp = LastAuthorAmp,
page_name = this_page.text -- get current page name so that we don't wikilink to it via editorlinkn
};


Editors, EditorCount = list_people(control, e, editor_etal);
if ( config.CitationClass == "encyclopaedia" ) or ( config.CitationClass == "citation" and is_set (Encyclopedia)) then -- test code for citation
if 1 == EditorCount and (true == editor_etal or 1 < #e) then -- only one editor displayed but includes etal then
if is_set(Periodical) then -- Periodical is set when |encyclopedia is set
EditorCount = 2; -- spoof to display (eds.) annotation
if is_set(Title) or is_set (ScriptTitle) then
if not is_set(Chapter) then
Chapter = Title; -- |encyclopedia and |title are set so map |title to |article and |encyclopedia to |title
ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle;
TransChapter = TransTitle;
ChapterURL = URL;
if not is_set (ChapterURL) and is_set (TitleLink) then
Chapter= '[[' .. TitleLink .. '|' .. Chapter .. ']]';
end
Title = Periodical;
ChapterFormat = Format;
Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset
TransTitle = '';
URL = '';
Format = '';
TitleLink = '';
ScriptTitle = '';
end
else -- |title not set
Title = Periodical; -- |encyclopedia set and |article set or not set so map |encyclopedia to |title
Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset
end
end
end
else
EditorCount = 1;
end
end


-- apply |[xx-]format= styling; at the end, these parameters hold correctly styled format annotation,
-- Special case for cite techreport.
-- an error message if the associated url is not set, or an empty string for concatenation
if (config.CitationClass == "techreport") then -- special case for cite techreport
ArchiveFormat = style_format (ArchiveFormat, ArchiveURL, 'archive-format', 'archive-url');
if is_set(A['Number']) then -- cite techreport uses 'number', which other citations alias to 'issue'
ChapterFormat = style_format (ChapterFormat, ChapterURL, 'chapter-format', 'chapter-url');
if not is_set(ID) then -- can we use ID for the "number"?
ConferenceFormat = style_format (ConferenceFormat, ConferenceURL, 'conference-format', 'conference-url');
ID = A['Number']; -- yes, use it
Format = style_format (Format, URL, 'format', 'url');
else -- ID has a value so emit error message
LayFormat = style_format (LayFormat, LayURL, 'lay-format', 'lay-url');
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error('redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'id') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'number')}, true )});
TranscriptFormat = style_format (TranscriptFormat, TranscriptURL, 'transcript-format', 'transcripturl');
end
end
end


if not is_set(URL) then --and
-- special case for cite mailing list
-- not is_set(ArchiveURL) then --and -- prevents format_missing_url error from registering
if (config.CitationClass == "mailinglist") then
-- not is_set(ConferenceURL) and -- TODO: keep this here? conference as part of cite web or cite podcast?
Periodical = A ['MailingList'];
-- not is_set(TranscriptURL) then -- TODO: remove? |transcript-url= and |transcript= has separate test
elseif 'mailinglist' == A:ORIGIN('Periodical') then
Periodical = ''; -- unset because mailing list is only used for cite mailing list
-- Test if cite web or cite podcast |url= is missing or empty
end
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"web","podcast", "mailinglist"}) then
 
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'cite_web_url', {}, true ) } );
-- Account for the oddity that is {{cite conference}}, before generation of COinS data.
end
if 'conference' == config.CitationClass then
if is_set(BookTitle) then
-- Test if accessdate is given without giving a URL
Chapter = Title;
if is_set(AccessDate) and not is_set(ChapterURL)then -- ChapterURL may be set when the others are not set; TODO: move this to a separate test?
-- ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- |chapterlink= is deprecated
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'accessdate_missing_url', {}, true ) } );
ChapterURL = URL;
AccessDate = '';
ChapterURLorigin = URLorigin;
URLorigin = '';
ChapterFormat = Format;
TransChapter = TransTitle;
Title = BookTitle;
Format = '';
-- TitleLink = '';
TransTitle = '';
URL = '';
end
end
elseif 'speech' ~= config.CitationClass then
Conference = ''; -- not cite conference or cite speech so make sure this is empty string
end
end


local OriginalURL, OriginalFormat; -- TODO: swap chapter and title here so that archive applies to most specific if both are set?
-- cite map oddities
DeadURL = DeadURL:lower(); -- used later when assembling archived text
local Cartography = "";
if is_set( ArchiveURL ) then
local Scale = "";
if is_set (URL) then
local Sheet = A['Sheet'] or '';
OriginalURL = URL; -- save copy of original source URL
local Sheets = A['Sheets'] or '';
OriginalFormat = Format; -- and original |format=
if config.CitationClass == "map" then
if 'no' ~= DeadURL then -- if URL set then archive-url applies to it
Chapter = A['Map'];
URL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's url
ChapterURL = A['MapURL'];
URLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of archive url parameter for error messages
TransChapter = A['TransMap'];
Format = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format
ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('MapURL');
end
ChapterFormat = A['MapFormat'];
elseif is_set (ChapterURL) then -- URL not set so if chapter-url is set apply archive url to it
OriginalURL = ChapterURL; -- save copy of source chapter's url for archive text
Cartography = A['Cartography'];
OriginalFormat = ChapterFormat; -- and original |format=
if is_set( Cartography ) then
if 'no' ~= DeadURL then
Cartography = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('cartography', Cartography, use_lowercase);
ChapterURL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's url
end
URLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of archive url parameter for error messages
Scale = A['Scale'];
ChapterFormat = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format
if is_set( Scale ) then
end
Scale = sepc .. " " .. Scale;
end
end
end
end


if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"web","news","journal","pressrelease","podcast", "newsgroup", 'arxiv'}) or
-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite episode}} and {{cite serial}}, before generation of COinS data.
('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical) and not is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
if 'episode' == config.CitationClass or 'serial' == config.CitationClass then
if is_set (Chapter) or is_set (TransChapter) or is_set (ChapterURL)then -- chapter parameters not supported for these citation types
local AirDate = A['AirDate'];
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'chapter_ignored', {}, true ) } ); -- add error message
local SeriesLink = A['SeriesLink'];
Chapter = ''; -- set to empty string to be safe with concatenation
 
TransChapter = '';
link_title_ok (SeriesLink, A:ORIGIN ('SeriesLink'), Series, 'series'); -- check for wikimarkup in |series-link= or wikimarkup in |series= when |series-link= is set
ChapterURL = '';
 
end
local Network = A['Network'];
else -- otherwise, format chapter / article title
local Station = A['Station'];
Chapter = format_chapter_title (Chapter, TransChapter, ChapterURL, ChapterURLorigin);
local s, n = {}, {};
if is_set (Chapter) then
-- do common parameters first
if 'map' == config.CitationClass and is_set (TitleType) then
if is_set(Network) then table.insert(n, Network); end
Chapter = Chapter .. ' ' .. TitleType;
if is_set(Station) then table.insert(n, Station); end
end
ID = table.concat(n, sepc .. ' ');
Chapter = Chapter .. ChapterFormat .. sepc .. ' ';
if not is_set (Date) and is_set (AirDate) then -- promote airdate to date
Date = AirDate;
end
end
end


-- Format main title.
if 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- handle the oddities that are strictly {{cite episode}}
if is_set(TitleLink) and is_set(Title) then
local Season = A['Season'];
Title = "[[" .. TitleLink .. "|" .. Title .. "]]"
local SeriesNumber = A['SeriesNumber'];
end


if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"web","news","journal","pressrelease","podcast", "newsgroup", "mailinglist", 'arxiv'}) or
if is_set (Season) and is_set (SeriesNumber) then -- these are mutually exclusive so if both are set
('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical) and not is_set (Encyclopedia)) or
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'season') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'seriesno')}, true ) } ); -- add error message
('map' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical)) then -- special case for cite map when the map is in a periodical treat as an article
SeriesNumber = ''; -- unset; prefer |season= over |seriesno=
Title = kern_quotes (Title); -- if necessary, separate title's leading and trailing quote marks from Module provided quote marks
end
Title = wrap_style ('quoted-title', Title);
-- assemble a table of parts concatenated later into Series
if is_set(Season) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('season', Season, use_lowercase)); end
if is_set(SeriesNumber) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('series', SeriesNumber, use_lowercase)); end
if is_set(Issue) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('episode', Issue, use_lowercase)); end
Issue = ''; -- unset because this is not a unique parameter
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
Chapter = Title; -- promote title parameters to chapter
TransTitle= wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle );
ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle;
elseif 'report' == config.CitationClass then -- no styling for cite report
ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- alias episodelink
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
TransChapter = TransTitle;
TransTitle= wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle ); -- for cite report, use this form for trans-title
ChapterURL = URL;
else
ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('URL');
Title = wrap_style ('italic-title', Title);
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
Title = Series; -- promote series to title
TransTitle = wrap_style ('trans-italic-title', TransTitle);
TitleLink = SeriesLink;
end
Series = table.concat(s, sepc .. ' '); -- this is concatenation of season, seriesno, episode number


TransError = "";
if is_set (ChapterLink) and not is_set (ChapterURL) then -- link but not URL
if is_set(TransTitle) then
Chapter = '[[' .. ChapterLink .. '|' .. Chapter .. ']]'; -- ok to wikilink
if is_set(Title) then
elseif is_set (ChapterLink) and is_set (ChapterURL) then -- if both are set, URL links episode;
TransTitle = " " .. TransTitle;
Series = '[[' .. ChapterLink .. '|' .. Series .. ']]'; -- series links with ChapterLink (episodelink -> TitleLink -> ChapterLink) ugly
else
end
TransError = " " .. set_error( 'trans_missing_title' );
URL = ''; -- unset
end
TransTitle = '';
ScriptTitle = '';
else -- now oddities that are cite serial
Issue = ''; -- unset because this parameter no longer supported by the citation/core version of cite serial
Chapter = A['Episode']; -- TODO: make |episode= available to cite episode someday?
if is_set (Series) and is_set (SeriesLink) then
Series = '[[' .. SeriesLink .. '|' .. Series .. ']]';
end
Series = wrap_style ('italic-title', Series); -- series is italicized
end
end
end
-- end of {{cite episode}} stuff
Title = Title .. TransTitle;
 
-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, {{cite biorxiv}}, {{cite citeseerx}}, before generation of COinS data.
if is_set(Title) then
do
if not is_set(TitleLink) and is_set(URL) then  
if in_array (config.CitationClass, {'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx'}) then
Title = external_link( URL, Title ) .. TransError .. Format;
if not is_set (ID_list[config.CitationClass:upper()]) then -- |arxiv= or |eprint= required for cite arxiv; |biorxiv= & |citeseerx= required for their templates
URL = "";
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( config.CitationClass .. '_missing', {}, true ) } ); -- add error message
Format = "";
end
else
Title = Title .. TransError;
if 'arxiv' == config.CitationClass then
Periodical = 'arXiv'; -- set to arXiv for COinS; after that, must be set to empty string
end
if 'biorxiv' == config.CitationClass then
Periodical = 'bioRxiv'; -- set to bioRxiv for COinS; after that, must be set to empty string
end
if 'citeseerx' == config.CitationClass then
Periodical = 'CiteSeerX'; -- set to CiteSeerX for COinS; after that, must be set to empty string
end
end
end
end
end


if is_set(Place) then
-- handle type parameter for those CS1 citations that have default values
Place = " " .. wrap_msg ('written', Place, use_lowercase) .. sepc .. " ";
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"AV-media-notes", "interview", "mailinglist", "map", "podcast", "pressrelease", "report", "techreport", "thesis"}) then
TitleType = set_titletype (config.CitationClass, TitleType);
if is_set(Degree) and "Thesis" == TitleType then -- special case for cite thesis
TitleType = Degree .. ' ' .. cfg.title_types ['thesis']:lower();
end
end
end


if is_set (Conference) then
if is_set(TitleType) then -- if type parameter is specified
if is_set (ConferenceURL) then
TitleType = substitute( cfg.messages['type'], TitleType); -- display it in parentheses
Conference = external_link( ConferenceURL, Conference );
-- TODO: Hack on TitleType to fix bunched parentheses problem
end
Conference = sepc .. " " .. Conference .. ConferenceFormat;
elseif is_set(ConferenceURL) then
Conference = sepc .. " " .. external_link( ConferenceURL, nil, ConferenceURLorigin );
end
end


if not is_set(Position) then
-- legacy: promote PublicationDate to Date if neither Date nor Year are set.
local Minutes = A['Minutes'];
if not is_set (Date) then
if is_set(Minutes) then
Date = Year; -- promote Year to Date
Position = " " .. Minutes .. " " .. cfg.messages['minutes'];
Year = nil; -- make nil so Year as empty string isn't used for CITEREF
else
if not is_set (Date) and is_set(PublicationDate) then -- use PublicationDate when |date= and |year= are not set
local Time = A['Time'];
Date = PublicationDate; -- promote PublicationDate to Date
if is_set(Time) then
PublicationDate = ''; -- unset, no longer needed
local TimeCaption = A['TimeCaption']
if not is_set(TimeCaption) then
TimeCaption = cfg.messages['event'];
if sepc ~= '.' then
TimeCaption = TimeCaption:lower();
end
end
Position = " " .. TimeCaption .. " " .. Time;
end
end
end
else
Position = " " .. Position;
At = '';
end
end
 
if not is_set(Page) then
if PublicationDate == Date then PublicationDate = ''; end -- if PublicationDate is same as Date, don't display in rendered citation
if is_set(Pages) then
 
if is_set(Periodical) and
--[[
not in_array(config.CitationClass, {"encyclopaedia","web","book","news","podcast"}) then
Go test all of the date-holding parameters for valid MOS:DATE format and make sure that dates are real dates. This must be done before we do COinS because here is where
Pages = ": " .. Pages;
we get the date used in the metadata.
elseif tonumber(Pages) ~= nil then
 
Pages = sepc .." " .. PPrefix .. Pages;
Date validation supporting code is in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation
else
]]
Pages = sepc .." " .. PPPrefix .. Pages;
do -- create defined block to contain local variables error_message, date_parameters_list, mismatch
local error_message = '';
-- AirDate has been promoted to Date so not necessary to check it
local date_parameters_list = {['besøksdato']=AccessDate, ['arkivdato']=ArchiveDate, ['dato']=Date, ['doi_inaktivdato']=DoiBroken,
['embargo']=Embargo, ['sammendragdato']=LayDate, ['utgivelsesdato']=PublicationDate, ['år']=Year};
 
anchor_year, Embargo, error_message = dates(date_parameters_list, COinS_date);
 
if is_set (Year) and is_set (Date) then -- both |date= and |year= not normally needed;
local mismatch = year_date_check (Year, Date)
if 0 == mismatch then -- |year= does not match a year-value in |date=
if is_set (error_message) then -- if there is already an error message
error_message = error_message .. ', '; -- tack on this additional message
end
error_message = error_message .. '&#124;year= / &#124;date= mismatch';
elseif 1 == mismatch then -- |year= matches year-value in |date=
add_maint_cat ('date_year');
end
end
end
end
else
if is_set(Periodical) and
if not is_set(error_message) then -- error free dates only
not in_array(config.CitationClass, {"encyclopaedia","web","book","news","podcast"}) then
local modified = false; -- flag
Page = ": " .. Page;
if is_set (DF) then -- if we need to reformat dates
else
modified = reformat_dates (date_parameters_list, DF, false); -- reformat to DF format, use long month names if appropriate
Page = sepc .." " .. PPrefix .. Page;
end
end
end


if 'map' == config.CitationClass then -- cite map oddity done after COinS call (and with other in-source locators)
if true == date_hyphen_to_dash (date_parameters_list) then -- convert hyphens to dashes where appropriate
if is_set (Sheet) or is_set (Sheets) then
modified = true;
local err_msg1 = 'sheet=, &#124;sheets'; -- default error message in case any of page pages or at are set
add_maint_cat ('date_format'); -- hyphens were converted so add maint category
local err_msg2;
if is_set (Page) or is_set (Pages) or is_set (At) then -- are any set?
err_msg2 = 'page=, &#124;pages=, &#124;at'; -- a generic error message
Page = ''; Pages = ''; At = '';
elseif is_set (Sheet) and is_set (Sheets) then -- if both are set make error message
err_msg1 = 'sheet';
err_msg2 = 'sheets';
end
end
if is_set (err_msg2) then
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', err_msg1) .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', err_msg2)}, true ) } ); -- add error message
if modified then -- if the date_parameters_list values were modified
AccessDate = date_parameters_list['besøksdato']; -- overwrite date holding parameters with modified values
ArchiveDate = date_parameters_list['arkivdato'];
Date = date_parameters_list['dato'];
DoiBroken = date_parameters_list['doi_inaktivdato'];
LayDate = date_parameters_list['sammendragdato'];
PublicationDate = date_parameters_list['utgivelsesdato'];
end
end
if not is_set (Sheet) then -- do sheet static text and formatting; Sheet has priority over Sheets if both provided
else
if is_set (Sheets) then
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'bad_date', {error_message}, true ) } ); -- add this error message
if is_set (Periodical) then
end
Sheet = ": Sheets " .. Sheets; -- because Sheet has priority, no need to support both later on
end -- end of do
else
 
Sheet = sepc .. " Sheets " .. Sheets;
-- Account for the oddity that is {{cite journal}} with |pmc= set and |url= not set.  Do this after date check but before COInS.
end
-- Here we unset Embargo if PMC not embargoed (|embargo= not set in the citation) or if the embargo time has expired. Otherwise, holds embargo date
end
Embargo = is_embargoed (Embargo); --  
else
 
if is_set (Periodical) then
if config.CitationClass == "journal" and not is_set(URL) and is_set(ID_list['PMC']) then
Sheet = ": Sheet " .. Sheet;
if not is_set (Embargo) then -- if not embargoed or embargo has expired
else
URL=cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].prefix .. ID_list['PMC']; -- set url to be the same as the PMC external link if not embargoed
Sheet = sepc .. " Sheet " .. Sheet;
URLorigin = cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].parameters[1]; -- set URLorigin to parameter name for use in error message if citation is missing a |title=
end
if is_set(AccessDate) then -- access date requires |url=; pmc created url is not |url=
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'accessdate_missing_url', {}, true ) } );
AccessDate = ''; -- unset
end
end
end
end
end
end


At = is_set(At) and (sepc .. " " .. At) or "";
-- At this point fields may be nil if they weren't specified in the template use. We can use that fact.
Position = is_set(Position) and (sepc .. " " .. Position) or "";
-- Test if citation has no title
if config.CitationClass == 'map' then
if not is_set(Title) and
local Section = A['Section'];
not is_set(TransTitle) and
local Sections = A['Sections'];
not is_set(ScriptTitle) then
local Inset = A['Inset'];
if 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite episode; TODO: is there a better way to do this?
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'citation_missing_title', {'serie'}, true ) } );
if is_set( Inset ) then
else
Inset = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('inset', Inset, use_lowercase);
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'citation_missing_title', {'tittel'}, true ) } );
end
end
 
if is_set( Sections ) then
Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('sections', Sections, use_lowercase);
elseif is_set( Section ) then
Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('section', Section, use_lowercase);
end
At = At .. Inset .. Section;
end
 
if is_set (Language) then
Language = language_parameter (Language, this_page.namespace); -- format, categories (article namespace only), name from ISO639-1, etc
else
Language=""; -- language not specified so make sure this is an empty string;
end
end
 
Others = is_set(Others) and (sepc .. " " .. Others) or "";
if 'none' == Title and in_array (config.CitationClass, {'journal', 'citation'}) and is_set (Periodical) and 'journal' == A:ORIGIN('Periodical') then -- special case for journal cites
 
Title = ''; -- set title to empty string
TitleNote = is_set(TitleNote) and (sepc .. " " .. TitleNote) or "";
add_maint_cat ('untitled');
Edition = is_set(Edition) and (" " .. wrap_msg ('edition', Edition)) or "";
Issue = is_set(Issue) and (" (" .. Issue .. ")") or "";
Series = is_set(Series) and (sepc .. " " .. Series) or "";
OrigYear = is_set(OrigYear) and (" [" .. OrigYear .. "]") or "";
Agency = is_set(Agency) and (sepc .. " " .. Agency) or "";
 
if is_set(Volume) then
if ( mw.ustring.len(Volume) > 4 )
  then Volume = sepc .." " .. Volume;
  else Volume = " <b>" .. hyphen_to_dash(Volume) .. "</b>";
end
end
end


------------------------------------ totally unrelated data
check_for_url ({ -- add error message when any of these parameters contains a URL
if is_set(Via) then
['title']=Title,
Via = " " .. wrap_msg ('via', Via);
[A:ORIGIN('Chapter')]=Chapter,
end
[A:ORIGIN('Periodical')]=Periodical,
[A:ORIGIN('PublisherName')] = PublisherName
});


--[[
-- COinS metadata (see <http://ocoins.info/>) for automated parsing of citation information.
Subscription implies paywall; Registration does not. If both are used in a citation, the subscription required link
-- handle the oddity that is cite encyclopedia and {{citation |encyclopedia=something}}. Here we presume that
note is displayed. There are no error messages for this condition.
-- when Periodical, Title, and Chapter are all set, then Periodical is the book (encyclopedia) title, Title
 
-- is the article title, and Chapter is a section within the article.  So, we remap
]]
if in_array(SubscriptionRequired:lower(), {'yes', 'true', 'y'}) then
local coins_chapter = Chapter; -- default assuming that remapping not required
SubscriptionRequired = sepc .. " " .. cfg.messages['subscription']; -- subscription required message
local coins_title = Title; -- et tu
elseif in_array(RegistrationRequired:lower(), {'yes', 'true', 'y'}) then
if 'encyclopaedia' == config.CitationClass or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
SubscriptionRequired = sepc .. " " .. cfg.messages['registration']; -- registration required message
if is_set (Chapter) and is_set (Title) and is_set (Periodical) then -- if all are used then
else
coins_chapter = Title; -- remap
SubscriptionRequired = ''; -- either or both might be set to something other than yes true y
coins_title = Periodical;
end
end
local coins_author = a; -- default for coins rft.au
if 0 < #c then -- but if contributor list
coins_author = c; -- use that instead
end
end


if is_set(AccessDate) then
-- this is the function call to COinS()
local retrv_text = " " .. cfg.messages['retrieved']
local OCinSoutput = COinS({
 
['Periodical'] = Periodical,
AccessDate = nowrap_date (AccessDate); -- wrap in nowrap span if date in appropriate format
['Encyclopedia'] = Encyclopedia,
if (sepc ~= ".") then retrv_text = retrv_text:lower() end -- if 'citation', lower case
['Chapter'] = make_coins_title (coins_chapter, ScriptChapter), -- Chapter and ScriptChapter stripped of bold / italic wikimarkup
AccessDate = substitute (retrv_text, AccessDate); -- add retrieved text
['Degree'] = Degree; -- cite thesis only
-- neither of these work; don't know why; it seems that substitute() isn't being called
['Title'] = make_coins_title (coins_title, ScriptTitle), -- Title and ScriptTitle stripped of bold / italic wikimarkup
AccessDate = substitute (cfg.presentation['accessdate'], {sepc, AccessDate}); -- allow editors to hide accessdates
['PublicationPlace'] = PublicationPlace,
['Date'] = COinS_date.rftdate, -- COinS_date has correctly formatted date if Date is valid;
['Season'] = COinS_date.rftssn,
['Chron'] =  COinS_date.rftchron or (not COinS_date.rftdate and Date) or '', -- chron but if not set and invalid date format use Date; keep this last bit?
['Series'] = Series,
['Volume'] = Volume,
['Issue'] = Issue,
['Pages'] = get_coins_pages (first_set ({Sheet, Sheets, Page, Pages, At}, 5)), -- pages stripped of external links
['Edition'] = Edition,
['PublisherName'] = PublisherName,
['URL'] = first_set ({ChapterURL, URL}, 2),
['Authors'] = coins_author,
['ID_list'] = ID_list,
['RawPage'] = this_page.prefixedText,
}, config.CitationClass);
 
-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, AFTER generation of COinS data.
-- if 'arxiv' == config.CitationClass then -- we have set rft.jtitle in COinS to arXiv, now unset so it isn't displayed
if in_array (config.CitationClass, {'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx'}) then -- we have set rft.jtitle in COinS to arXiv, bioRxiv, or CiteSeerX now unset so it isn't displayed
Periodical = ''; -- periodical not allowed in these templates; if article has been published, use cite journal
end
end
 
if is_set(ID) then ID = sepc .." ".. ID; end
-- special case for cite newsgroup. Do this after COinS because we are modifying Publishername to include some static text
  if "thesis" == config.CitationClass and is_set(Docket) then
if 'newsgroup' == config.CitationClass then
ID = sepc .." Docket ".. Docket .. ID;
if is_set (PublisherName) then
end
PublisherName = substitute (cfg.messages['newsgroup'], external_link( 'news:' .. PublisherName, PublisherName, A:ORIGIN('PublisherName'), nil ));
  if "report" == config.CitationClass and is_set(Docket) then -- for cite report when |docket= is set
end
ID = sepc .. ' ' .. Docket; -- overwrite ID even if |id= is set
end
end


ID_list = build_id_list( ID_list, {DoiBroken = DoiBroken, ASINTLD = ASINTLD, IgnoreISBN = IgnoreISBN, Embargo=Embargo, Class = Class} );


if is_set(URL) then
URL = " " .. external_link( URL, nil, URLorigin );
end


if is_set(Quote) then
-- Now perform various field substitutions.
if Quote:sub(1,1) == '"' and Quote:sub(-1,-1) == '"' then
-- We also add leading spaces and surrounding markup and punctuation to the
Quote = Quote:sub(2,-2);
-- various parts of the citation, but only when they are non-nil.
end
local EditorCount; -- used only for choosing {ed.) or (eds.) annotation at end of editor name-list
Quote = sepc .." " .. wrap_style ('quoted-text', Quote ); -- wrap in <q>...</q> tags
do
PostScript = ""; -- CS1 does not supply terminal punctuation when |quote= is set
local last_first_list;
end
local control = {
format = NameListFormat, -- empty string or 'vanc'
maximum = nil, -- as if display-authors or display-editors not set
lastauthoramp = LastAuthorAmp,
page_name = this_page.text, -- get current page name so that we don't wikilink to it via editorlinkn
mode = Mode
};
 
do -- do editor name list first because the now unsupported coauthors used to modify control table
control.maximum , editor_etal = get_display_authors_editors (A['DisplayEditors'], #e, 'editors', editor_etal);
last_first_list, EditorCount = list_people(control, e, editor_etal);
 
if is_set (Editors) then
if editor_etal then
Editors = Editors .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- add et al. to editors parameter beause |display-editors=etal
EditorCount = 2; -- with et al., |editors= is multiple names; spoof to display (eds.) annotation
else
EditorCount = 2; -- we don't know but assume |editors= is multiple names; spoof to display (eds.) annotation
end
else
Editors = last_first_list; -- either an author name list or an empty string
end
 
if 1 == EditorCount and (true == editor_etal or 1 < #e) then -- only one editor displayed but includes etal then
EditorCount = 2; -- spoof to display (eds.) annotation
end
end
do -- now do interviewers
control.maximum = #interviewers_list; -- number of interviewerss
Interviewers = list_people(control, interviewers_list, false); -- et al not currently supported
end
do -- now do translators
control.maximum = #t; -- number of translators
Translators = list_people(control, t, false); -- et al not currently supported
end
do -- now do contributors
control.maximum = #c; -- number of contributors
Contributors = list_people(control, c, false); -- et al not currently supported
end
do -- now do authors
control.maximum , author_etal = get_display_authors_editors (A['DisplayAuthors'], #a, 'authors', author_etal);
 
last_first_list = list_people(control, a, author_etal);
 
if is_set (Authors) then
Authors, author_etal = name_has_etal (Authors, author_etal, false); -- find and remove variations on et al.
if author_etal then
Authors = Authors .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- add et al. to authors parameter
end
else
Authors = last_first_list; -- either an author name list or an empty string
end
end -- end of do
local Archived
if is_set (Authors) and is_set (Collaboration) then
if is_set(ArchiveURL) then
Authors = Authors .. ' (' .. Collaboration .. ')'; -- add collaboration after et al.
if not is_set(ArchiveDate) then
ArchiveDate = set_error('archive_missing_date');
end
end
if "no" == DeadURL then
 
local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived'];
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( cfg.messages['archived-not-dead'],
{ external_link( ArchiveURL, arch_text ) .. ArchiveFormat, ArchiveDate } );
if not is_set(OriginalURL) then
Archived = Archived .. " " .. set_error('archive_missing_url');  
end
elseif is_set(OriginalURL) then
local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-dead'];
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( arch_text,
{ external_link( OriginalURL, cfg.messages['original'] ) .. OriginalFormat, ArchiveDate } ); -- format already styled
else
local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-missing'];
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( arch_text,
{ set_error('archive_missing_url'), ArchiveDate } );
end
elseif is_set (ArchiveFormat) then
Archived = ArchiveFormat; -- if set and ArchiveURL not set ArchiveFormat has error message
else
Archived = ""
end
local Lay = '';
if is_set(LayURL) then
if is_set(LayDate) then LayDate = " (" .. LayDate .. ")" end
if is_set(LaySource) then
LaySource = " &ndash; ''" .. safe_for_italics(LaySource) .. "''";
else
LaySource = "";
end
if sepc == '.' then
Lay = sepc .. " " .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary'] ) .. LayFormat .. LaySource .. LayDate
else
Lay = sepc .. " " .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary']:lower() ) .. LayFormat .. LaySource .. LayDate
end
elseif is_set (LayFormat) then -- Test if |lay-format= is given without giving a |lay-url=
Lay = sepc .. LayFormat; -- if set and LayURL not set, then LayFormat has error message
end
end


if is_set(Transcript) then
-- apply |[xx-]format= styling; at the end, these parameters hold correctly styled format annotation,
if is_set(TranscriptURL) then
-- an error message if the associated url is not set, or an empty string for concatenation
Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, Transcript );
ArchiveFormat = style_format (ArchiveFormat, ArchiveURL, 'archive-format', 'archive-url');
end
ConferenceFormat = style_format (ConferenceFormat, ConferenceURL, 'conference-format', 'conference-url');
Transcript = sepc .. ' ' .. Transcript .. TranscriptFormat;
Format = style_format (Format, URL, 'format', 'url');
elseif is_set(TranscriptURL) then
LayFormat = style_format (LayFormat, LayURL, 'lay-format', 'lay-url');
Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, nil, TranscriptURLorigin );
TranscriptFormat = style_format (TranscriptFormat, TranscriptURL, 'transcript-format', 'transcripturl');
 
-- special case for chapter format so no error message or cat when chapter not supported
if not (in_array(config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx'}) or
('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical) and not is_set (Encyclopedia))) then
ChapterFormat = style_format (ChapterFormat, ChapterURL, 'chapter-format', 'chapter-url');
end
end


local Publisher;
if not is_set(URL) then
if is_set(Periodical) and
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"web","podcast", "mailinglist"}) then -- |url= required for cite web, cite podcast, and cite mailinglist
not in_array(config.CitationClass, {"encyclopaedia","web","pressrelease","podcast"}) then
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'cite_web_url', {}, true ) } );
if is_set(PublisherName) then
if is_set(PublicationPlace) then
Publisher = PublicationPlace .. ": " .. PublisherName;
else
Publisher = PublisherName; 
end
elseif is_set(PublicationPlace) then
Publisher= PublicationPlace;
else
Publisher = "";
end
end
if is_set(PublicationDate) then
if is_set(Publisher) then
-- do we have |accessdate= without either |url= or |chapter-url=?
Publisher = Publisher .. ", " .. wrap_msg ('published', PublicationDate);
if is_set(AccessDate) and not is_set(ChapterURL)then -- ChapterURL may be set when URL is not set;
else
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'accessdate_missing_url', {}, true ) } );
Publisher = PublicationDate;
AccessDate = '';
end
end
if is_set(Publisher) then
Publisher = " (" .. Publisher .. ")";
end
else
if is_set(PublicationDate) then
PublicationDate = " (" .. wrap_msg ('published', PublicationDate) .. ")";
end
if is_set(PublisherName) then
if is_set(PublicationPlace) then
Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. ": " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate;
else
Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate; 
end
elseif is_set(PublicationPlace) then
Publisher= sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. PublicationDate;
else
Publisher = PublicationDate;
end
end
end
end
 
-- Several of the above rely upon detecting this as nil, so do it last.
local OriginalURL, OriginalURLorigin, OriginalFormat, OriginalAccess;
if is_set(Periodical) then
DeadURL = DeadURL:lower(); -- used later when assembling archived text
if is_set(Title) or is_set(TitleNote) then  
if is_set( ArchiveURL ) then
Periodical = sepc .. " " .. wrap_style ('italic-title', Periodical)  
if is_set (ChapterURL) then -- URL not set so if chapter-url is set apply archive url to it
else
OriginalURL = ChapterURL; -- save copy of source chapter's url for archive text
Periodical = wrap_style ('italic-title', Periodical)
OriginalURLorigin = ChapterURLorigin; -- name of chapter-url parameter for error messages
end
OriginalFormat = ChapterFormat; -- and original |format=
if 'no' ~= DeadURL and 'nei' ~= DeadURL and 'live' ~= DeadURL and 'ok' ~= DeadURL then
ChapterURL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's url
ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of archive-url parameter for error messages
ChapterFormat = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format
end
elseif is_set (URL) then
OriginalURL = URL; -- save copy of original source URL
OriginalURLorigin = URLorigin; -- name of url parameter for error messages
OriginalFormat = Format; -- and original |format=
OriginalAccess = UrlAccess;
if 'no' ~= DeadURL and 'nei' ~= DeadURL and 'live' ~= DeadURL and 'ok' ~= DeadURL then -- if URL set then archive-url applies to it
URL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's url
URLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of archive url parameter for error messages
Format = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format
UrlAccess = nil; -- restricted access levels do not make sense for archived urls
end
end
end
end


--[[
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {'web','news','journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx'}) or -- if any of the 'periodical' cites except encyclopedia
Handle the oddity that is cite speech. This code overrides whatever may be the value assigned to TitleNote (through |department=) and forces it to be " (Speech)" so that
('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical) and not is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
the annotation directly follows the |title= parameter value in the citation rather than the |event= parameter value (if provided).
local chap_param;
]]
if is_set (Chapter) then -- get a parameter name from one of these chapter related meta-parameters
if "speech" == config.CitationClass then -- cite speech only
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('Chapter')
TitleNote = " (Speech)"; -- annotate the citation
elseif is_set (TransChapter) then
if is_set (Periodical) then -- if Periodical, perhaps because of an included |website= or |journal= parameter
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('TransChapter')
if is_set (Conference) then -- and if |event= is set
elseif is_set (ChapterURL) then
Conference = Conference .. sepc .. " "; -- then add appropriate punctuation to the end of the Conference variable before rendering
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterURL')
elseif is_set (ScriptChapter) then
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ScriptChapter')
else is_set (ChapterFormat)
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterFormat')
end
end
end
end


-- Piece all bits together at last. Here, all should be non-nil.
if is_set (chap_param) then -- if we found one
-- We build things this way because it is more efficient in LUA
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'chapter_ignored', {chap_param}, true ) } ); -- add error message
-- not to keep reassigning to the same string variable over and over.
Chapter = ''; -- and set them to empty string to be safe with concatenation
TransChapter = '';
ChapterURL = '';
ScriptChapter = '';
ChapterFormat = '';
end
else -- otherwise, format chapter / article title
local no_quotes = false; -- default assume that we will be quoting the chapter parameter value
if is_set (Contribution) and 0 < #c then -- if this is a contribution with contributor(s)
if in_array (Contribution:lower(), cfg.keywords.contribution) then -- and a generic contribution title
no_quotes = true; -- then render it unquoted
end
end


local tcommon
Chapter = format_chapter_title (ScriptChapter, Chapter, TransChapter, ChapterURL, ChapterURLorigin, no_quotes); -- Contribution is also in Chapter
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"journal","citation"}) and is_set(Periodical) then
if is_set (Chapter) then
if is_set(Others) then Others = Others .. sepc .. " " end
Chapter = Chapter .. ChapterFormat ;
tcommon = safe_join( {Others, Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series,
if 'map' == config.CitationClass and is_set (TitleType) then
Language, Edition, Publisher, Agency, Volume, Issue}, sepc );
Chapter = Chapter .. ' ' .. TitleType; -- map annotation here; not after title
end
elseif 'map' == config.CitationClass then -- special cases for cite map
Chapter = Chapter.. sepc .. ' ';
if is_set (Chapter) then -- map in a book; TitleType is part of Chapter
elseif is_set (ChapterFormat) then -- |chapter= not set but |chapter-format= is so ...
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc );
Chapter = ChapterFormat .. sepc .. ' '; -- ... ChapterFormat has error message, we want to see it
elseif is_set (Periodical) then -- map in a periodical
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Periodical, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume, Issue}, sepc );
else -- a sheet or stand-alone map
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher}, sepc );
end
end
elseif 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite episode
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, TitleType, Series, Transcript, Language, Edition, Publisher}, sepc );
else -- all other CS1 templates
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language,
Volume, Issue, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
end
end
 
if #ID_list > 0 then
-- Format main title.
ID_list = safe_join( { sepc .. " ", table.concat( ID_list, sepc .. " " ), ID }, sepc );
if is_set(TitleLink) and is_set(Title) then
Title = "[[" .. TitleLink .. "|" .. Title .. "]]"
end
 
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'mailinglist', 'interview', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx'}) or
('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical) and not is_set (Encyclopedia)) or
('map' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical)) then -- special case for cite map when the map is in a periodical treat as an article
Title = kern_quotes (Title); -- if necessary, separate title's leading and trailing quote marks from Module provided quote marks
Title = wrap_style ('quoted-title', Title);
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
TransTitle= wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle );
elseif 'report' == config.CitationClass then -- no styling for cite report
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
TransTitle= wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle ); -- for cite report, use this form for trans-title
else
else
ID_list = ID;
Title = wrap_style ('italic-title', Title);
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
TransTitle = wrap_style ('trans-italic-title', TransTitle);
end
end
 
local idcommon = safe_join( { ID_list, URL, Archived, AccessDate, Via, SubscriptionRequired, Lay, Quote }, sepc );
local TransError = "";
local text;
if is_set(TransTitle) then
local pgtext = Position .. Sheet .. Page .. Pages .. At;
if is_set(Title) then
TransTitle = " " .. TransTitle;
if is_set(Authors) then
if is_set(Coauthors) then
local sep = '; ';
if 'vanc' == NameListFormat then
sep = ', ';
end
Authors = Authors .. sep .. Coauthors;
end
if is_set(Date) then
Date = " ("..Date..")" .. OrigYear .. sepc .. " "
elseif string.sub(Authors,-1,-1) == sepc then
Authors = Authors .. " "
else
else
Authors = Authors .. sepc .. " "
TransError = " " .. set_error( 'trans_missing_title', {'tittel'} );
end
end
if is_set(Editors) then
end
local in_text = " ";
local post_text = "";
if is_set(Title) then
if is_set(Chapter) then
if not is_set(TitleLink) and is_set(URL) then
in_text = in_text .. cfg.messages['in'] .. " "
else
Title = external_link( URL, Title, URLorigin, UrlAccess ) .. TransTitle .. TransError .. Format;
if EditorCount <= 1 then
-- this experiment hidden 2016-04-10; see Help_talk:Citation_Style_1#Recycled_urls
post_text = ", " .. cfg.messages['editor'];
-- local temp_title = external_link( URL, Title, URLorigin ) .. TransError .. Format; -- do this so we get error message even if url is usurped no archive
else
-- if in_array (DeadURL, {'unfit no archive', 'usurped no archive'}) then -- when url links to inappropriate location and there is no archive of original source available
post_text = ", " .. cfg.messages['editors'];
-- local err_msg
end
-- if temp_title:match ('%[%S+%s+(.+)%](<.+)') then -- if there is an error message
end
-- Title, err_msg = temp_title:match ('%[%S+%s+(.+)%](<.+)'); -- strip off external link; TODO: find a better to do this
if (sepc ~= '.') then in_text = in_text:lower() end
-- Title = Title .. (err_msg or '');
Editors = in_text .. Editors .. post_text;
-- end
if (string.sub(Editors,-1,-1) == sepc) or (string.sub(Editors,-3,-1) == sepc .. ']]') then -- if last editor name ends with sepc char
-- else
Editors = Editors .. " "; -- don't add another
-- Title = temp_title;
else
-- end
Editors = Editors .. sepc .. " " -- otherwise terninate the editor list
 
end
URL = ''; -- unset these because no longer needed
end
Format = "";
text = safe_join( {Authors, Date, Chapter, Place, Editors, tcommon }, sepc );
text = safe_join( {text, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
elseif is_set(Editors) then
if is_set(Date) then
if EditorCount <= 1 then
Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editor'];
else
Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editors'];
end
Date = " (" .. Date ..")" .. OrigYear .. sepc .. " "
else
else
if EditorCount <= 1 then
Title = Title .. TransTitle .. TransError;
Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editor'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " "
else
Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editors'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " "
end
end
text = safe_join( {Editors, Date, Chapter, Place, tcommon}, sepc );
text = safe_join( {text, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
else
if is_set(Date) then
if ( string.sub(tcommon,-1,-1) ~= sepc )
  then Date = sepc .." " .. Date .. OrigYear
  else Date = " " .. Date .. OrigYear
end
end
if config.CitationClass=="journal" and is_set(Periodical) then
text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon}, sepc );
text = safe_join( {text, pgtext, Date, idcommon}, sepc );
else
text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, Date}, sepc );
text = safe_join( {text, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
end
end
end
end
if is_set(PostScript) and PostScript ~= sepc then
text = safe_join( {text, sepc}, sepc );  --Deals with italics, spaces, etc.
text = text:sub(1,-sepc:len()-1);
end
text = safe_join( {text, PostScript}, sepc );


-- Now enclose the whole thing in a <span/> element
if is_set(Place) then
local options = {};
Place = " " .. wrap_msg ('written', Place, use_lowercase) .. sepc .. " ";
end
if is_set(config.CitationClass) and config.CitationClass ~= "citation" then
 
options.class = "citation " .. config.CitationClass;
if is_set (Conference) then
else
if is_set (ConferenceURL) then
options.class = "citation";
Conference = external_link( ConferenceURL, Conference, ConferenceURLorigin, nil );
end
if is_set(Ref) and Ref:lower() ~= "none" then
local id = Ref
if ( "harv" == Ref ) then
local names = {} --table of last names & year
if #a > 0 then
for i,v in ipairs(a) do
names[i] = v.last
if i == 4 then break end
end
elseif #e > 0 then
for i,v in ipairs(e) do
names[i] = v.last
if i == 4 then break end
end
end
names[ #names + 1 ] = first_set(Year, anchor_year); -- Year first for legacy citations and for YMD dates that require disambiguation
id = anchor_id(names)
end
end
options.id = id;
Conference = sepc .. " " .. Conference .. ConferenceFormat;
elseif is_set(ConferenceURL) then
Conference = sepc .. " " .. external_link( ConferenceURL, nil, ConferenceURLorigin, nil );
end
end
if string.len(text:gsub("<span[^>/]*>.-</span>", ""):gsub("%b<>","")) <= 2 then
z.error_categories = {};
text = set_error('empty_citation');
z.message_tail = {};
end
if is_set(options.id) then
text = '<span id="' .. mw.uri.anchorEncode(options.id) ..'" class="' .. mw.text.nowiki(options.class) .. '">' .. text .. "</span>";
else
text = '<span class="' .. mw.text.nowiki(options.class) .. '">' .. text .. "</span>";
end


local empty_span = '<span style="display:none;">&nbsp;</span>';
if not is_set(Position) then
local Minutes = A['Minutes'];
-- Note: Using display: none on then COinS span breaks some clients.
local Time = A['Time'];
local OCinS = '<span title="' .. OCinSoutput .. '" class="Z3988">' .. empty_span .. '</span>';
 
text = text .. OCinS;
if is_set(Minutes) then
if is_set (Time) then
if #z.message_tail ~= 0 then
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'minutter') .. ' og ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'tidspunkt')}, true ) } );
text = text .. " ";
end
for i,v in ipairs( z.message_tail ) do
Position = " " .. Minutes .. " " .. cfg.messages['minutes'];
if is_set(v[1]) then
else
if i == #z.message_tail then
if is_set(Time) then
text = text .. error_comment( v[1], v[2] );
local TimeCaption = A['TimeCaption']
else
if not is_set(TimeCaption) then
text = text .. error_comment( v[1] .. "; ", v[2] );
TimeCaption = cfg.messages['event'];
end
if sepc ~= '.' then
end
TimeCaption = TimeCaption:lower();
end
end
end
end
Position = " " .. TimeCaption .. " " .. Time;
end
end
else
Position = " " .. Position;
At = '';
end
 
Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets = format_pages_sheets (Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, NoPP, use_lowercase, Mode);
 
At = is_set(At) and (sepc .. " " .. At) or "";
Position = is_set(Position) and (sepc .. " " .. Position) or "";
if config.CitationClass == 'map' then
local Section = A['Section'];
local Sections = A['Sections'];
local Inset = A['Inset'];
if is_set( Inset ) then
Inset = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('inset', Inset, use_lowercase);
end
 
if is_set( Sections ) then
Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('sections', Sections, use_lowercase);
elseif is_set( Section ) then
Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('section', Section, use_lowercase);
end
At = At .. Inset .. Section;
end
 
if is_set (Language) then
Language = language_parameter (Language); -- format, categories, name from ISO639-1, etc
else
Language=""; -- language not specified so make sure this is an empty string;
--[[ TODO: need to extract the wrap_msg from language_parameter
so that we can solve parentheses bunching problem with Format/Language/TitleType
]]
end
 
Others = is_set(Others) and (sepc .. " " .. Others) or "";
if is_set (Translators) then
if 'mla' == Mode then
Others = sepc .. ' Trans. ' .. Translators .. Others;
else
Others = sepc .. ' ' .. wrap_msg ('translated', Translators, use_lowercase) .. Others;
end
end
if is_set (Interviewers) then
Others = sepc .. ' ' .. wrap_msg ('interview', Interviewers, use_lowercase) .. Others;
end
TitleNote = is_set(TitleNote) and (sepc .. " " .. TitleNote) or "";
if is_set (Edition) then
if Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]d%.?$') or Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]dition$') then
add_maint_cat ('extra_text', 'edition');
end
if 'mla' == Mode then
Edition = '. ' .. Edition .. ' ed.';
else
Edition = " " .. wrap_msg ('edition', Edition);
end
else
Edition = '';
end
 
Series = is_set(Series) and (sepc .. " " .. Series) or "";
if 'mla' == Mode then -- not in brackets for mla
OrigYear = is_set(OrigYear) and (". " .. OrigYear) or "";
else
OrigYear = is_set(OrigYear) and (" [" .. OrigYear .. "]") or "";
end
Agency = is_set(Agency) and (sepc .. " " .. Agency) or "";
 
Volume = format_volume_issue (Volume, Issue, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, use_lowercase, Mode);
 
------------------------------------ totally unrelated data
if is_set(Via) then
Via = " " .. wrap_msg ('via', Via);
end
 
--[[
Subscription implies paywall; Registration does not.  If both are used in a citation, the subscription required link
note is displayed. There are no error messages for this condition.
 
]]
if is_set (SubscriptionRequired) then
SubscriptionRequired = sepc .. " " .. cfg.messages['subscription']; -- subscription required message
elseif is_set (RegistrationRequired) then
SubscriptionRequired = sepc .. " " .. cfg.messages['registration']; -- registration required message
else
SubscriptionRequired = ''; -- either or both might be set to something other than yes true y
end
 
if is_set(AccessDate) then
local retrv_text = " " .. cfg.messages['retrieved']
 
AccessDate = nowrap_date (AccessDate); -- wrap in nowrap span if date in appropriate format
if 'mla' == Mode then -- retrieved text not used in mla
AccessDate = ' ' .. AccessDate;
else
if (sepc ~= ".") then retrv_text = retrv_text:lower() end -- if mode is cs2, lower case
AccessDate = substitute (retrv_text, AccessDate); -- add retrieved text
end
AccessDate = substitute (cfg.presentation['accessdate'], {sepc, AccessDate}); -- allow editors to hide accessdates
end
if is_set(ID) then ID = sepc .." ".. ID; end
  if "thesis" == config.CitationClass and is_set(Docket) then
ID = sepc .." Docket ".. Docket .. ID;
end
  if "report" == config.CitationClass and is_set(Docket) then -- for cite report when |docket= is set
ID = sepc .. ' ' .. Docket; -- overwrite ID even if |id= is set
end
 
ID_list = build_id_list( ID_list, {IdAccessLevels=ID_access_levels, DoiBroken = DoiBroken, ASINTLD = ASINTLD, IgnoreISBN = IgnoreISBN, Embargo=Embargo, Class = Class} );
 
if is_set(URL) then
URL = " " .. external_link( URL, nil, URLorigin, UrlAccess );
end
 
if is_set(Quote) then
if Quote:sub(1,1) == '"' and Quote:sub(-1,-1) == '"' then -- if first and last characters of quote are quote marks
Quote = Quote:sub(2,-2); -- strip them off
end
Quote = sepc .." " .. wrap_style ('quoted-text', Quote ); -- wrap in <q>...</q> tags
PostScript = ""; -- cs1|2 does not supply terminal punctuation when |quote= is set
end
local Archived
if is_set(ArchiveURL) then
if not is_set(ArchiveDate) then
ArchiveDate = set_error('archive_missing_date');
end
if 'no' == DeadURL or 'nei' == DeadURL or 'live' == DeadURL or 'ok' == DeadURL then
local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived'];
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( cfg.messages['archived-not-dead'],
{ external_link( ArchiveURL, arch_text, A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL'), nil ) .. ArchiveFormat, ArchiveDate } );
if not is_set(OriginalURL) then
Archived = Archived .. " " .. set_error('archive_missing_url');  
end
elseif is_set(OriginalURL) then -- DeadURL is empty, 'yes', 'true', 'y', 'unfit', 'usurped'
local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-dead'];
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
if in_array (DeadURL, {'unfit', 'usurped', 'bot: unknown'}) then
arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-unfit'];
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
Archived = sepc .. ' ' .. arch_text .. ArchiveDate; -- format already styled
if 'bot: unknown' == DeadURL then
add_maint_cat ('bot:_unknown'); -- and add a category if not already added
else
add_maint_cat ('unfit'); -- and add a category if not already added
end
else -- DeadURL is empty, 'yes', 'true', or 'y'
Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( arch_text,
{ external_link( OriginalURL, cfg.messages['original'], OriginalURLorigin, OriginalAccess ) .. OriginalFormat, ArchiveDate } ); -- format already styled
end
else
local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-missing'];
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( arch_text,
{ set_error('archive_missing_url'), ArchiveDate } );
end
elseif is_set (ArchiveFormat) then
Archived = ArchiveFormat; -- if set and ArchiveURL not set ArchiveFormat has error message
else
Archived = ""
end
local Lay = '';
if is_set(LayURL) then
if is_set(LayDate) then LayDate = " (" .. LayDate .. ")" end
if is_set(LaySource) then
LaySource = " &ndash; ''" .. safe_for_italics(LaySource) .. "''";
else
LaySource = "";
end
if sepc == '.' then
Lay = sepc .. " " .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary'], A:ORIGIN('LayURL'), nil ) .. LayFormat .. LaySource .. LayDate
else
Lay = sepc .. " " .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary']:lower(), A:ORIGIN('LayURL'), nil ) .. LayFormat .. LaySource .. LayDate
end
elseif is_set (LayFormat) then -- Test if |lay-format= is given without giving a |lay-url=
Lay = sepc .. LayFormat; -- if set and LayURL not set, then LayFormat has error message
end
 
if is_set(Transcript) then
if is_set(TranscriptURL) then
Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, Transcript, TranscriptURLorigin, nil );
end
Transcript = sepc .. ' ' .. Transcript .. TranscriptFormat;
elseif is_set(TranscriptURL) then
Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, nil, TranscriptURLorigin, nil );
end
 
local Publisher;
if is_set(PublicationDate) then
PublicationDate = wrap_msg ('published', PublicationDate);
end
if is_set(PublisherName) then
if is_set(PublicationPlace) then
Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. ": " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate;
else
Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate; 
end
elseif is_set(PublicationPlace) then
Publisher= sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. PublicationDate;
else
Publisher = PublicationDate;
end
-- Several of the above rely upon detecting this as nil, so do it last.
if is_set(Periodical) then
if is_set(Title) or is_set(TitleNote) then
Periodical = sepc .. " " .. wrap_style ('italic-title', Periodical)
else
Periodical = wrap_style ('italic-title', Periodical)
end
end
 
--[[
Handle the oddity that is cite speech.  This code overrides whatever may be the value assigned to TitleNote (through |department=) and forces it to be " (Speech)" so that
the annotation directly follows the |title= parameter value in the citation rather than the |event= parameter value (if provided).
]]
if "speech" == config.CitationClass then -- cite speech only
TitleNote = " (Speech)"; -- annotate the citation
if is_set (Periodical) then -- if Periodical, perhaps because of an included |website= or |journal= parameter
if is_set (Conference) then -- and if |event= is set
Conference = Conference .. sepc .. " "; -- then add appropriate punctuation to the end of the Conference variable before rendering
end
end
end
 
-- Piece all bits together at last.  Here, all should be non-nil.
-- We build things this way because it is more efficient in LUA
-- not to keep reassigning to the same string variable over and over.
 
local tcommon;
local tcommon2; -- used for book cite when |contributor= is set
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"journal","citation"}) and is_set(Periodical) then
if is_set(Others) then Others = Others .. sepc .. " " end
if 'mla' == Mode then
tcommon = safe_join( {Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Edition, Publisher, Agency, Volume}, sepc );
else
tcommon = safe_join( {Others, Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series,
Language, Edition, Publisher, Agency, Volume}, sepc );
end
elseif in_array(config.CitationClass, {"book","citation"}) and not is_set(Periodical) then -- special cases for book cites
if is_set (Contributors) then -- when we are citing foreword, preface, introduction, etc
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote}, sepc ); -- author and other stuff will come after this and before tcommon2
if 'mla' == Mode then
tcommon2 = safe_join( {Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
else
tcommon2 = safe_join( {Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
end
elseif 'mla' == Mode then
tcommon = safe_join( {TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
else
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
end
 
elseif 'map' == config.CitationClass then -- special cases for cite map
if is_set (Chapter) then -- map in a book; TitleType is part of Chapter
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc );
elseif is_set (Periodical) then -- map in a periodical
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Periodical, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc );
else -- a sheet or stand-alone map
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher}, sepc );
end
elseif 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite episode
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, TitleType, Series, Transcript, Language, Edition, Publisher}, sepc );
 
elseif ('news' == config.CitationClass) and ('mla' == Mode) then -- special case for cite news in MLA mode
tcommon = safe_join( {Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Edition, Agency}, sepc );
 
elseif ('web' == config.CitationClass) and ('mla' == Mode) then -- special case for cite web in MLA mode
tcommon = safe_join( {Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language,
Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
 
else -- all other CS1 templates
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language,
Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
end
if #ID_list > 0 then
ID_list = safe_join( { sepc .. " ",  table.concat( ID_list, sepc .. " " ), ID }, sepc );
else
ID_list = ID;
end
local idcommon = safe_join( { ID_list, URL, Archived, AccessDate, Via, SubscriptionRequired, Lay, Quote }, sepc );
local text;
local pgtext = Position .. Sheet .. Sheets .. Page .. Pages .. At;
 
if is_set(Date) then
if ('mla' == Mode) then
if in_array (config.CitationClass, {'book', 'news', 'web'}) then
Date = ', ' .. Date; -- origyear follows title in mla
elseif 'journal' == config.CitationClass then
Date = ', (' .. Date .. ')';
end
elseif is_set (Authors) or is_set (Editors) then -- date follows authors or editors when authors not set
Date = " (" .. Date ..")" .. OrigYear .. sepc .. " "; -- in paranetheses
else -- neither of authors and editors set
if (string.sub(tcommon,-1,-1) == sepc) then -- if the last character of tcommon is sepc
Date = " " .. Date .. OrigYear; -- Date does not begin with sepc
else
Date = sepc .. " " .. Date .. OrigYear; -- Date begins with sepc
end
end
end
if is_set(Authors) then
if (not is_set (Date)) or ('mla' == Mode) then -- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Authors termination
Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc); -- when no date, terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
end
if is_set(Editors) then
local in_text = " ";
local post_text = "";
if is_set(Chapter) and 0 == #c and 'mla' ~= Mode then
in_text = in_text .. cfg.messages['in'] .. " "
if (sepc ~= '.') then in_text = in_text:lower() end -- lowercase for cs2
elseif is_set(Chapter) and 'mla' == Mode then
if EditorCount <= 1 then
in_text = '. Ed. ';
else
in_text = '. Eds. ';
end
else
if EditorCount <= 1 then
post_text = ", " .. cfg.messages['editor'];
else
post_text = ", " .. cfg.messages['editors'];
end
end
Editors = terminate_name_list (in_text .. Editors .. post_text, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
end
if is_set (Contributors) then -- book cite and we're citing the intro, preface, etc
local by_text = sepc .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['by'] .. ' ';
if (sepc ~= '.') then by_text = by_text:lower() end -- lowercase for cs2
Authors = by_text .. Authors; -- author follows title so tweak it here
if is_set (Editors) and is_set (Date) and ('mla' ~= Mode) then -- when Editors make sure that Authors gets terminated
Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
end
if (not is_set (Date)) or ('mla' == Mode) then -- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Contributors termination
Contributors = terminate_name_list (Contributors, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
end
if 'mla' == Mode then
text = safe_join( {Contributors, Chapter, tcommon, OrigYear, Authors, Place, Others, Editors, tcommon2, Date, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc );
else
text = safe_join( {Contributors, Date, Chapter, tcommon, Authors, Place, Editors, tcommon2, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc );
end
elseif 'mla' == Mode then
tcommon = tcommon .. Date; -- hack to avoid duplicate separators
text = safe_join( {Authors, Chapter, Title, OrigYear, Others, Editors, Edition, Place, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc );
else
text = safe_join( {Authors, Date, Chapter, Place, Editors, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc );
end
elseif is_set(Editors) then
if is_set(Date) then
if EditorCount <= 1 then
Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editor'];
else
Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editors'];
end
else
if EditorCount <= 1 then
Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editor'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " "
else
Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editors'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " "
end
end
if 'mla' == Mode then
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {'journal', 'news', 'web'}) and is_set(Periodical) then
text = safe_join( {Editors, Title, Place, tcommon, pgtext, Date, idcommon}, sepc );
else
text = safe_join( {Editors, Chapter, Title, Place, tcommon, Date, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
end
else
text = safe_join( {Editors, Date, Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
end
elseif 'mla' == Mode then
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {'journal', 'news', 'web'}) and is_set(Periodical) then
text = safe_join( {Title, Place, tcommon, pgtext, Date, idcommon}, sepc );
else
text = safe_join( {Chapter, Title, Place, tcommon, Date, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
end
else
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"journal","citation"}) and is_set(Periodical) then
text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, Date, idcommon}, sepc );
else
text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, Date, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
end
end
if is_set(PostScript) and PostScript ~= sepc then
text = safe_join( {text, sepc}, sepc );  --Deals with italics, spaces, etc.
text = text:sub(1,-sepc:len()-1);
end
text = safe_join( {text, PostScript}, sepc );
 
-- Now enclose the whole thing in a <cite/> element
local options = {};
if is_set(config.CitationClass) and config.CitationClass ~= "citation" then
options.class = config.CitationClass;
options.class = "citation " .. config.CitationClass; -- class=citation required for blue highlight when used with |ref=
else
options.class = "citation";
end
if is_set(Ref) and Ref:lower() ~= "none" then -- set reference anchor if appropriate
local id = Ref
if ('harv' == Ref ) then
local namelist = {}; -- holds selected contributor, author, editor name list
local year = first_set ({Year, anchor_year}, 2); -- Year first for legacy citations and for YMD dates that require disambiguation
 
if #c > 0 then -- if there is a contributor list
namelist = c; -- select it
elseif #a > 0 then -- or an author list
namelist = a;
elseif #e > 0 then -- or an editor list
namelist = e;
end
if #namelist > 0 then -- if there are names in namelist
id = anchor_id (namelist, year); -- go make the CITEREF anchor
else
id = ''; -- unset
end
end
options.id = id;
end
if string.len(text:gsub("<span[^>/]*>(.-)</span>", "%1"):gsub("%b<>","")) <= 2 then -- remove <span> tags and other html-like markup; then get length of what remains
z.error_categories = {};
text = set_error('empty_citation');
z.message_tail = {};
end
if is_set(options.id) then -- here we wrap the rendered citation in <cite ...>...</cite> tags
text = substitute (cfg.presentation['cite-id'], {mw.uri.anchorEncode(options.id), mw.text.nowiki(options.class), text}); -- when |ref= is set
else
text = substitute (cfg.presentation['cite'], {mw.text.nowiki(options.class), text}); -- all other cases
end
 
text = text .. substitute (cfg.presentation['ocins'], {OCinSoutput}); -- append metadata to the citation
if #z.message_tail ~= 0 then
text = text .. " ";
for i,v in ipairs( z.message_tail ) do
if is_set(v[1]) then
if i == #z.message_tail then
text = text .. error_comment( v[1], v[2] );
else
text = text .. error_comment( v[1] .. "; ", v[2] );
end
end
end
end
 
if #z.maintenance_cats ~= 0 then
text = text .. '<span class="citation-comment" style="display:none; color:#33aa33; margin-left:0.3em">';
for _, v in ipairs( z.maintenance_cats ) do -- append maintenance categories
text = text .. v .. ' ([[:Category:' .. v ..'|link]])';
end
text = text .. '</span>'; -- maintenance mesages (realy just the names of the categories for now)
end
no_tracking_cats = no_tracking_cats:lower();
if in_array(no_tracking_cats, {"", "no", "false", "n", "nei"}) then
for _, v in ipairs( z.error_categories ) do
text = text .. '[[Category:' .. v ..']]';
end
for _, v in ipairs( z.maintenance_cats ) do -- append maintenance categories
text = text .. '[[Category:' .. v ..']]';
end
for _, v in ipairs( z.properties_cats ) do -- append maintenance categories
text = text .. '[[Category:' .. v ..']]';
end
end
return text
end
 
 
--[[--------------------------< C S 1 . C I T A T I O N >------------------------------------------------------
 
This is used by templates such as {{cite book}} to create the actual citation text.
 
]]


if #z.maintenance_cats ~= 0 then
function cs1.citation(frame)
text = text .. ' <span class="citation-comment" style="display:none; color:#33aa33">';
Frame = frame; -- save a copy incase we need to display an error message in preview mode
for _, v in ipairs( z.maintenance_cats ) do -- append maintenance categories
text = text .. v .. ' ([[:Category:' .. v ..'|link]])';
end
text = text .. '</span>'; -- maintenance mesages (realy just the names of the categories for now)
end
no_tracking_cats = no_tracking_cats:lower();
if in_array(no_tracking_cats, {"", "no", "false", "n"}) then
for _, v in ipairs( z.error_categories ) do
text = text .. '[[Category:' .. v ..']]';
end
for _, v in ipairs( z.maintenance_cats ) do -- append maintenance categories
text = text .. '[[Category:' .. v ..']]';
end
for _, v in ipairs( z.properties_cats ) do -- append maintenance categories
text = text .. '[[Category:' .. v ..']]';
end
end
return text
end
 
-- This is used by templates such as {{cite book}} to create the actual citation text.
function z.citation(frame)
local pframe = frame:getParent()
local pframe = frame:getParent()
local validation;
local validation, utilities, identifiers, metadata;
if nil ~= string.find (frame:getTitle(), 'sandbox', 1, true) then -- did the {{#invoke:}} use sandbox version?
if nil ~= string.find (frame:getTitle(), 'sandkasse', 1, true) then -- did the {{#invoke:}} use sandkasse version?
cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration/sandbox'); -- load sandbox versions of Configuration and Whitelist and ...
cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration/sandkasse'); -- load sandkasse versions of support modules
whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist/sandbox');
whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist/sandkasse');
validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation/sandbox'); -- ... sandbox version of date validation code
utilities = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities/sandkasse');
 
validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation/sandkasse');
identifiers = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers/sandkasse');
metadata = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/COinS/sandkasse');
else -- otherwise
else -- otherwise
cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration'); -- load live versions of Configuration and Whitelist and ...
cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration'); -- load live versions of support modules
whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist');
whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist');
validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation'); -- ... live version of date validation code
utilities = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities');
validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation');
identifiers = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers');
metadata = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/COinS');
end
end


dates = validation.dates; -- imported functions
utilities.set_selected_modules (cfg); -- so that functions in Utilities can see the cfg tables
identifiers.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in Identifiers can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module
validation.set_selected_modules (utilities); -- so that functions in Date validataion can see the selected Utilities module
metadata.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in COinS can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module
 
dates = validation.dates; -- imported functions from Module:Citation/CS1/Date validation
year_date_check = validation.year_date_check;
year_date_check = validation.year_date_check;
reformat_dates = validation.reformat_dates;
date_hyphen_to_dash = validation.date_hyphen_to_dash;
is_set = utilities.is_set; -- imported functions from Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
in_array = utilities.in_array;
substitute = utilities.substitute;
error_comment = utilities.error_comment;
set_error = utilities.set_error;
select_one = utilities.select_one;
add_maint_cat = utilities.add_maint_cat;
wrap_style = utilities.wrap_style;
safe_for_italics = utilities.safe_for_italics;
remove_wiki_link = utilities.remove_wiki_link;
z = utilities.z; -- table of error and category tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
extract_ids = identifiers.extract_ids; -- imported functions from Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers
build_id_list = identifiers.build_id_list;
is_embargoed = identifiers.is_embargoed;
extract_id_access_levels = identifiers.extract_id_access_levels;
make_coins_title = metadata.make_coins_title; -- imported functions from Module:Citation/CS1/COinS
get_coins_pages = metadata.get_coins_pages;
COinS = metadata.COinS;


local args = {};
local args = {}; -- table where we store all of the template's arguments
local suggestions = {};
local suggestions = {}; -- table where we store suggestions if we need to loadData them
local error_text, error_state;
local error_text, error_state;


local config = {};
local config = {}; -- table to store parameters from the module {{#invoke:}}
for k, v in pairs( frame.args ) do
for k, v in pairs( frame.args ) do
config[k] = v;
config[k] = v;
args[k] = v;  
-- args[k] = v; -- debug tool that allows us to render a citation from module {{#invoke:}}
end
end


local capture; -- the single supported capture when matching unknown parameters using patterns
for k, v in pairs( pframe.args ) do
for k, v in pairs( pframe.args ) do
if v ~= '' then
if v ~= '' then
if not validate( k ) then
if not validate( k, config.CitationClass ) then
error_text = "";
error_text = "";
if type( k ) ~= 'string' then
if type( k ) ~= 'string' then
Linje 3 121: Linje 3 568:
error_text, error_state = set_error( 'text_ignored', {v}, true );
error_text, error_state = set_error( 'text_ignored', {v}, true );
end
end
elseif validate( k:lower() ) then  
elseif validate( k:lower(), config.CitationClass ) then  
error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, k:lower()}, true );
error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, k:lower()}, true );
else
else
if #suggestions == 0 then
if nil == suggestions.suggestions then -- if this table is nil then we need to load it
suggestions = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions' );
if nil ~= string.find (frame:getTitle(), 'sandkasse', 1, true) then -- did the {{#invoke:}} use sandkasse version?
suggestions = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions/sandkasse' ); -- use the sandkasse version
else
suggestions = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions' ); -- use the live version
end
end
for pattern, param in pairs (suggestions.patterns) do -- loop through the patterns to see if we can suggest a proper parameter
capture = k:match (pattern); -- the whole match if no caputre in pattern else the capture if a match
if capture then -- if the pattern matches
param = substitute( param, capture ); -- add the capture to the suggested parameter (typically the enumerator)
error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, param}, true ); -- set the error message
end
end
end
if suggestions[ k:lower() ] ~= nil then
if not is_set (error_text) then -- couldn't match with a pattern, is there an expicit suggestion?
error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, suggestions[ k:lower() ]}, true );
if suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ] ~= nil then
else
error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ]}, true );
error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored', {k}, true );
else
error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored', {k}, true );
v = ''; -- unset value assigned to unrecognized parameters (this for the limited parameter lists)
end
end
end
end    
end    
Linje 3 137: Linje 3 598:
end
end
end
end
missing_pipe_check (v); -- do we think that there is a parameter that is missing a pipe?
args[k] = v;
args[k] = v;
elseif args[k] ~= nil or (k == 'postscript') then
elseif args[k] ~= nil or (k == 'postscript') then
Linje 3 142: Linje 3 605:
end
end
end
end
 
for k, v in pairs( args ) do
if 'string' == type (k) then -- don't evaluate positional parameters
has_invisible_chars (k, v);
end
end
return citation0( config, args)
return citation0( config, args)
end
end


return z
return cs1;

Siste sideversjon per 22. apr. 2026 kl. 01:08

Denne modulen og dens undermoduler er «motoren» bak CS1-stilen og de ulike kildemalene som følger denne ({{Kilde bok}}, {{Kilde www}}, osv…). Modulen er importert fra en:Module:Citation/CS1 og tilpasset norske forhold. De viktigste tilpasningene er i Modul:Citation/CS1/Configuration og Modul:Citation/CS1/Date validation, men det er gjort tilpasninger i omtrent alle undermodulene, så ved behov for å re-importere må man passe på dette. Re-importer alltid til sandkassene først.

Skal du gjøre endringer i denne modulen eller en av modulens undermoduler, prøv alltid i den tilhørende sandkassen først. Det finnes sandkasseversjoner av alle kildemalene som benytter Modul:Citation/CS1/sandkasse: {{Kilde bok/sandkasse}}, {{Kilde www/sandkasse}}, osv…, slik at du kan se hvordan disse blir påvirket av endringene dine.

Brukes av

Denne modulen brukes av følgende kildemaler:

Tilleggsmoduler


Vedlikeholdskategorier

Kategorien Sider med feil i referansemaler ikke funnet
--[[
Last synced with enwiki: 2017-06-05

List of changes that must be applied after a sync (might be incomplete!):
- replace "sandbox" with "sandkasse"
- Wrap some date fields in 'ISOtilNorskdato'
  - Modify archive_url_check call so ArchiveDate is not re-initialized
- Update tests for "no" or 'no' to also cover "nei" or 'nei' (e.g. DeadURL)
- Change `if 'none' == ps:lower()` to `if 'none' == ps:lower() or 'ingen' == ps:lower()`
]]

local cs1 ={};

--[[--------------------------< F O R W A R D   D E C L A R A T I O N S >--------------------------------------
]]

local dates, year_date_check, reformat_dates, date_hyphen_to_dash				-- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation

local is_set, in_array, substitute, error_comment, set_error, select_one,		-- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
	add_maint_cat, wrap_style, safe_for_italics, remove_wiki_link;

local z ={};																	-- tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities

local extract_ids, extract_id_access_levels, build_id_list, is_embargoed;		-- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers

local make_coins_title, get_coins_pages, COinS;									-- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/COinS

local cfg = {};																	-- table of configuration tables that are defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration
local whitelist = {};															-- table of tables listing valid template parameter names; defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist


--[[--------------------------< P A G E   S C O P E   V A R I A B L E S >--------------------------------------

delare variables here that have page-wide scope that are not brought in from other modules; thatare created here
and used here

]]

local added_deprecated_cat;														-- boolean flag so that the category is added only once
local added_prop_cats = {};														-- list of property categories that have been added to z.properties_cats
local added_vanc_errs;															-- boolean flag so we only emit one Vancouver error / category

local Frame;																	-- holds the module's frame table


--[[--------------------------< F I R S T _ S E T >------------------------------------------------------------

Locates and returns the first set value in a table of values where the order established in the table,
left-to-right (or top-to-bottom), is the order in which the values are evaluated.  Returns nil if none are set.

This version replaces the original 'for _, val in pairs do' and a similar version that used ipairs.  With the pairs
version the order of evaluation could not be guaranteed.  With the ipairs version, a nil value would terminate
the for-loop before it reached the actual end of the list.

]]

local function first_set (list, count)
	local i = 1;
	while i <= count do															-- loop through all items in list
		if is_set( list[i] ) then
			return list[i];														-- return the first set list member
		end
		i = i + 1;																-- point to next
	end
end

--[[--------------------------< A D D _ P R O P _ C A T >--------------------------------------------------------

Adds a category to z.properties_cats using names from the configuration file with additional text if any.

added_prop_cats is a table declared in page scope variables above

]]

local function add_prop_cat (key, arguments)
	if not added_prop_cats [key] then
		added_prop_cats [key] = true;											-- note that we've added this category
		table.insert( z.properties_cats, substitute (cfg.prop_cats [key], arguments));		-- make name then add to table
	end
end

--[[--------------------------< A D D _ V A N C _ E R R O R >----------------------------------------------------

Adds a single Vancouver system error message to the template's output regardless of how many error actually exist.
To prevent duplication, added_vanc_errs is nil until an error message is emitted.

added_vanc_errs is a boolean declared in page scope variables above

]]

local function add_vanc_error (source)
	if not added_vanc_errs then
		added_vanc_errs = true;													-- note that we've added this category
		table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'vancouver', {source}, true ) } );
	end
end


--[[--------------------------< I S _ S C H E M E >------------------------------------------------------------

does this thing that purports to be a uri scheme seem to be a valid scheme?  The scheme is checked to see if it
is in agreement with http://tools.ietf.org/html/std66#section-3.1 which says:
	Scheme names consist of a sequence of characters beginning with a
   letter and followed by any combination of letters, digits, plus
   ("+"), period ("."), or hyphen ("-").

returns true if it does, else false

]]

local function is_scheme (scheme)
	return scheme and scheme:match ('^%a[%a%d%+%.%-]*:');						-- true if scheme is set and matches the pattern
end


--[=[-------------------------< I S _ D O M A I N _ N A M E >--------------------------------------------------

Does this thing that purports to be a domain name seem to be a valid domain name?

Syntax defined here: http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034#section-3.5
BNF defined here: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4234
Single character names are generally reserved; see https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-dnsind-iana-dns-01#page-15;
	see also [[Single-letter second-level domain]]
list of tlds: https://www.iana.org/domains/root/db

rfc952 (modified by rfc 1123) requires the first and last character of a hostname to be a letter or a digit.  Between
the first and last characters the name may use letters, digits, and the hyphen.

Also allowed are IPv4 addresses. IPv6 not supported

domain is expected to be stripped of any path so that the last character in the last character of the tld.  tld
is two or more alpha characters.  Any preceding '//' (from splitting a url with a scheme) will be stripped
here.  Perhaps not necessary but retained incase it is necessary for IPv4 dot decimal.

There are several tests:
	the first character of the whole domain name including subdomains must be a letter or a digit
	internationalized domain name (ascii characters with .xn-- ASCII Compatible Encoding (ACE) prefix xn-- in the tld) see https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3490
	single-letter/digit second-level domains in the .org TLD
	q, x, and z SL domains in the .com TLD
	i and q SL domains in the .net TLD
	single-letter SL domains in the ccTLDs (where the ccTLD is two letters)
	two-character SL domains in gTLDs (where the gTLD is two or more letters)
	three-plus-character SL domains in gTLDs (where the gTLD is two or more letters)
	IPv4 dot-decimal address format; TLD not allowed

returns true if domain appears to be a proper name and tld or IPv4 address, else false

]=]

local function is_domain_name (domain)
	if not domain then
		return false;															-- if not set, abandon
	end
	
	domain = domain:gsub ('^//', '');											-- strip '//' from domain name if present; done here so we only have to do it once
	
	if not domain:match ('^[%a%d]') then										-- first character must be letter or digit
		return false;
	end
																				-- Do most common case first
	if domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d][%a%d%-]+[%a%d]%.%a%a+$') then				-- three or more character hostname.hostname or hostname.tld
		return true;
	elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d][%a%d%-]+[%a%d]%.xn%-%-[%a%d]+$') then	-- internationalized domain name with ACE prefix
		return true;
	elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d]%.org$') then							-- one character .org hostname
		return true;
	elseif domain:match ('%f[%a][qxz]%.com$') then								-- assigned one character .com hostname (x.com times out 2015-12-10)
		return true;
	elseif domain:match ('%f[%a][iq]%.net$') then								-- assigned one character .net hostname (q.net registered but not active 2015-12-10)
		return true;
	elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d]%.%a%a$') then							-- one character hostname and cctld (2 chars)
		return true;
	elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d][%a%d]%.%a%a+$') then					-- two character hostname and tld
		return true;
	elseif domain:match ('^%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?') then		-- IPv4 address
		return true;
	else
		return false;
	end
end


--[[--------------------------< I S _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------------

returns true if the scheme and domain parts of a url appear to be a valid url; else false.

This function is the last step in the validation process.  This function is separate because there are cases that
are not covered by split_url(), for example is_parameter_ext_wikilink() which is looking for bracketted external
wikilinks.

]]

local function is_url (scheme, domain)
	if is_set (scheme) then														-- if scheme is set check it and domain
		return is_scheme (scheme) and is_domain_name (domain);
	else
		return is_domain_name (domain);											-- scheme not set when url is protocol relative
	end
end


--[[--------------------------< S P L I T _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------

Split a url into a scheme, authority indicator, and domain.

First remove Fully Qualified Domain Name terminator (a dot following tld) (if any) and any path(/), query(?) or fragment(#).

If protocol relative url, return nil scheme and domain else return nil for both scheme and domain.

When not protocol relative, get scheme, authority indicator, and domain.  If there is an authority indicator (one
or more '/' characters immediately following the scheme's colon), make sure that there are only 2.

Strip off any port and path;

]]

local function split_url (url_str)
	local scheme, authority, domain;
	
	url_str = url_str:gsub ('([%a%d])%.?[/%?#].*$', '%1');						-- strip FQDN terminator and path(/), query(?), fragment (#) (the capture prevents false replacement of '//')

	if url_str:match ('^//%S*') then											-- if there is what appears to be a protocol relative url
		domain = url_str:match ('^//(%S*)')
	elseif url_str:match ('%S-:/*%S+') then										-- if there is what appears to be a scheme, optional authority indicator, and domain name
		scheme, authority, domain = url_str:match ('(%S-:)(/*)(%S+)');			-- extract the scheme, authority indicator, and domain portions
		authority = authority:gsub ('//', '', 1);								-- replace place 1 pair of '/' with nothing;
		if is_set(authority) then												-- if anything left (1 or 3+ '/' where authority should be) then
			return scheme;														-- return scheme only making domain nil which will cause an error message
		end
		domain = domain:gsub ('(%a):%d+', '%1');								-- strip port number if present
	end
	
	return scheme, domain;
end


--[[--------------------------< L I N K _ P A R A M _ O K >---------------------------------------------------

checks the content of |title-link=, |series-link=, |author-link= etc for properly formatted content: no wikilinks, no urls

Link parameters are to hold the title of a wikipedia article so none of the WP:TITLESPECIALCHARACTERS are allowed:
	# < > [ ] | { } _
except the underscore which is used as a space in wiki urls and # which is used for section links

returns false when the value contains any of these characters.

When there are no illegal characters, this function returns TRUE if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid url (the
|<param>-link= parameter is ok); else false when value appears to be a valid url (the |<param>-link= parameter is NOT ok).

]]

local function link_param_ok (value)
	local scheme, domain;
	if value:find ('[<>%[%]|{}]') then											-- if any prohibited characters
		return false;
	end

	scheme, domain = split_url (value);											-- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from url; 
	return not is_url (scheme, domain);											-- return true if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid url
end

--[[--------------------------< L I N K _ T I T L E _ O K >---------------------------------------------------

Use link_param_ok() to validate |<param>-link= value and its matching |<title>= value.

|<title>= may be wikilinked but not when |<param>-link= has a value.  This function emits an error message when
that condition exists

]]

local function link_title_ok (link, lorig, title, torig)
local orig;

	if is_set (link) then 														-- don't bother if <param>-link doesn't have a value
		if not link_param_ok (link) then										-- check |<param>-link= markup
			orig = lorig;														-- identify the failing link parameter
		elseif title:find ('%[%[') then											-- check |title= for wikilink markup
			orig = torig;														-- identify the failing |title= parameter
		end
	end

	if is_set (orig) then
		table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'bad_paramlink', orig)});	-- url or wikilink in |title= with |title-link=;
	end
end


--[[--------------------------< C H E C K _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------

Determines whether a URL string appears to be valid.

First we test for space characters.  If any are found, return false.  Then split the url into scheme and domain
portions, or for protocol relative (//example.com) urls, just the domain.  Use is_url() to validate the two
portions of the url.  If both are valid, or for protocol relative if domain is valid, return true, else false.

Because it is different from a standard url, and because this module used external_link() to make external links
that work for standard and news: links, we validate newsgroup names here.  The specification for a newsgroup name
is at https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5536#section-3.1.4

]]

local function check_url( url_str )
	if nil == url_str:match ("^%S+$") then										-- if there are any spaces in |url=value it can't be a proper url
		return false;
	end
	local scheme, domain;

	scheme, domain = split_url (url_str);										-- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from url;
	
	if 'news:' == scheme then													-- special case for newsgroups
		return domain:match('^[%a%d%+%-_]+%.[%a%d%+%-_%.]*[%a%d%+%-_]$');
	end
	
	return is_url (scheme, domain);												-- return true if value appears to be a valid url
end


--[=[-------------------------< I S _ P A R A M E T E R _ E X T _ W I K I L I N K >----------------------------

Return true if a parameter value has a string that begins and ends with square brackets [ and ] and the first
non-space characters following the opening bracket appear to be a url.  The test will also find external wikilinks
that use protocol relative urls. Also finds bare urls.

The frontier pattern prevents a match on interwiki links which are similar to scheme:path urls.  The tests that
find bracketed urls are required because the parameters that call this test (currently |title=, |chapter=, |work=,
and |publisher=) may have wikilinks and there are articles or redirects like '//Hus' so, while uncommon, |title=[[//Hus]]
is possible as might be [[en://Hus]].

]=]

local function is_parameter_ext_wikilink (value)
local scheme, domain;

	if value:match ('%f[%[]%[%a%S*:%S+.*%]') then								-- if ext wikilink with scheme and domain: [xxxx://yyyyy.zzz]
		scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('%f[%[]%[(%a%S*:%S+).*%]'));
	elseif value:match ('%f[%[]%[//%S+.*%]') then								-- if protocol relative ext wikilink: [//yyyyy.zzz]
		scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('%f[%[]%[(//%S+).*%]'));
	elseif value:match ('%a%S*:%S+') then										-- if bare url with scheme; may have leading or trailing plain text
		scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('(%a%S*:%S+)'));
	elseif value:match ('//%S+') then											-- if protocol relative bare url: //yyyyy.zzz; may have leading or trailing plain text
		scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('(//%S+)'));					-- what is left should be the domain
	else
		return false;															-- didn't find anything that is obviously a url
	end

	return is_url (scheme, domain);												-- return true if value appears to be a valid url
end


--[[-------------------------< C H E C K _ F O R _ U R L >-----------------------------------------------------

loop through a list of parameters and their values.  Look at the value and if it has an external link, emit an error message.

]]

local function check_for_url (parameter_list)
local error_message = '';
	for k, v in pairs (parameter_list) do										-- for each parameter in the list
		if is_parameter_ext_wikilink (v) then									-- look at the value; if there is a url add an error message
			if is_set(error_message) then										-- once we've added the first portion of the error message ...
				error_message=error_message .. ", ";							-- ... add a comma space separator
			end
			error_message=error_message .. "&#124;" .. k .. "=";				-- add the failed parameter
		end
	end
	if is_set (error_message) then												-- done looping, if there is an error message, display it
		table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'param_has_ext_link', {error_message}, true ) } );
	end
end


--[[--------------------------< S A F E _ F O R _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------

Escape sequences for content that will be used for URL descriptions

]]

local function safe_for_url( str )
	if str:match( "%[%[.-%]%]" ) ~= nil then 
		table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'wikilink_in_url', {}, true ) } );
	end
	
	return str:gsub( '[%[%]\n]', {	
		['['] = '&#91;',
		[']'] = '&#93;',
		['\n'] = ' ' } );
end

--[[--------------------------< E X T E R N A L _ L I N K >----------------------------------------------------

Format an external link with error checking

]]

local function external_link( URL, label, source, access)
	local error_str = "";
	local domain;
	local path;
	local base_url;
	
	if not is_set( label ) then
		label = URL;
		if is_set( source ) then
			error_str = set_error( 'bare_url_missing_title', { wrap_style ('parameter', source) }, false, " " );
		else
			error( cfg.messages["bare_url_no_origin"] );
		end			
	end
	if not check_url( URL ) then
		error_str = set_error( 'bad_url', {wrap_style ('parameter', source)}, false, " " ) .. error_str;
	end
	
	domain, path = URL:match ('^([/%.%-%+:%a%d]+)([/%?#].*)$');					-- split the url into scheme plus domain and path
	if path then																-- if there is a path portion
		path = path:gsub ('[%[%]]', {['[']='%5b',[']']='%5d'});					-- replace '[' and ']' with their percent encoded values
		URL=domain..path;														-- and reassemble
	end
	
	if is_set (access) then														-- access level (subscription, registration, limited)
		local label_head = '';
		local label_tail;
		local markup = '';														-- can't start a span inside italic markup and end it outside the italic markup

		label = safe_for_url (label);											-- replace square brackets and newlines (is this necessary? already done above?)
		if label:match ("(.*)%s+(.+)('''?)$") then								-- for italicized titles (cite book, etc)
			label_head, label_tail, markup = label:match ("(.*)%s+(.+)('''?)$");	-- split the label at the right-most space; separate the markup
		elseif label:match ("(.*)%s+(.+)$") then								-- for upright titles (journal, news, magazine, etc)
			label_head, label_tail = label:match ("(.*)%s+(.+)$");				-- split the label at the right-most space; no markup 
		elseif label:match ("(.+)('''?)$") then									-- single word label with markup
			label_tail, markup = label:match ("(.+)('''?)$");					-- save label text as label tail; separate the markup
		else
			label_tail = label;
		end

		base_url = table.concat (
			{
			'<span class="plainlinks">[',										-- opening css
			URL,																-- the url
			' ',																-- the required space
			label_head,															-- all but the last word of the label
			' <span class="nowrap">',											-- nowrap css for the last word and the signal icon
			label_tail,															-- last (or only) word of the label inside the span
			'<span style="padding-left:0.15em">',								-- signal spacing css
			cfg.presentation[access],											-- the appropriate icon
			'</span></span>',													-- close signal spacing and nowrap spans
			markup,																-- insert italic markup if any
			']</span>'															-- close the plain links span
			});
	else
		base_url = table.concat({ "[", URL, " ", safe_for_url( label ), "]" });	-- no signal markup
	end
	
	return table.concat({ base_url, error_str });
end


--[[--------------------------< D E P R E C A T E D _ P A R A M E T E R >--------------------------------------

Categorize and emit an error message when the citation contains one or more deprecated parameters.  The function includes the
offending parameter name to the error message.  Only one error message is emitted regardless of the number of deprecated
parameters in the citation.

added_deprecated_cat is a boolean declared in page scope variables above

]]

local function deprecated_parameter(name)
	if not added_deprecated_cat then
		added_deprecated_cat = true;											-- note that we've added this category
		table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'deprecated_params', {name}, true ) } );		-- add error message
	end
end

--[[--------------------------< K E R N _ Q U O T E S >--------------------------------------------------------

Apply kerning to open the space between the quote mark provided by the Module and a leading or trailing quote mark contained in a |title= or |chapter= parameter's value.
This function will positive kern either single or double quotes:
	"'Unkerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks'"
	" 'Kerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks' " (in real life the kerning isn't as wide as this example)
Double single quotes (italic or bold wikimarkup) are not kerned.

Replaces unicode quotemarks with typewriter quote marks regardless of the need for kerning.

Call this function for chapter titles, for website titles, etc; not for book titles.

]]

local function kern_quotes (str)
	local cap='';
	local cap2='';
																				-- TODO: move this elswhere so that all title-holding elements get these quote marks replaced?
--	str= mw.ustring.gsub (str, '[“”]', '\"');									-- replace “” (U+201C & U+201D) with " (typewriter double quote mark)
--	str= mw.ustring.gsub (str, '[‘’]', '\'');									-- replace ‘’ (U+2018 & U+2019) with ' (typewriter single quote mark)
	
	cap, cap2 = str:match ("^([\"\'])([^\'].+)");								-- match leading double or single quote but not double single quotes
	if is_set (cap) then
		str = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-left'], {cap, cap2});
	end

	cap, cap2 = str:match ("^(.+[^\'])([\"\'])$")
	if is_set (cap) then
		str = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-right'], {cap, cap2});
	end
	return str;
end

--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ S C R I P T _ V A L U E >----------------------------------------

|script-title= holds title parameters that are not written in Latin based scripts: Chinese, Japanese, Arabic, Hebrew, etc. These scripts should
not be italicized and may be written right-to-left.  The value supplied by |script-title= is concatenated onto Title after Title has been wrapped
in italic markup.

Regardless of language, all values provided by |script-title= are wrapped in <bdi>...</bdi> tags to isolate rtl languages from the English left to right.

|script-title= provides a unique feature.  The value in |script-title= may be prefixed with a two-character ISO639-1 language code and a colon:
	|script-title=ja:*** *** (where * represents a Japanese character)
Spaces between the two-character code and the colon and the colon and the first script character are allowed:
	|script-title=ja : *** ***
	|script-title=ja: *** ***
	|script-title=ja :*** ***
Spaces preceding the prefix are allowed: |script-title = ja:*** ***

The prefix is checked for validity.  If it is a valid ISO639-1 language code, the lang attribute (lang="ja") is added to the <bdi> tag so that browsers can
know the language the tag contains.  This may help the browser render the script more correctly.  If the prefix is invalid, the lang attribute
is not added.  At this time there is no error message for this condition.

Supports |script-title= and |script-chapter=

TODO: error messages when prefix is invalid ISO639-1 code; when script_value has prefix but no script;
]]

local function format_script_value (script_value)
	local lang='';																-- initialize to empty string
	local name;
	if script_value:match('^%l%l%s*:') then										-- if first 3 non-space characters are script language prefix
		lang = script_value:match('^(%l%l)%s*:%s*%S.*');						-- get the language prefix or nil if there is no script
		if not is_set (lang) then
			return '';															-- script_value was just the prefix so return empty string
		end
																				-- if we get this far we have prefix and script
		name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang, "en" );						-- get language name so that we can use it to categorize
		if is_set (name) then													-- is prefix a proper ISO 639-1 language code?
			script_value = script_value:gsub ('^%l%l%s*:%s*', '');				-- strip prefix from script
																				-- is prefix one of these language codes?
			if in_array (lang, cfg.script_lang_codes) then
				add_prop_cat ('script_with_name', {name, lang})
			else
				add_prop_cat ('script')
			end
			lang = ' lang="' .. lang .. '" ';									-- convert prefix into a lang attribute
		else
			lang = '';															-- invalid so set lang to empty string
		end
	end
	script_value = substitute (cfg.presentation['bdi'], {lang, script_value});	-- isolate in case script is rtl

	return script_value;
end

--[[--------------------------< S C R I P T _ C O N C A T E N A T E >------------------------------------------

Initially for |title= and |script-title=, this function concatenates those two parameter values after the script value has been 
wrapped in <bdi> tags.
]]

local function script_concatenate (title, script)
	if is_set (script) then
		script = format_script_value (script);									-- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; returns empty string on error
		if is_set (script) then
			title = title .. ' ' .. script;										-- concatenate title and script title
		end
	end
	return title;
end


--[[--------------------------< W R A P _ M S G >--------------------------------------------------------------

Applies additional message text to various parameter values. Supplied string is wrapped using a message_list
configuration taking one argument.  Supports lower case text for {{citation}} templates.  Additional text taken
from citation_config.messages - the reason this function is similar to but separate from wrap_style().

]]

local function wrap_msg (key, str, lower)
	if not is_set( str ) then
		return "";
	end
	if true == lower then
		local msg;
		msg = cfg.messages[key]:lower();										-- set the message to lower case before 
		return substitute( msg, str );										-- including template text
	else
		return substitute( cfg.messages[key], str );
	end		
end


--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ C H A P T E R _ T I T L E >--------------------------------------

Format the four chapter parameters: |script-chapter=, |chapter=, |trans-chapter=, and |chapter-url= into a single Chapter meta-
parameter (chapter_url_source used for error messages).

]]

local function format_chapter_title (scriptchapter, chapter, transchapter, chapterurl, chapter_url_source, no_quotes)
	local chapter_error = '';
	
	if not is_set (chapter) then
		chapter = '';															-- to be safe for concatenation
	else
		if false == no_quotes then
			chapter = kern_quotes (chapter);										-- if necessary, separate chapter title's leading and trailing quote marks from Module provided quote marks
			chapter = wrap_style ('quoted-title', chapter);
		end
	end

	chapter = script_concatenate (chapter, scriptchapter)						-- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped

	if is_set (transchapter) then
		transchapter = wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', transchapter);
		if is_set (chapter) then
			chapter = chapter ..  ' ' .. transchapter;
		else																	-- here when transchapter without chapter or script-chapter
			chapter = transchapter;												-- 
			chapter_error = ' ' .. set_error ('trans_missing_title', {'kapittel'});
		end
	end

	if is_set (chapterurl) then
		chapter = external_link (chapterurl, chapter, chapter_url_source, nil);		-- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate
	end

	return chapter .. chapter_error;
end

--[[--------------------------< H A S _ I N V I S I B L E _ C H A R S >----------------------------------------

This function searches a parameter's value for nonprintable or invisible characters.  The search stops at the
first match.

This function will detect the visible replacement character when it is part of the wikisource.

Detects but ignores nowiki and math stripmarkers.  Also detects other named stripmarkers (gallery, math, pre, ref)
and identifies them with a slightly different error message.  See also coins_cleanup().

Detects but ignores the character pattern that results from the transclusion of {{'}} templates.

Output of this function is an error message that identifies the character or the Unicode group, or the stripmarker
that was detected along with its position (or, for multi-byte characters, the position of its first byte) in the
parameter value.

]]

local function has_invisible_chars (param, v)
	local position = '';														-- position of invisible char or starting position of stripmarker
	local dummy;																-- end of matching string; not used but required to hold end position when a capture is returned
	local capture;																-- used by stripmarker detection to hold name of the stripmarker
	local i=1;
	local stripmarker, apostrophe;
	
	capture = string.match (v, '[%w%p ]*');										-- Test for values that are simple ASCII text and bypass other tests if true
	if capture == v then														-- if same there are no unicode characters
		return;
	end

	while cfg.invisible_chars[i] do
		local char=cfg.invisible_chars[i][1]									-- the character or group name
		local pattern=cfg.invisible_chars[i][2]									-- the pattern used to find it
		position, dummy, capture = mw.ustring.find (v, pattern)					-- see if the parameter value contains characters that match the pattern
		
		if position then
			if 'nowiki' == capture or 'math' == capture or						-- nowiki and math stripmarkers (not an error condition)
				('templatestyles' == capture and in_array (param, {'id', 'quote'})) then	-- templatestyles stripmarker allowed in these parameters
					stripmarker = true;											-- set a flag
			elseif true == stripmarker and 'delete' == char then				-- because stripmakers begin and end with the delete char, assume that we've found one end of a stripmarker
				position = nil;													-- unset
			else
				local err_msg;
				if capture then
					err_msg = capture .. ' ' .. char;
				else
					err_msg = char .. '-' .. 'tegn';
				end

				table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invisible_char', {err_msg, wrap_style ('parameter', param), position}, true ) } );	-- add error message
				return;															-- and done with this parameter
			end
		end
		i=i+1;																	-- bump our index
	end
end


--[[--------------------------< A R G U M E N T _ W R A P P E R >----------------------------------------------

Argument wrapper.  This function provides support for argument mapping defined in the configuration file so that
multiple names can be transparently aliased to single internal variable.

]]

local function argument_wrapper( args )
	local origin = {};
	
	return setmetatable({
		ORIGIN = function( self, k )
			local dummy = self[k]; --force the variable to be loaded.
			return origin[k];
		end
	},
	{
		__index = function ( tbl, k )
			if origin[k] ~= nil then
				return nil;
			end
			
			local args, list, v = args, cfg.aliases[k];
			
			if type( list ) == 'table' then
				v, origin[k] = select_one( args, list, 'redundant_parameters' );
				if origin[k] == nil then
					origin[k] = ''; -- Empty string, not nil
				end
			elseif list ~= nil then
				v, origin[k] = args[list], list;
			else
				-- maybe let through instead of raising an error?
				-- v, origin[k] = args[k], k;
				error( cfg.messages['unknown_argument_map'] );
			end
			
			-- Empty strings, not nil;
			if v == nil then
				v = cfg.defaults[k] or '';
				origin[k] = '';
			end
			
			tbl = rawset( tbl, k, v );
			return v;
		end,
	});
end

--[[--------------------------< V A L I D A T E >--------------------------------------------------------------

Looks for a parameter's name in one of several whitelists.

Parameters in the whitelist can have three values:
	true - active, supported parameters
	false - deprecated, supported parameters
	nil - unsupported parameters
	
]]

--local function validate( name )
local function validate( name, cite_class )
	local name = tostring( name );
	local state;
	
	if in_array (cite_class, {'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx'}) then				-- limited parameter sets allowed for these templates
		state = whitelist.limited_basic_arguments[ name ];
		if true == state then return true; end									-- valid actively supported parameter
		if false == state then
			deprecated_parameter (name);										-- parameter is deprecated but still supported
			return true;
		end

		if 'arxiv' == cite_class then											-- basic parameters unique to these templates
			state = whitelist.arxiv_basic_arguments[name];
		end
		if 'biorxiv' == cite_class then
			state = whitelist.biorxiv_basic_arguments[name];
		end
		if 'citeseerx' == cite_class then
			state = whitelist.citeseerx_basic_arguments[name];
		end

		if true == state then return true; end									-- valid actively supported parameter
		if false == state then
			deprecated_parameter (name);										-- parameter is deprecated but still supported
			return true;
		end
																				-- limited enumerated parameters list
		name = name:gsub( "%d+", "#" );											-- replace digit(s) with # (last25 becomes last#)
		state = whitelist.limited_numbered_arguments[ name ];
		if true == state then return true; end									-- valid actively supported parameter
		if false == state then
			deprecated_parameter (name);										-- parameter is deprecated but still supported
			return true;
		end

		return false;															-- not supported because not found or name is set to nil
	end																			-- end limited parameter-set templates
		
	state = whitelist.basic_arguments[ name ];									-- all other templates; all normal parameters allowed
											
	if true == state then return true; end										-- valid actively supported parameter
	if false == state then
		deprecated_parameter (name);											-- parameter is deprecated but still supported
		return true;
	end
																				-- all enumerated parameters allowed
	name = name:gsub( "%d+", "#" );												-- replace digit(s) with # (last25 becomes last#
	state = whitelist.numbered_arguments[ name ];

	if true == state then return true; end										-- valid actively supported parameter
	if false == state then
		deprecated_parameter (name);											-- parameter is deprecated but still supported
		return true;
	end
	
	return false;																-- not supported because not found or name is set to nil
end


--[[--------------------------< N O W R A P _ D A T E >--------------------------------------------------------

When date is YYYY-MM-DD format wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>YYYY-MM-DD</span>.  When date is DD MMMM YYYY or is
MMMM DD, YYYY then wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>DD MMMM</span> YYYY or <span ...>MMMM DD,</span> YYYY

DOES NOT yet support MMMM YYYY or any of the date ranges.

]]

local function nowrap_date (date)
	local cap='';
	local cap2='';

	if date:match("^%d%d%d%d%-%d%d%-%d%d$") then
		date = substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap1'], date);
	
	elseif date:match("^%a+%s*%d%d?,%s+%d%d%d%d$") or date:match ("^%d%d?%s*%a+%s+%d%d%d%d$") then
		cap, cap2 = string.match (date, "^(.*)%s+(%d%d%d%d)$");
		date = substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap2'], {cap, cap2});
	end
	
	return date;
end

--[[--------------------------< S E T _ T I T L E T Y P E >----------------------------------------------------

This function sets default title types (equivalent to the citation including |type=<default value>) for those templates that have defaults.
Also handles the special case where it is desirable to omit the title type from the rendered citation (|type=none).

]]

local function set_titletype (cite_class, title_type)
	if is_set(title_type) then
		if "none" == title_type then
			title_type = "";													-- if |type=none then type parameter not displayed
		end
		return title_type;														-- if |type= has been set to any other value use that value
	end

	return cfg.title_types [cite_class] or '';									-- set template's default title type; else empty string for concatenation
end


--[[--------------------------< H Y P H E N _ T O _ D A S H >--------------------------------------------------

Converts a hyphen to a dash

]]

local function hyphen_to_dash( str )
	if not is_set(str) or str:match( "[%[%]{}<>]" ) ~= nil then
		return str;
	end	
	return str:gsub( '-', '–' );
end


--[[--------------------------< S A F E _ J O I N >------------------------------------------------------------

Joins a sequence of strings together while checking for duplicate separation characters.

]]

local function safe_join( tbl, duplicate_char )
	--[[
	Note: we use string functions here, rather than ustring functions.
	
	This has considerably faster performance and should work correctly as 
	long as the duplicate_char is strict ASCII.  The strings
	in tbl may be ASCII or UTF8.
	]]
	
	local str = '';																-- the output string
	local comp = '';															-- what does 'comp' mean?
	local end_chr = '';
	local trim;
	for _, value in ipairs( tbl ) do
		if value == nil then value = ''; end
		
		if str == '' then														-- if output string is empty
			str = value;														-- assign value to it (first time through the loop)
		elseif value ~= '' then
			if value:sub(1,1) == '<' then										-- Special case of values enclosed in spans and other markup.
				comp = value:gsub( "%b<>", "" );								-- remove html markup (<span>string</span> -> string)
			else
				comp = value;
			end
																				-- typically duplicate_char is sepc
			if comp:sub(1,1) == duplicate_char then								-- is first charactier same as duplicate_char? why test first character?
																				--   Because individual string segments often (always?) begin with terminal punct for th
																				--   preceding segment: 'First element' .. 'sepc next element' .. etc?
				trim = false;
				end_chr = str:sub(-1,-1);										-- get the last character of the output string
				-- str = str .. "<HERE(enchr=" .. end_chr.. ")"					-- debug stuff?
				if end_chr == duplicate_char then								-- if same as separator
					str = str:sub(1,-2);										-- remove it
				elseif end_chr == "'" then										-- if it might be wikimarkup
					if str:sub(-3,-1) == duplicate_char .. "''" then			-- if last three chars of str are sepc'' 
						str = str:sub(1, -4) .. "''";							-- remove them and add back ''
					elseif str:sub(-5,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]]''" then		-- if last five chars of str are sepc]]'' 
						trim = true;											-- why? why do this and next differently from previous?
					elseif str:sub(-4,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]''" then		-- if last four chars of str are sepc]'' 
						trim = true;											-- same question
					end
				elseif end_chr == "]" then										-- if it might be wikimarkup
					if str:sub(-3,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]]" then			-- if last three chars of str are sepc]] wikilink 
						trim = true;
					elseif str:sub(-2,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]" then			-- if last two chars of str are sepc] external link
						trim = true;
					elseif str:sub(-4,-1) == duplicate_char .. "'']" then		-- normal case when |url=something & |title=Title.
						trim = true;
					end
				elseif end_chr == " " then										-- if last char of output string is a space
					if str:sub(-2,-1) == duplicate_char .. " " then				-- if last two chars of str are <sepc><space>
						str = str:sub(1,-3);									-- remove them both
					end
				end

				if trim then
					if value ~= comp then 										-- value does not equal comp when value contains html markup
						local dup2 = duplicate_char;
						if dup2:match( "%A" ) then dup2 = "%" .. dup2; end		-- if duplicate_char not a letter then escape it
						
						value = value:gsub( "(%b<>)" .. dup2, "%1", 1 )			-- remove duplicate_char if it follows html markup
					else
						value = value:sub( 2, -1 );								-- remove duplicate_char when it is first character
					end
				end
			end
			str = str .. value;													--add it to the output string
		end
	end
	return str;
end  


--[[--------------------------< I S _ S U F F I X >------------------------------------------------------------

returns true is suffix is properly formed Jr, Sr, or ordinal in the range 2–9.  Puncutation not allowed.

]]

local function is_suffix (suffix)
	if in_array (suffix, {'Jr', 'Sr', '2nd', '3rd'}) or suffix:match ('^%dth$') then
		return true;
	end
	return false;
end

--[[--------------------------< I S _ G O O D _ V A N C _ N A M E >--------------------------------------------

For Vancouver Style, author/editor names are supposed to be rendered in Latin (read ASCII) characters.  When a name
uses characters that contain diacritical marks, those characters are to converted to the corresponding Latin character.
When a name is written using a non-Latin alphabet or logogram, that name is to be transliterated into Latin characters.
These things are not currently possible in this module so are left to the editor to do.

This test allows |first= and |last= names to contain any of the letters defined in the four Unicode Latin character sets
	[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0000.pdf C0 Controls and Basic Latin] 0041–005A, 0061–007A
	[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0080.pdf C1 Controls and Latin-1 Supplement] 00C0–00D6, 00D8–00F6, 00F8–00FF
	[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0100.pdf Latin Extended-A] 0100–017F
	[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0180.pdf Latin Extended-B] 0180–01BF, 01C4–024F

|lastn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, and apostrophes. (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/)
|firstn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, apostrophes, and periods

This original test:
	if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%']*$") or nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%'%.]+[2-6%a]*$") then
was written ouside of the code editor and pasted here because the code editor gets confused between character insertion point and cursor position.
The test has been rewritten to use decimal character escape sequence for the individual bytes of the unicode characters so that it is not necessary
to use an external editor to maintain this code.

	\195\128-\195\150 – À-Ö (U+00C0–U+00D6 – C0 controls)
	\195\152-\195\182 – Ø-ö (U+00D8-U+00F6 – C0 controls)
	\195\184-\198\191 – ø-ƿ (U+00F8-U+01BF – C0 controls, Latin extended A & B)
	\199\132-\201\143 – DŽ-ɏ (U+01C4-U+024F – Latin extended B)

]]

local function is_good_vanc_name (last, first)
	local first, suffix = first:match ('(.-),?%s*([%dJS][%drndth]+)%.?$') or first;		-- if first has something that looks like a generational suffix, get it

	if is_set (suffix) then
		if not is_suffix (suffix) then
			add_vanc_error ('suffix');
			return false;														-- not a name with an appropriate suffix
		end
	end
	if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143%-%s%']*$") or
		nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143%-%s%'%.]*$") then
			add_vanc_error ('non-Latin character');
			return false;														-- not a string of latin characters; Vancouver requires Romanization
	end;
	return true;
end

--[[--------------------------< R E D U C E _ T O _ I N I T I A L S >------------------------------------------

Attempts to convert names to initials in support of |name-list-format=vanc.  

Names in |firstn= may be separated by spaces or hyphens, or for initials, a period. See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35062/.

Vancouver style requires family rank designations (Jr, II, III, etc) to be rendered as Jr, 2nd, 3rd, etc.  See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35085/.
This code only accepts and understands generational suffix in the Vancouver format because Roman numerals look like, and can be mistaken for, initials.

This function uses ustring functions because firstname initials may be any of the unicode Latin characters accepted by is_good_vanc_name ().

]]

local function reduce_to_initials(first)
	local name, suffix = mw.ustring.match(first, "^(%u+) ([%dJS][%drndth]+)$");

	if not name then															-- if not initials and a suffix
		name = mw.ustring.match(first, "^(%u+)$");								-- is it just intials?
	end

	if name then																-- if first is initials with or without suffix
		if 3 > mw.ustring.len (name) then										-- if one or two initials
			if suffix then														-- if there is a suffix
				if is_suffix (suffix) then										-- is it legitimate?
					return first;												-- one or two initials and a valid suffix so nothing to do
				else
					add_vanc_error ('suffix');									-- one or two initials with invalid suffix so error message
					return first;												-- and return first unmolested
				end
			else
				return first;													-- one or two initials without suffix; nothing to do
			end
		end
	end																			-- if here then name has 3 or more uppercase letters so treat them as a word


	local initials, names = {}, {};												-- tables to hold name parts and initials
	local i = 1;																-- counter for number of initials

	names = mw.text.split (first, '[%s,]+');									-- split into a table of names and possible suffix

	while names[i] do															-- loop through the table
		if 1 < i and names[i]:match ('[%dJS][%drndth]+%.?$') then				-- if not the first name, and looks like a suffix (may have trailing dot)
			names[i] = names[i]:gsub ('%.', '');								-- remove terminal dot if present
			if is_suffix (names[i]) then										-- if a legitimate suffix
				table.insert (initials, ' ' .. names[i]);						-- add a separator space, insert at end of initials table
				break;															-- and done because suffix must fall at the end of a name
			end																	-- no error message if not a suffix; possibly because of Romanization
		end
		if 3 > i then
			table.insert (initials, mw.ustring.sub(names[i],1,1));				-- insert the intial at end of initials table
		end
		i = i+1;																-- bump the counter
	end
			
	return table.concat(initials)												-- Vancouver format does not include spaces.
end

--[[--------------------------< L I S T  _ P E O P L E >-------------------------------------------------------

Formats a list of people (e.g. authors / editors) 

]]

local function list_people(control, people, etal)
	local sep;
	local namesep;
	local format = control.format
	local maximum = control.maximum
	local lastauthoramp = control.lastauthoramp;
	local text = {}

	if 'vanc' == format then													-- Vancouver-like author/editor name styling?
		sep = ',';																-- name-list separator between authors is a comma
		namesep = ' ';															-- last/first separator is a space
	elseif 'mla' == control.mode then
		sep = ',';																-- name-list separator between authors is a comma
		namesep = ', '															-- last/first separator is <comma><space>
	else
		sep = ';'																-- name-list separator between authors is a semicolon
		namesep = ', '															-- last/first separator is <comma><space>
	end
	
	if sep:sub(-1,-1) ~= " " then sep = sep .. " " end
	if is_set (maximum) and maximum < 1 then return "", 0; end					-- returned 0 is for EditorCount; not used for authors
	
	for i,person in ipairs(people) do
		if is_set(person.last) then
			local mask = person.mask
			local one
			local sep_one = sep;
			if is_set (maximum) and i > maximum then
				etal = true;
				break;
			elseif (mask ~= nil) then
				local n = tonumber(mask)
				if (n ~= nil) then
					one = string.rep("&mdash;",n)
				else
					one = mask;
					sep_one = " ";
				end
			else
				one = person.last
				local first = person.first
				if is_set(first) then
					if 'mla' == control.mode then 
						if i == 1 then											-- for mla
							one = one .. namesep .. first;						-- first name last, first
						else													-- all other names
							one = first .. ' ' .. one;							-- first last
						end
					else
						if ( "vanc" == format ) then								-- if vancouver format
							one = one:gsub ('%.', '');								-- remove periods from surnames (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/)
							if not person.corporate and is_good_vanc_name (one, first) then					-- and name is all Latin characters; corporate authors not tested
								first = reduce_to_initials(first)					-- attempt to convert first name(s) to initials
							end
						end
						one = one .. namesep .. first;
					end
				end
				if is_set(person.link) and person.link ~= control.page_name then
					one = "[[" .. person.link .. "|" .. one .. "]]"				-- link author/editor if this page is not the author's/editor's page
				end
			end
			table.insert( text, one )
			table.insert( text, sep_one )
		end
	end

	local count = #text / 2;													-- (number of names + number of separators) divided by 2
	if count > 0 then 
		if count > 1 and is_set(lastauthoramp) and not etal then
			if 'mla' == control.mode then
				text[#text-2] = ", and ";										-- replace last separator with ', and ' text
			else
				text[#text-2] = " & ";											-- replace last separator with ampersand text
			end
		end
		text[#text] = nil;														-- erase the last separator
	end
	
	local result = table.concat(text)											-- construct list
	if etal and is_set (result) then											-- etal may be set by |display-authors=etal but we might not have a last-first list
		result = result .. sep .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al'];					-- we've go a last-first list and etal so add et al.
	end
	
	return result, count
end

--[[--------------------------< A N C H O R _ I D >------------------------------------------------------------

Generates a CITEREF anchor ID if we have at least one name or a date.  Otherwise returns an empty string.

namelist is one of the contributor-, author-, or editor-name lists chosen in that order.  year is Year or anchor_year.

]]
local function anchor_id (namelist, year)
	local names={};																-- a table for the one to four names and year
	for i,v in ipairs (namelist) do												-- loop through the list and take up to the first four last names
		names[i] = v.last 
		if i == 4 then break end												-- if four then done
	end
	table.insert (names, year);													-- add the year at the end
	local id = table.concat(names);												-- concatenate names and year for CITEREF id
	if is_set (id) then															-- if concatenation is not an empty string
		return "CITEREF" .. id;													-- add the CITEREF portion
	else
		return '';																-- return an empty string; no reason to include CITEREF id in this citation
	end
end


--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ E T A L >----------------------------------------------------

Evaluates the content of author and editor name parameters for variations on the theme of et al.  If found,
the et al. is removed, a flag is set to true and the function returns the modified name and the flag.

This function never sets the flag to false but returns it's previous state because it may have been set by
previous passes through this function or by the parameters |display-authors=etal or |display-editors=etal

]]

local function name_has_etal (name, etal, nocat)

	if is_set (name) then														-- name can be nil in which case just return
		local etal_pattern = "[;,]? *[\"']*%f[%a][Ee][Tt] *[Aa][Ll][%.\"']*$"	-- variations on the 'et al' theme
		local others_pattern = "[;,]? *%f[%a]and [Oo]thers";					-- and alternate to et al.
		
		if name:match (etal_pattern) then										-- variants on et al.
			name = name:gsub (etal_pattern, '');								-- if found, remove
			etal = true;														-- set flag (may have been set previously here or by |display-authors=etal)
			if not nocat then													-- no categorization for |vauthors=
				add_maint_cat ('etal');											-- and add a category if not already added
			end
		elseif name:match (others_pattern) then									-- if not 'et al.', then 'and others'?
			name = name:gsub (others_pattern, '');								-- if found, remove
			etal = true;														-- set flag (may have been set previously here or by |display-authors=etal)
			if not nocat then													-- no categorization for |vauthors=
				add_maint_cat ('etal');											-- and add a category if not already added
			end
		end
	end
	return name, etal;															-- 
end


--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ E D _ M A R K U P >------------------------------------------

Evaluates the content of author and editor parameters for extranious editor annotations: ed, ed., eds, (Ed.), etc.
These annotation do not belong in author parameters and are redundant in editor parameters.  If found, the function
adds the editor markup maintenance category.

]]

local function name_has_ed_markup (name, list_name)
	local _, pattern;
	local patterns = {															-- these patterns match annotations at end of name
		'%f[%(%[][%(%[]%s*[Ee][Dd][Ss]?%.?%s*[%)%]]?$',							-- (ed) or (eds): leading '(', case insensitive 'ed', optional 's', '.' and/or ')'
		'[,%.%s]%f[e]eds?%.?$',													-- ed or eds: without '('or ')'; case sensitive (ED could be initials Ed could be name)
		'%f[%(%[][%(%[]%s*[Ee][Dd][Ii][Tt][Oo][Rr][Ss]?%.?%s*[%)%]]?$',			-- (editor) or (editors): leading '(', case insensitive, optional '.' and/or ')'
		'[,%.%s]%f[Ee][Ee][Dd][Ii][Tt][Oo][Rr][Ss]?%.?$',						-- editor or editors: without '('or ')'; case insensitive
		
																				-- these patterns match annotations at beginning of name
		'^eds?[%.,;]',															-- ed. or eds.: lower case only, optional 's', requires '.'
		'^[%(%[]%s*[Ee][Dd][Ss]?%.?%s*[%)%]]',									-- (ed) or (eds): also sqare brackets, case insensitive, optional 's', '.'
		'^[%(%[]?%s*[Ee][Dd][Ii][Tt][Oo][Rr][Ss]?%A',							-- (editor or (editors: also sq brackets, case insensitive, optional brackets, 's'
		'^[%(%[]?%s*[Ee][Dd][Ii][Tt][Ee][Dd]%A',								-- (edited: also sq brackets, case insensitive, optional brackets

		}

	if is_set (name) then
		for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do									-- spin through patterns table and
			if name:match (pattern) then
				add_maint_cat ('extra_text_names', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]);	-- add a maint cat for this template
				break;
			end
		end
	end
	return name;																-- and done
end


--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ M U L T _ N A M E S >----------------------------------------

Evaluates the content of author and editor (surnames only) parameters for multiple names.  Multiple names are
indicated if there is more than one comma and or semicolon.  If found, the function adds the multiple name
(author or editor) maintenance category.

]]

local function name_has_mult_names (name, list_name)
local count, _;
	if is_set (name) then
		_, count = name:gsub ('[;,]', '');										-- count the number of separator-like characters
		
		if 1 < count then														-- param could be |author= or |editor= so one separator character is acceptable
			add_maint_cat ('mult_names', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]);	-- more than one separator indicates multiple names so add a maint cat for this template
		end
	end
	return name;																-- and done
end


--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ C H E C K S >--------------------------------------------------------
This function calls various name checking functions used to validate the content of the various name-holding
parameters.

]]

local function name_checks (last, first, list_name)
	if is_set (last) then
		if last:match ('^%(%(.*%)%)$') then										-- if wrapped in doubled parentheses, accept as written 
			last = last:match ('^%(%((.*)%)%)$');								-- strip parens
		else
			last = name_has_mult_names (last, list_name);						-- check for multiple names in the parameter (last only)
			last = name_has_ed_markup (last, list_name);						-- check for extraneous 'editor' annotation
		end
	end
	if is_set (first) then
		if first:match ('^%(%(.*%)%)$') then									-- if wrapped in doubled parentheses, accept as written 
			first = first:match ('^%(%((.*)%)%)$');								-- strip parens
		else
			first = name_has_ed_markup (first, list_name);						-- check for extraneous 'editor' annotation
		end
	end
	return last, first;															-- done
	end


--[[--------------------------< E X T R A C T _ N A M E S >----------------------------------------------------
Gets name list from the input arguments

Searches through args in sequential order to find |lastn= and |firstn= parameters (or their aliases), and their matching link and mask parameters.
Stops searching when both |lastn= and |firstn= are not found in args after two sequential attempts: found |last1=, |last2=, and |last3= but doesn't
find |last4= and |last5= then the search is done.

This function emits an error message when there is a |firstn= without a matching |lastn=.  When there are 'holes' in the list of last names, |last1= and |last3=
are present but |last2= is missing, an error message is emitted. |lastn= is not required to have a matching |firstn=.

When an author or editor parameter contains some form of 'et al.', the 'et al.' is stripped from the parameter and a flag (etal) returned
that will cause list_people() to add the static 'et al.' text from Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration.  This keeps 'et al.' out of the 
template's metadata.  When this occurs, the page is added to a maintenance category.

]]

local function extract_names(args, list_name)
	local names = {};			-- table of names
	local last;					-- individual name components
	local first;
	local link;
	local mask;
	local i = 1;				-- loop counter/indexer
	local n = 1;				-- output table indexer
	local count = 0;			-- used to count the number of times we haven't found a |last= (or alias for authors, |editor-last or alias for editors)
	local etal=false;			-- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. in an author parameter

	local err_msg_list_name = list_name:match ("(%w+)List") .. 's list';		-- modify AuthorList or EditorList for use in error messages if necessary
	while true do
		last = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'redundant_parameters', i );		-- search through args for name components beginning at 1
		first = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
		link = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
		mask = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'redundant_parameters', i );

		last, etal = name_has_etal (last, etal, false);							-- find and remove variations on et al.
		first, etal = name_has_etal (first, etal, false);						-- find and remove variations on et al.
		last, first= name_checks (last, first, list_name);						-- multiple names, extraneous annotation, etc checks
		
		if first and not last then												-- if there is a firstn without a matching lastn
			table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'first_missing_last', {err_msg_list_name, i}, true ) } );	-- add this error message
		elseif not first and not last then										-- if both firstn and lastn aren't found, are we done?
			count = count + 1;													-- number of times we haven't found last and first
			if 2 <= count then													-- two missing names and we give up
				break;															-- normal exit or there is a two-name hole in the list; can't tell which
			end
		else																	-- we have last with or without a first
			link_title_ok (link, list_name:match ("(%w+)List"):lower() .. '-link' .. i, last, list_name:match ("(%w+)List"):lower() .. '-last' .. i);	-- check for improper wikimarkup

			names[n] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate=false};	-- add this name to our names list (corporate for |vauthors= only)
			n = n + 1;															-- point to next location in the names table
			if 1 == count then													-- if the previous name was missing
				table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'missing_name', {err_msg_list_name, i-1}, true ) } );		-- add this error message
			end
			count = 0;															-- reset the counter, we're looking for two consecutive missing names
		end
		i = i + 1;																-- point to next args location
	end
	
	return names, etal;															-- all done, return our list of names
end

--[[--------------------------< G E T _ I S O 6 3 9 _ C O D E >------------------------------------------------

Validates language names provided in |language= parameter if not an ISO639-1 or 639-2 code.

Returns the language name and associated two- or three-character code.  Because case of the source may be incorrect
or different from the case that WikiMedia uses, the name comparisons are done in lower case and when a match is
found, the Wikimedia version (assumed to be correct) is returned along with the code.  When there is no match, we
return the original language name string.

mw.language.fetchLanguageNames(<local wiki language>, 'all') return a list of languages that in some cases may include
extensions. For example, code 'cbk-zam' and its associated name 'Chavacano de Zamboanga' (MediaWiki does not support
code 'cbk' or name 'Chavacano'.

Names but that are included in the list will be found if that name is provided in the |language= parameter.  For example,
if |language=Chavacano de Zamboanga, that name will be found with the associated code 'cbk-zam'.  When names are found
and the associated code is not two or three characters, this function returns only the Wikimedia language name.

Adapted from code taken from Module:Check ISO 639-1.

]]

local function get_iso639_code (lang, this_wiki_code)
	if 'bangla' == lang:lower() then											-- special case related to Wikimedia remap of code 'bn' at mw:Extension:CLDR
		return 'Bengali', 'bn';													-- make sure rendered version is properly capitalized
	end

	local languages = mw.language.fetchLanguageNames(this_wiki_code, 'all')		-- get a list of language names known to Wikimedia
																				-- ('all' is required for North Ndebele, South Ndebele, and Ojibwa)
	local langlc = mw.ustring.lower(lang);										-- lower case version for comparisons
	
	for code, name in pairs(languages) do										-- scan the list to see if we can find our language
		if langlc == mw.ustring.lower(name) then
			if 2 ~= code:len() and 3 ~= code:len() then							-- two- or three-character codes only; extensions not supported
				return name;													-- so return the name but not the code
			end
			return name, code;													-- found it, return name to ensure proper capitalization and the the code
		end
	end
	return lang;																-- not valid language; return language in original case and nil for the code
end


--[[--------------------------< L A N G U A G E _ P A R A M E T E R >------------------------------------------

Gets language name from a provided two- or three-character ISO 639 code.  If a code is recognized by MediaWiki,
use the returned name; if not, then use the value that was provided with the language parameter.

When |language= contains a recognized language (either code or name), the page is assigned to the category for
that code: Category:Norwegian-language sources (no).  For valid three-character code languages, the page is assigned
to the single category for '639-2' codes: Category:CS1 ISO 639-2 language sources.

Languages that are the same as the local wiki are not categorized.  MediaWiki does not recognize three-character
equivalents of two-character codes: code 'ar' is recognized bit code 'ara' is not.

This function supports multiple languages in the form |language=nb, French, th where the language names or codes are
separated from each other by commas.

]]

local function language_parameter (lang)
	local code;																	-- the two- or three-character language code
	local name;																	-- the language name
	local language_list = {};													-- table of language names to be rendered
	local names_table = {};														-- table made from the value assigned to |language=

	local this_wiki = mw.getContentLanguage();									-- get a language object for this wiki
	local this_wiki_code = this_wiki:getCode()									-- get this wiki's language code
	local this_wiki_name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName(this_wiki_code, this_wiki_code);	-- get this wiki's language name

	names_table = mw.text.split (lang, '%s*,%s*');								-- names should be a comma separated list

	for _, lang in ipairs (names_table) do										-- reuse lang

		if lang:match ('^%a%a%-') then											-- strip ietf language tags from code; TODO: is there a need to support 3-char with tag?
			lang = lang:match ('(%a%a)%-')										-- keep only 639-1 code portion to lang; TODO: do something with 3166 alpha 2 country code?
		end
		if 2 == lang:len() or 3 == lang:len() then								-- if two-or three-character code
			name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang:lower(), this_wiki_code);	-- get language name if |language= is a proper code
		end
	
		if is_set (name) then													-- if |language= specified a valid code
			code = lang:lower();												-- save it
		else
			name, code = get_iso639_code (lang, this_wiki_code);				-- attempt to get code from name (assign name here so that we are sure of proper capitalization)
		end
		
		--[[
		if is_set (code) then													-- only 2- or 3-character codes
			if 'bn' == code then name = 'Bengali' end;							-- override wikimedia when code is 'bn'
			if this_wiki_code ~= code then										-- when the language is not the same as this wiki's language
				if 2 == code:len() then											-- and is a two-character code
					add_prop_cat ('foreign_lang_source', {name, code})			-- categorize it
				else															-- or is a recognized language (but has a three-character code)
					add_prop_cat ('foreign_lang_source_2', {code})				-- categorize it differently TODO: support mutliple three-character code categories per cs1|2 template
				end
			end
		else
			add_maint_cat ('unknown_lang');										-- add maint category if not already added
		end
		--]]
		
		table.insert (language_list, name);
		name = '';																-- so we can reuse it
	end
	
	code = #language_list														-- reuse code as number of languages in the list
	if 2 >= code then
		name = table.concat (language_list, ' og ')							-- insert '<space>and<space>' between two language names
	elseif 2 < code then
		language_list[code] = 'og ' .. language_list[code];					-- prepend last name with 'and<space>'
		name = table.concat (language_list, ', ')								-- and concatenate with '<comma><space>' separators
	end
	if this_wiki_name == name then
		return '';																-- if one language and that language is this wiki's return an empty string (no annotation)
	end
	return (" " .. wrap_msg ('language', name));								-- otherwise wrap with '(in ...)'
	--[[ TODO: should only return blank or name rather than full list
	so we can clean up the bunched parenthetical elements Language, Type, Format
	]]
end

--[[--------------------------< S E T _ C S 1 _ S T Y L E >----------------------------------------------------

Set style settings for CS1 citation templates. Returns separator and postscript settings

]]

local function set_cs1_style (ps)
	if not is_set (ps) then														-- unless explicitely set to something
		ps = '.';																-- terminate the rendered citation with a period
	end
	return '.', ps;																-- separator is a full stop
end

--[[--------------------------< S E T _ C S 2 _ S T Y L E >----------------------------------------------------

Set style settings for CS2 citation templates. Returns separator, postscript, ref settings

]]

local function set_cs2_style (ps, ref)
	if not is_set (ps) then														-- if |postscript= has not been set, set cs2 default
		ps = '';																-- make sure it isn't nil
	end
	if not is_set (ref) then													-- if |ref= is not set
		ref = "harv";															-- set default |ref=harv
	end
	return ',', ps, ref;														-- separator is a comma
end

--[[--------------------------< G E T _ S E T T I N G S _ F R O M _ C I T E _ C L A S S >----------------------

When |mode= is not set or when its value is invalid, use config.CitationClass and parameter values to establish
rendered style.

]]

local function get_settings_from_cite_class (ps, ref, cite_class)
	local sep;
	if (cite_class == "citation") then											-- for citation templates (CS2)
		sep, ps, ref = set_cs2_style (ps, ref);
	else																		-- not a citation template so CS1
		sep, ps = set_cs1_style (ps);
	end

	return sep, ps, ref															-- return them all
end

--[[--------------------------< S E T _ S T Y L E >------------------------------------------------------------

Establish basic style settings to be used when rendering the citation.  Uses |mode= if set and valid or uses
config.CitationClass from the template's #invoke: to establish style.

]]

local function set_style (mode, ps, ref, cite_class)
	local sep;
	if 'cs2' == mode then														-- if this template is to be rendered in CS2 (citation) style
		sep, ps, ref = set_cs2_style (ps, ref);
	elseif 'cs1' == mode then													-- if this template is to be rendered in CS1 (cite xxx) style
		sep, ps = set_cs1_style (ps);
	elseif 'mla' == mode then													-- if this template is to be rendered in mla style use cs1 for bot cs1 & cs2 templates
		sep, ps = set_cs1_style (ps);
	else																		-- anything but cs1 or cs2
		sep, ps, ref = get_settings_from_cite_class (ps, ref, cite_class);		-- get settings based on the template's CitationClass
	end
	if 'none' == ps:lower() or 'ingen' == ps:lower() then												-- if assigned value is 'none' then
		ps = '';																-- set to empty string
	end
	
	return sep, ps, ref
end

--[=[-------------------------< I S _ P D F >------------------------------------------------------------------

Determines if a url has the file extension that is one of the pdf file extensions used by [[MediaWiki:Common.css]] when
applying the pdf icon to external links.

returns true if file extension is one of the recognized extension, else false

]=]

local function is_pdf (url)
	return url:match ('%.pdf[%?#]?') or url:match ('%.PDF[%?#]?');
end

--[[--------------------------< S T Y L E _ F O R M A T >------------------------------------------------------

Applies css style to |format=, |chapter-format=, etc.  Also emits an error message if the format parameter does
not have a matching url parameter.  If the format parameter is not set and the url contains a file extension that
is recognized as a pdf document by MediaWiki's commons.css, this code will set the format parameter to (PDF) with
the appropriate styling.

]]

local function style_format (format, url, fmt_param, url_param)
	if is_set (format) then
		format = wrap_style ('format', format);									-- add leading space, parenthases, resize
		if not is_set (url) then
			format = format .. set_error( 'format_missing_url', {fmt_param, url_param} );	-- add an error message
		end
	elseif is_pdf (url) then													-- format is not set so if url is a pdf file then
		format = wrap_style ('format', 'PDF');									-- set format to pdf
	else
		format = '';															-- empty string for concatenation
	end
	return format;
end

--[[--------------------------< G E T _ D I S P L A Y _ A U T H O R S _ E D I T O R S >------------------------

Returns a number that defines the number of names displayed for author and editor name lists and a boolean flag
to indicate when et al. should be appended to the name list.

When the value assigned to |display-xxxxors= is a number greater than or equal to zero, return the number and
the previous state of the 'etal' flag (false by default but may have been set to true if the name list contains
some variant of the text 'et al.').

When the value assigned to |display-xxxxors= is the keyword 'etal', return a number that is one greater than the
number of authors in the list and set the 'etal' flag true.  This will cause the list_people() to display all of
the names in the name list followed by 'et al.'

In all other cases, returns nil and the previous state of the 'etal' flag.

inputs:
	max: A['DisplayAuthors'] or A['DisplayEditors']; a number or some flavor of etal
	count: #a or #e
	list_name: 'authors' or 'editors'
	etal: author_etal or editor_etal

]]

local function get_display_authors_editors (max, count, list_name, etal)
	if is_set (max) then
		if 'etal' == max:lower():gsub("[ '%.]", '') then						-- the :gsub() portion makes 'etal' from a variety of 'et al.' spellings and stylings
			max = count + 1;													-- number of authors + 1 so display all author name plus et al.
			etal = true;														-- overrides value set by extract_names()
		elseif max:match ('^%d+$') then											-- if is a string of numbers
			max = tonumber (max);												-- make it a number
			if max >= count then												-- if |display-xxxxors= value greater than or equal to number of authors/editors
				add_maint_cat ('disp_auth_ed', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]);
			end
		else																	-- not a valid keyword or number
			table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invalid_param_val', {'vis-' .. cfg.special_case_translation [list_name], max}, true ) } );		-- add error message
			max = nil;															-- unset; as if |display-xxxxors= had not been set
		end
	end
	
	return max, etal;
end

--[[--------------------------< E X T R A _ T E X T _ I N _ P A G E _ C H E C K >------------------------------

Adds page to Category:CS1 maint: extra text if |page= or |pages= has what appears to be some form of p. or pp. 
abbreviation in the first characters of the parameter content.

check Page and Pages for extraneous p, p., pp, and pp. at start of parameter value:
	good pattern: '^P[^%.P%l]' matches when |page(s)= begins PX or P# but not Px where x and X are letters and # is a dgiit
	bad pattern: '^[Pp][Pp]' matches matches when |page(s)= begins pp or pP or Pp or PP

]]

local function extra_text_in_page_check (page)
--	local good_pattern = '^P[^%.P%l]';
	local good_pattern = '^P[^%.Pp]';											-- ok to begin with uppercase P: P7 (pg 7 of section P) but not p123 (page 123) TODO: add Gg for PG or Pg?
--	local bad_pattern = '^[Pp][Pp]';
	local bad_pattern = '^[Pp]?[Pp]%.?[ %d]';

	if not page:match (good_pattern) and (page:match (bad_pattern) or  page:match ('^[Pp]ages?')) then
		add_maint_cat ('extra_text');
	end
--		if Page:match ('^[Pp]?[Pp]%.?[ %d]') or  Page:match ('^[Pp]ages?[ %d]') or
--			Pages:match ('^[Pp]?[Pp]%.?[ %d]') or  Pages:match ('^[Pp]ages?[ %d]') then
--				add_maint_cat ('extra_text');
--		end
end

--[[--------------------------< G E T _ V _ N A M E _ T A B L E >----------------------------------------------

split apart a |vautthors= or |veditors= parameter.  This function allows for corporate names, wrapped in doubled
parentheses to also have commas; in the old version of the code, the doubled parnetheses were included in the
rendered citation and in the metadata.

	|vauthors=Jones AB, White EB, ((Black, Brown, and Co.))

This code is experimental and may not be retained.

]]
local function get_v_name_table (vparam, output_table)
	local name_table = mw.text.split(vparam, "%s*,%s*");						-- names are separated by commas
	
	local i = 1;
	
	while name_table[i] do
		if name_table[i]:match ('^%(%(.*[^%)][^%)]$') then						-- first segment of corporate with one or more commas; this segment has the opening doubled parens
			local name = name_table[i];
			i=i+1;																-- bump indexer to next segment
			while name_table[i] do
				name = name .. ', ' .. name_table[i];							-- concatenate with previous segments
				if name_table[i]:match ('^.*%)%)$') then						-- if this table member has the closing doubled parens
					break;														-- and done reassembling so
				end
				i=i+1;															-- bump indexer
			end
			table.insert (output_table, name);									-- and add corporate name to the output table
		else
			table.insert (output_table, name_table[i]);							-- add this name 
		end
		i = i+1;
	end	
	return output_table;
end

--[[--------------------------< P A R S E _ V A U T H O R S _ V E D I T O R S >--------------------------------

This function extracts author / editor names from |vauthors= or |veditors= and finds matching |xxxxor-maskn= and
|xxxxor-linkn= in args.  It then returns a table of assembled names just as extract_names() does.

Author / editor names in |vauthors= or |veditors= must be in Vancouver system style. Corporate or institutional names
may sometimes be required and because such names will often fail the is_good_vanc_name() and other format compliance
tests, are wrapped in doubled paranethese ((corporate name)) to suppress the format tests.

Supports generational suffixes Jr, 2nd, 3rd, 4th–6th.

This function sets the vancouver error when a reqired comma is missing and when there is a space between an author's initials.

]]

local function parse_vauthors_veditors (args, vparam, list_name)
	local names = {};															-- table of names assembled from |vauthors=, |author-maskn=, |author-linkn=
	local v_name_table = {};
	local etal = false;															-- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. vauthors parameter
	local last, first, link, mask, suffix;
	local corporate = false;

	vparam, etal = name_has_etal (vparam, etal, true);							-- find and remove variations on et al. do not categorize (do it here because et al. might have a period)
	if vparam:find ('%[%[') or vparam:find ('%]%]')	then						-- no wikilinking vauthors names
		add_vanc_error ('wikilink');
	end
	v_name_table = get_v_name_table (vparam, v_name_table);						-- names are separated by commas

	for i, v_name in ipairs(v_name_table) do
		if v_name:match ('^%(%(.+%)%)$') then									-- corporate authors are wrapped in doubled parentheses to supress vanc formatting and error detection
			first = '';															-- set to empty string for concatenation and because it may have been set for previous author/editor
			last = v_name:match ('^%(%((.+)%)%)$')								-- remove doubled parntheses
			corporate = true;													-- flag used in list_people()
		elseif string.find(v_name, "%s") then
			if v_name:find('[;%.]') then										-- look for commonly occurring punctuation characters; 
				add_vanc_error ('punctuation');
			end
			local lastfirstTable = {}
			lastfirstTable = mw.text.split(v_name, "%s")
			first = table.remove(lastfirstTable);								-- removes and returns value of last element in table which should be author intials
			if is_suffix (first) then											-- if a valid suffix
				suffix = first													-- save it as a suffix and
				first = table.remove(lastfirstTable);							-- get what should be the initials from the table
			end																	-- no suffix error message here because letter combination may be result of Romanization; check for digits?
			last = table.concat(lastfirstTable, " ")							-- returns a string that is the concatenation of all other names that are not initials
			if mw.ustring.match (last, '%a+%s+%u+%s+%a+') then
				add_vanc_error ('missing comma');								-- matches last II last; the case when a comma is missing
			end
			if mw.ustring.match (v_name, ' %u %u$') then						-- this test is in the wrong place TODO: move or replace with a more appropriate test
				add_vanc_error ('name');										-- matches a space between two intiials
			end
		else
			first = '';															-- set to empty string for concatenation and because it may have been set for previous author/editor
			last = v_name;														-- last name or single corporate name?  Doesn't support multiword corporate names? do we need this?
		end
																
		if is_set (first) then
			if not mw.ustring.match (first, "^%u?%u$") then						-- first shall contain one or two upper-case letters, nothing else
				add_vanc_error ('initials');									-- too many initials; mixed case initials (which may be ok Romanization); hyphenated initials
			end
			is_good_vanc_name (last, first);									-- check first and last before restoring the suffix which may have a non-Latin digit
			if is_set (suffix) then
				first = first .. ' ' .. suffix;									-- if there was a suffix concatenate with the initials
				suffix = '';													-- unset so we don't add this suffix to all subsequent names
			end
		else
			if not corporate then
				is_good_vanc_name (last, '');
			end
		end
																				-- this from extract_names ()
		link = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
		mask = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
		names[i] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate=corporate};		-- add this assembled name to our names list
	end
	return names, etal;															-- all done, return our list of names
end


--[[--------------------------< S E L E C T _ A U T H O R _ E D I T O R _ S O U R C E >------------------------

Select one of |authors=, |authorn= / |lastn / firstn=, or |vauthors= as the source of the author name list or
select one of |editors=, |editorn= / editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= or |veditors= as the source of the editor name list.

Only one of these appropriate three will be used.  The hierarchy is: |authorn= (and aliases) highest and |authors= lowest and
similarly, |editorn= (and aliases) highest and |editors= lowest

When looking for |authorn= / |editorn= parameters, test |xxxxor1= and |xxxxor2= (and all of their aliases); stops after the second
test which mimicks the test used in extract_names() when looking for a hole in the author name list.  There may be a better
way to do this, I just haven't discovered what that way is.

Emits an error message when more than one xxxxor name source is provided.

In this function, vxxxxors = vauthors or veditors; xxxxors = authors or editors as appropriate.

]]

local function select_author_editor_source (vxxxxors, xxxxors, args, list_name)
local lastfirst = false;
	if select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 1 ) or		-- do this twice incase we have a |first1= without a |last1=; this ...
		select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'none', 1 ) or	-- ... also catches the case where |first= is used with |vauthors=
		select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 2 ) or
		select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'none', 2 ) then
			lastfirst=true;
	end

	if (is_set (vxxxxors) and true == lastfirst) or								-- these are the three error conditions
		(is_set (vxxxxors) and is_set (xxxxors)) or
		(true == lastfirst and is_set (xxxxors)) then
			local err_name;
			if 'AuthorList' == list_name then									-- figure out which name should be used in error message
				err_name = 'author';
			else
				err_name = 'editor';
			end
			table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters',
				{err_name .. '-name-list parameters'}, true ) } );				-- add error message
	end

	if true == lastfirst then return 1 end;										-- return a number indicating which author name source to use
	if is_set (vxxxxors) then return 2 end;
	if is_set (xxxxors) then return 3 end;
	return 1;																	-- no authors so return 1; this allows missing author name test to run in case there is a first without last 
end


--[[--------------------------< I S _ V A L I D _ P A R A M E T E R _ V A L U E >------------------------------

This function is used to validate a parameter's assigned value for those parameters that have only a limited number
of allowable values (yes, y, true, no, etc).  When the parameter value has not been assigned a value (missing or empty
in the source template) the function refurns true.  If the parameter value is one of the list of allowed values returns
true; else, emits an error message and returns false.

]]

local function is_valid_parameter_value (value, name, possible, cite_class)
-- begin hack to limit |mode=mla to a specific set of templates
	if ('mode' == name) and ('mla' == value) and not in_array (cite_class, {'book', 'journal', 'news'}) then
		table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invalid_param_val', {name, value}, true ) } );	-- not an allowed value so add error message
		return false
	end
-- end hack

	if not is_set (value) then
		return true;															-- an empty parameter is ok
	elseif in_array(value:lower(), possible) then
		return true;
	else
		table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invalid_param_val', {name, value}, true ) } );	-- not an allowed value so add error message
		return false
	end
end


--[[--------------------------< T E R M I N A T E _ N A M E _ L I S T >----------------------------------------

This function terminates a name list (author, contributor, editor) with a separator character (sepc) and a space
when the last character is not a sepc character or when the last three characters are not sepc followed by two
closing square brackets (close of a wikilink).  When either of these is true, the name_list is terminated with a
single space character.

]]

local function terminate_name_list (name_list, sepc)
	if (string.sub (name_list,-3,-1) == sepc .. '. ') then						-- if already properly terminated
		return name_list;														-- just return the name list
	elseif (string.sub (name_list,-1,-1) == sepc) or (string.sub (name_list,-3,-1) == sepc .. ']]') then	-- if last name in list ends with sepc char
		return name_list .. " ";												-- don't add another
	else
		return name_list .. sepc .. ' ';										-- otherwise terninate the name list
	end
end


--[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ V O L U M E _ I S S U E >----------------------------------------

returns the concatenation of the formatted volume and issue parameters as a single string; or formatted volume
or formatted issue, or an empty string if neither are set.

]]
	
local function format_volume_issue (volume, issue, cite_class, origin, sepc, lower, mode)
	if not is_set (volume) and not is_set (issue) then
		return '';
	end
	
	if ('mla' == mode) and ('journal' == cite_class) then						-- same as cs1 for magazines
		lower = true;															-- mla 8th edition; force these to lower case
		if is_set (volume) and is_set (issue) then
			return wrap_msg ('vol-no', {sepc, volume, issue}, lower);
		elseif is_set (volume) then
			return wrap_msg ('vol', {sepc, volume}, lower);
		else
			return '';
		end
	end

	if 'magazine' == cite_class or (in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map'}) and 'magazine' == origin) then
		if is_set (volume) and is_set (issue) then
			return wrap_msg ('vol-no', {sepc, volume, issue}, lower);
		elseif is_set (volume) then
			return wrap_msg ('vol', {sepc, volume}, lower);
		else
			return wrap_msg ('issue', {sepc, issue}, lower);
		end
	end

	local vol = '';
		
	if is_set (volume) then
		if (4 < mw.ustring.len(volume)) then
			vol = substitute (cfg.messages['j-vol'], {sepc, volume});
		else
			vol = substitute (cfg.presentation['vol-bold'], {sepc, hyphen_to_dash(volume)});
		end
	end
	if is_set (issue) then
		return vol .. substitute (cfg.messages['j-issue'], issue);
	end
	return vol;
end


--[[-------------------------< N O R M A L I Z E _ P A G E _ L I S T >-----------------------------------------

not currently used

normalizes a comma, ampersand, and/or space separated list to be '<value>, <value>, ..., <value>'
returns list unchanged if there are no commas else strips whitespace and then reformats the list

]]
--[[
local function normalize_page_list (list)
	if not list:find ('[,& ]') then return list end								-- if list is not delimited with commas, ampersands, or spaces; done
	
	list = mw.text.split (list, '[,&%s]+');										-- make a table of values
	list = table.concat (list, ', ');											-- and now make a normalized list
	return list;
end
]]


--[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ P A G E S _ S H E E T S >-----------------------------------------

adds static text to one of |page(s)= or |sheet(s)= values and returns it with all of the others set to empty strings.
The return order is:
	page, pages, sheet, sheets

Singular has priority over plural when both are provided.

]]

local function format_pages_sheets (page, pages, sheet, sheets, cite_class, origin, sepc, nopp, lower, mode)
	if 'map' == cite_class then													-- only cite map supports sheet(s) as in-source locators
		if is_set (sheet) then
			if 'journal' == origin then
				return '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheet', sheet, lower), '';
			else
				return '', '', wrap_msg ('sheet', {sepc, sheet}, lower), '';
			end
		elseif is_set (sheets) then
			if 'journal' == origin then
				return '', '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheets', sheets, lower);
			else
				return '', '', '', wrap_msg ('sheets', {sepc, sheets}, lower);
			end
		end
	end

	local is_journal = 'journal' == cite_class or (in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map'}) and 'journal' == origin);
	
	if is_journal and 'mla' == mode then
		is_journal = false;														-- mla always uses p & pp
	end

	if is_set (page) then
		if is_journal then
			return substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], page), '', '', '';
		elseif not nopp then
			return substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, page}), '', '', '';
		else
			return substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, page}), '', '', '';
		end
	elseif is_set(pages) then
		if is_journal then
			return substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], pages), '', '', '';
		elseif tonumber(pages) ~= nil and not nopp then										-- if pages is only digits, assume a single page number
			return '', substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
		elseif not nopp then
			return '', substitute (cfg.messages['pp-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
		else
			return '', substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
		end
	end
	
	return '', '', '', '';														-- return empty strings
end


--[=[-------------------------< A R C H I V E _ U R L _ C H E C K >--------------------------------------------

Check archive.org urls to make sure they at least look like they are pointing at valid archives and not to the 
save snapshot url or to calendar pages.  When the archive url is 'https://web.archive.org/save/' (or http://...)
archive.org saves a snapshot of the target page in the url.  That is something that Wikipedia should not allow
unwitting readers to do.

When the archive.org url does not have a complete timestamp, archive.org chooses a snapshot according to its own
algorithm or provides a calendar 'search' result.  [[WP:ELNO]] discourages links to search results.

This function looks at the value assigned to |archive-url= and returns empty strings for |archive-url= and
|archive-date= and an error message when:
	|archive-url= holds an archive.org save command url
	|archive-url= is an archive.org url that does not have a complete timestamp (YYYYMMDDhhmmss 14 digits) in the
		correct place
otherwise returns |archive-url= and |archive-date=

There are two mostly compatible archive.org urls:
	//web.archive.org/<timestamp>...		-- the old form
	//web.archive.org/web/<timestamp>...	-- the new form

The old form does not support or map to the new form when it contains a display flag.  There are four identified flags
('id_', 'js_', 'cs_', 'im_') but since archive.org ignores others following the same form (two letters and an underscore)
we don't check for these specific flags but we do check the form.

This function supports a preview mode.  When the article is rendered in preview mode, this funct may return a modified
archive url:
	for save command errors, return undated wildcard (/*/)
	for timestamp errors when the timestamp has a wildcard, return the url unmodified
	for timestamp errors when the timestamp does not have a wildcard, return with timestamp limited to six digits plus wildcard (/yyyymm*/)

]=]

local function archive_url_check (url)
	local err_msg = '';															-- start with the error message empty
	local path, timestamp, flag;												-- portions of the archive.or url
	
	if (not url:match('//web%.archive%.org/')) and (not url:match('//liveweb%.archive%.org/')) then		-- also deprecated liveweb Wayback machine url
		return url;														-- not an archive.org archive, return ArchiveURL
	end

	if url:match('//web%.archive%.org/save/') then								-- if a save command url, we don't want to allow saving of the target page 
		err_msg = 'save command';
		url = url:gsub ('(//web%.archive%.org)/save/', '%1/*/', 1);				-- for preview mode: modify ArchiveURL
	elseif url:match('//liveweb%.archive%.org/') then
		err_msg = 'liveweb';
	else
		path, timestamp, flag = url:match('//web%.archive%.org/([^%d]*)(%d+)([^/]*)/');		-- split out some of the url parts for evaluation
		
		if not is_set(timestamp) or 14 ~= timestamp:len() then					-- path and flag optional, must have 14-digit timestamp here
			err_msg = 'timestamp';
			if '*' ~= flag then
				url=url:gsub ('(//web%.archive%.org/[^%d]*%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?)[^/]*', '%1*', 1)	-- for preview, modify ts to be yearmo* max (0-6 digits plus splat)
			end
		elseif is_set(path) and 'web/' ~= path then								-- older archive urls do not have the extra 'web/' path element
			err_msg = 'path';
		elseif is_set (flag) and not is_set (path) then							-- flag not allowed with the old form url (without the 'web/' path element)
			err_msg = 'flag';
		elseif is_set (flag) and not flag:match ('%a%a_') then					-- flag if present must be two alpha characters and underscore (requires 'web/' path element)
			err_msg = 'flag';
		else
			return url;												       	-- return archiveURL
		end
	end
																				-- if here, something not right so
	table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'archive_url', {err_msg}, true ) } );	-- add error message and
	if is_set (Frame:preprocess('{{REVISIONID}}')) then
		return '';															-- return empty strings for archiveURL and ArchiveDate
	else
		return url;														-- preview mode so return archiveUR
	end
end


--[[--------------------------< M I S S I N G _ P I P E _ C H E C K >------------------------------------------

Look at the contents of a parameter. If the content has a string of characters and digits followed by an equal
sign, compare the alphanumeric string to the list of cs1|2 parameters.  If found, then the string is possibly a
parameter that is missing its pipe:
	{{cite ... |title=Title access-date=2016-03-17}}

cs1|2 shares some parameter names with xml/html atributes: class=, title=, etc.  To prevent false positives xml/html
tags are removed before the search.

If a missing pipe is detected, this function adds the missing pipe maintenance category.

]]

local function missing_pipe_check (value)
	local capture;
	value = value:gsub ('%b<>', '');											-- remove xml/html tags because attributes: class=, title=, etc 

	capture = value:match ('%s+(%a[%a%d]+)%s*=') or value:match ('^(%a[%a%d]+)%s*=');	-- find and categorize parameters with possible missing pipes
	if capture and validate (capture) then								-- if the capture is a valid parameter name
		add_maint_cat ('missing_pipe');
	end
end


--[[--------------------------< C I T A T I O N 0 >------------------------------------------------------------

This is the main function doing the majority of the citation formatting.

]]

local function citation0( config, args)
	--[[ 
	Load Input Parameters
	The argument_wrapper facilitates the mapping of multiple aliases to single internal variable.
	]]
	local A = argument_wrapper( args );
	local i 

	-- Pick out the relevant fields from the arguments.  Different citation templates
	-- define different field names for the same underlying things.	

-- set default parameter values defined by |mode= parameter.  If |mode= is empty or omitted, use CitationClass to set these values
	local Mode = A['Mode'];
	if not is_valid_parameter_value (Mode, 'mode', cfg.keywords['mode'], config.CitationClass) then
		Mode = '';
	end

	local author_etal;
	local a	= {};																-- authors list from |lastn= / |firstn= pairs or |vauthors=
	local Authors;
	local NameListFormat = A['NameListFormat'];
	local Collaboration = A['Collaboration'];

	do																			-- to limit scope of selected
		local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Vauthors'], A['Authors'], args, 'AuthorList');
		if 1 == selected then
			a, author_etal = extract_names (args, 'AuthorList');				-- fetch author list from |authorn= / |lastn= / |firstn=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn=
		elseif 2 == selected then
			NameListFormat = 'vanc';											-- override whatever |name-list-format= might be
			a, author_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.vauthors, 'AuthorList');	-- fetch author list from |vauthors=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn=
		elseif 3 == selected then
			Authors = A['Authors'];												-- use content of |authors=
			if 'authors' == A:ORIGIN('Authors') then							-- but add a maint cat if the parameter is |authors=
				add_maint_cat ('authors');										-- because use of this parameter is discouraged; what to do about the aliases is a TODO:
			end
		end
		if is_set (Collaboration) then
			author_etal = true;													-- so that |display-authors=etal not required
		end
	end

	local Others = A['Others'];

	local editor_etal;
	local e	= {};																-- editors list from |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= pairs or |veditors=
	local Editors;

	do																			-- to limit scope of selected
		local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Veditors'], A['Editors'], args, 'EditorList');
		if 1 == selected then
			e, editor_etal = extract_names (args, 'EditorList');				-- fetch editor list from |editorn= / |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn=
		elseif 2 == selected then
			NameListFormat = 'vanc';											-- override whatever |name-list-format= might be
			e, editor_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.veditors, 'EditorList');	-- fetch editor list from |veditors=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn=
		elseif 3 == selected then
			Editors = A['Editors'];												-- use content of |editors=
			add_maint_cat ('editors');											-- but add a maint cat because use of this parameter is discouraged
		end
	end

	local t = {};																-- translators list from |translator-lastn= / translator-firstn= pairs
	local Translators;															-- assembled translators name list
	t = extract_names (args, 'TranslatorList');									-- fetch translator list from |translatorn= / |translator-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn=
	

	local interviewers_list = {};
	local Interviewers = A['Interviewers']
	if is_set (Interviewers) then												-- add a maint cat if the |interviewers= is used
		add_maint_cat ('interviewers');											-- because use of this parameter is discouraged
	else
		interviewers_list = extract_names (args, 'InterviewerList');			-- else, process preferred interviewers parameters
	end

	local c = {};																-- contributors list from |contributor-lastn= / contributor-firstn= pairs
	local Contributors;															-- assembled contributors name list
	local Contribution = A['Contribution'];
	if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"book","citation"}) and not is_set(A['Periodical']) then	-- |contributor= and |contribution= only supported in book cites
		c = extract_names (args, 'ContributorList');							-- fetch contributor list from |contributorn= / |contributor-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn=
		
		if 0 < #c then
			if not is_set (Contribution) then									-- |contributor= requires |contribution=
				table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'contributor_missing_required_param', 'contribution')});	-- add missing contribution error message
				c = {};															-- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later
			end
			if 0 == #a then														-- |contributor= requires |author=
				table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'contributor_missing_required_param', 'author')});	-- add missing author error message
				c = {};															-- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later
			end
		end
	else																		-- if not a book cite
		if select_one (args, cfg.aliases['ContributorList-Last'], 'redundant_parameters', 1 ) then	-- are there contributor name list parameters?
			table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'contributor_ignored')});	-- add contributor ignored error message
		end
		Contribution = nil;														-- unset
	end

	if not is_valid_parameter_value (NameListFormat, 'name-list-format', cfg.keywords['name-list-format']) then			-- only accepted value for this parameter is 'vanc'
		NameListFormat = '';													-- anything else, set to empty string
	end

	local Year = A['Year'];
	local PublicationDate = mw.getCurrentFrame():expandTemplate{ title = 'ISOtilNorskdato', args = { A['PublicationDate'], 'n' } };
	local OrigYear = A['OrigYear'];
	local Date = mw.getCurrentFrame():expandTemplate{ title = 'ISOtilNorskdato', args = { A['Date'], 'n' } };
	local LayDate = mw.getCurrentFrame():expandTemplate{ title = 'ISOtilNorskdato', args = { A['LayDate'], 'n' } };
	------------------------------------------------- Get title data
	local Title = A['Title'];
	local ScriptTitle = A['ScriptTitle'];
	local BookTitle = A['BookTitle'];
	local Conference = A['Conference'];
	local TransTitle = A['TransTitle'];
	local TitleNote = A['TitleNote'];
	local TitleLink = A['TitleLink'];
			link_title_ok (TitleLink, A:ORIGIN ('TitleLink'), Title, 'title');	-- check for wikimarkup in |title-link= or wikimarkup in |title= when |title-link= is set

	local Chapter = A['Chapter'];
	local ScriptChapter = A['ScriptChapter'];
	local ChapterLink	-- = A['ChapterLink'];									-- deprecated as a parameter but still used internally by cite episode
	local TransChapter = A['TransChapter'];
	local TitleType = A['TitleType'];
	local Degree = A['Degree'];
	local Docket = A['Docket'];
	local ArchiveFormat = A['ArchiveFormat'];

	local ArchiveDate = mw.getCurrentFrame():expandTemplate{ title = 'ISOtilNorskdato', args = { A['ArchiveDate'], 'n' } };
	local ArchiveURL;

	ArchiveURL = archive_url_check (A['ArchiveURL'])
	
	local DeadURL = A['DeadURL']
		if not is_valid_parameter_value (DeadURL, 'dead-url', cfg.keywords ['deadurl']) then	-- set in config.defaults to 'yes'
			DeadURL = '';														-- anything else, set to empty string
		end

	local URL = A['URL']
	local URLorigin = A:ORIGIN('URL');											-- get name of parameter that holds URL
	local ChapterURL = A['ChapterURL'];
	local ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ChapterURL');							-- get name of parameter that holds ChapterURL
	local ConferenceFormat = A['ConferenceFormat'];
	local ConferenceURL = A['ConferenceURL'];
	local ConferenceURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ConferenceURL');						-- get name of parameter that holds ConferenceURL
	local Periodical = A['Periodical'];
	local Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('Periodical');							-- get the name of the periodical parameter

	local Series = A['Series'];
	
	local Volume;
	local Issue;
	local Page;
	local Pages;
	local At;
																				-- previously conference books did not support volume
--	if in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_volume) and not ('conference' == config.CitationClass and not is_set (Periodical)) then
	if in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_volume) then
		Volume = A['Volume'];
	end
																				-- conference & map books do not support issue
	if in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_issue) and not (in_array (config.CitationClass, {'conference', 'map'}) and not is_set (Periodical))then
		Issue = A['Issue'];
	end
	local Position = '';
	if not in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_not_using_page) then
		Page = A['Page'];
		Pages = hyphen_to_dash( A['Pages'] );	
		At = A['At'];
	end

	local Edition = A['Edition'];
	local PublicationPlace = A['PublicationPlace']
	local Place = A['Place'];
	
	local PublisherName = A['PublisherName'];
	local RegistrationRequired = A['RegistrationRequired'];
		if not is_valid_parameter_value (RegistrationRequired, 'registration', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
			RegistrationRequired=nil;
		end
	local SubscriptionRequired = A['SubscriptionRequired'];
		if not is_valid_parameter_value (SubscriptionRequired, 'subscription', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
			SubscriptionRequired=nil;
		end
	local UrlAccess = A['UrlAccess'];
		if not is_valid_parameter_value (UrlAccess, 'url-access', cfg.keywords ['url-access']) then
			UrlAccess = nil;
		end
		if not is_set(URL) and is_set(UrlAccess) then
			UrlAccess = nil;
			table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'param_access_requires_param', {'url'}, true ) } );
		end

		if is_set (UrlAccess) and is_set (SubscriptionRequired) then			-- while not aliases, these are much the same so if both are set
			table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'url-access') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'subscription')}, true ) } );		-- add error message
			SubscriptionRequired = nil;											-- unset; prefer |access= over |subscription=
		end
		if is_set (UrlAccess) and is_set (RegistrationRequired) then			-- these are not the same but contradictory so if both are set
			table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'url-access') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'registration')}, true ) } );		-- add error message
			RegistrationRequired = nil;											-- unset; prefer |access= over |registration=
		end


	local Via = A['Via'];
	local AccessDate = mw.getCurrentFrame():expandTemplate{ title = 'ISOtilNorskdato', args = { A['AccessDate'], 'n' } };
	local Agency = A['Agency'];

	local Language = A['Language'];
	local Format = A['Format'];
	local ChapterFormat = A['ChapterFormat'];
	local DoiBroken = A['DoiBroken'];
	local ID = A['ID'];
	local ASINTLD = A['ASINTLD'];
	local IgnoreISBN = A['IgnoreISBN'];
		if not is_valid_parameter_value (IgnoreISBN, 'ignore-isbn-error', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
			IgnoreISBN = nil;													-- anything else, set to empty string
		end
	local Embargo = A['Embargo'];
	local Class = A['Class'];													-- arxiv class identifier

	local ID_list = extract_ids( args );
	local ID_access_levels = extract_id_access_levels( args, ID_list );

	local Quote = A['Quote'];

	local LayFormat = A['LayFormat'];
	local LayURL = A['LayURL'];
	local LaySource = A['LaySource'];
	local Transcript = A['Transcript'];
	local TranscriptFormat = A['TranscriptFormat'];
	local TranscriptURL = A['TranscriptURL'] 
	local TranscriptURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('TranscriptURL');						-- get name of parameter that holds TranscriptURL

	local LastAuthorAmp = A['LastAuthorAmp'];
		if not is_valid_parameter_value (LastAuthorAmp, 'last-author-amp', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
			LastAuthorAmp = nil;												-- set to empty string
		end
		if 'mla' == Mode then												
			LastAuthorAmp = 'yes';												-- replaces last author/editor separator with ' and ' text
		end
	local no_tracking_cats = A['NoTracking'];
		if not is_valid_parameter_value (no_tracking_cats, 'no-tracking', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
			no_tracking_cats = nil;												-- set to empty string
		end

--local variables that are not cs1 parameters
	local use_lowercase;														-- controls capitalization of certain static text
	local this_page = mw.title.getCurrentTitle();								-- also used for COinS and for language
	local anchor_year;															-- used in the CITEREF identifier
	local COinS_date = {};														-- holds date info extracted from |date= for the COinS metadata by Module:Date verification

	local DF = A['DF'];															-- date format set in cs1|2 template
	if not is_valid_parameter_value (DF, 'df', cfg.keywords['date-format']) then	-- validate reformatting keyword
		DF = '';																-- not valid, set to empty string
	end

	local sepc;											-- separator between citation elements for CS1 a period, for CS2, a comma
	local PostScript;
	local Ref;
	sepc, PostScript, Ref = set_style (Mode:lower(), A['PostScript'], A['Ref'], config.CitationClass);
	use_lowercase = ( sepc == ',' );					-- used to control capitalization for certain static text

--check this page to see if it is in one of the namespaces that cs1 is not supposed to add to the error categories
	if not is_set (no_tracking_cats) then										-- ignore if we are already not going to categorize this page
		if in_array (this_page.nsText, cfg.uncategorized_namespaces) then
			no_tracking_cats = "true";											-- set no_tracking_cats
		end
		for _,v in ipairs (cfg.uncategorized_subpages) do						-- cycle through page name patterns
			if this_page.text:match (v) then									-- test page name against each pattern
				no_tracking_cats = "true";										-- set no_tracking_cats
				break;															-- bail out if one is found
			end
		end
	end

-- check for extra |page=, |pages= or |at= parameters. (also sheet and sheets while we're at it)
	select_one( args, {'page', 'p', 'pp', 's', 'pages', 'at', 'sheet', 'sheets'}, 'redundant_parameters' );		-- this is a dummy call simply to get the error message and category

	local NoPP = A['NoPP'] 
	if is_set (NoPP) and is_valid_parameter_value (NoPP, 'nopp', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
		NoPP = true;
	else
		NoPP = nil;																-- unset, used as a flag later
	end

	if is_set(Page) then
		if is_set(Pages) or is_set(At) then
			Pages = '';															-- unset the others
			At = '';
		end
		extra_text_in_page_check (Page);										-- add this page to maint cat if |page= value begins with what looks like p. or pp.
	elseif is_set(Pages) then
		if is_set(At) then
			At = '';															-- unset
		end
		extra_text_in_page_check (Pages);										-- add this page to maint cat if |pages= value begins with what looks like p. or pp.
	end	

-- both |publication-place= and |place= (|location=) allowed if different
	if not is_set(PublicationPlace) and is_set(Place) then
		PublicationPlace = Place;							-- promote |place= (|location=) to |publication-place
	end
	
	if PublicationPlace == Place then Place = ''; end		-- don't need both if they are the same
	
--[[
Parameter remapping for cite encyclopedia:
When the citation has these parameters:
	|encyclopedia and |title then map |title to |article and |encyclopedia to |title
	|encyclopedia and |article then map |encyclopedia to |title
	|encyclopedia then map |encyclopedia to |title

	|trans_title maps to |trans_chapter when |title is re-mapped
	|url maps to |chapterurl when |title is remapped

All other combinations of |encyclopedia, |title, and |article are not modified

]]

local Encyclopedia = A['Encyclopedia'];

	if ( config.CitationClass == "encyclopaedia" ) or ( config.CitationClass == "citation" and is_set (Encyclopedia)) then	-- test code for citation
		if is_set(Periodical) then												-- Periodical is set when |encyclopedia is set
			if is_set(Title) or is_set (ScriptTitle) then
				if not is_set(Chapter) then
					Chapter = Title;											-- |encyclopedia and |title are set so map |title to |article and |encyclopedia to |title
					ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle;
					TransChapter = TransTitle;
					ChapterURL = URL;
					if not is_set (ChapterURL) and is_set (TitleLink) then
						Chapter= '[[' .. TitleLink .. '|' .. Chapter .. ']]';
					end
					Title = Periodical;
					ChapterFormat = Format;
					Periodical = '';											-- redundant so unset
					TransTitle = '';
					URL = '';
					Format = '';
					TitleLink = '';
					ScriptTitle = '';
				end
			else																-- |title not set
				Title = Periodical;												-- |encyclopedia set and |article set or not set so map |encyclopedia to |title
				Periodical = '';												-- redundant so unset
			end
		end
	end

-- Special case for cite techreport.
	if (config.CitationClass == "techreport") then								-- special case for cite techreport
		if is_set(A['Number']) then												-- cite techreport uses 'number', which other citations alias to 'issue'
			if not is_set(ID) then												-- can we use ID for the "number"?
				ID = A['Number'];												-- yes, use it
			else																-- ID has a value so emit error message
				table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error('redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'id') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'number')}, true )});
			end
		end	
	end

-- special case for cite mailing list
	if (config.CitationClass == "mailinglist") then
		Periodical = A ['MailingList'];
	elseif 'mailinglist' == A:ORIGIN('Periodical') then
		Periodical = '';														-- unset because mailing list is only used for cite mailing list
	end

-- Account for the oddity that is {{cite conference}}, before generation of COinS data.
	if 'conference' == config.CitationClass then
		if is_set(BookTitle) then
			Chapter = Title;
--			ChapterLink = TitleLink;											-- |chapterlink= is deprecated
			ChapterURL = URL;
			ChapterURLorigin = URLorigin;
			URLorigin = '';
			ChapterFormat = Format;
			TransChapter = TransTitle;
			Title = BookTitle;
			Format = '';
--			TitleLink = '';
			TransTitle = '';
			URL = '';
		end
	elseif 'speech' ~= config.CitationClass then
		Conference = '';														-- not cite conference or cite speech so make sure this is empty string
	end

-- cite map oddities
	local Cartography = "";
	local Scale = "";
	local Sheet = A['Sheet'] or '';
	local Sheets = A['Sheets'] or '';
	if config.CitationClass == "map" then
		Chapter = A['Map'];
		ChapterURL = A['MapURL'];
		TransChapter = A['TransMap'];
		ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('MapURL');
		ChapterFormat = A['MapFormat'];
		
		Cartography = A['Cartography'];
		if is_set( Cartography ) then
			Cartography = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('cartography', Cartography, use_lowercase);
		end		
		Scale = A['Scale'];
		if is_set( Scale ) then
			Scale = sepc .. " " .. Scale;
		end
	end

-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite episode}} and {{cite serial}}, before generation of COinS data.
	if 'episode' == config.CitationClass or 'serial' == config.CitationClass then
		local AirDate = A['AirDate'];
		local SeriesLink = A['SeriesLink'];

		link_title_ok (SeriesLink, A:ORIGIN ('SeriesLink'), Series, 'series');	-- check for wikimarkup in |series-link= or wikimarkup in |series= when |series-link= is set

		local Network = A['Network'];
		local Station = A['Station'];
		local s, n = {}, {};
																				-- do common parameters first
		if is_set(Network) then table.insert(n, Network); end
		if is_set(Station) then table.insert(n, Station); end
		ID = table.concat(n, sepc .. ' ');
		
		if not is_set (Date) and is_set (AirDate) then							-- promote airdate to date
			Date = AirDate;
		end

		if 'episode' == config.CitationClass then								-- handle the oddities that are strictly {{cite episode}}
			local Season = A['Season'];
			local SeriesNumber = A['SeriesNumber'];

			if is_set (Season) and is_set (SeriesNumber) then					-- these are mutually exclusive so if both are set
				table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'season') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'seriesno')}, true ) } );		-- add error message
				SeriesNumber = '';												-- unset; prefer |season= over |seriesno=
			end
																				-- assemble a table of parts concatenated later into Series
			if is_set(Season) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('season', Season, use_lowercase)); end
			if is_set(SeriesNumber) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('series', SeriesNumber, use_lowercase)); end
			if is_set(Issue) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('episode', Issue, use_lowercase)); end
			Issue = '';															-- unset because this is not a unique parameter
	
			Chapter = Title;													-- promote title parameters to chapter
			ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle;
			ChapterLink = TitleLink;											-- alias episodelink
			TransChapter = TransTitle;
			ChapterURL = URL;
			ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('URL');
			
			Title = Series;														-- promote series to title
			TitleLink = SeriesLink;
			Series = table.concat(s, sepc .. ' ');								-- this is concatenation of season, seriesno, episode number

			if is_set (ChapterLink) and not is_set (ChapterURL) then			-- link but not URL
				Chapter = '[[' .. ChapterLink .. '|' .. Chapter .. ']]';		-- ok to wikilink
			elseif is_set (ChapterLink) and is_set (ChapterURL) then			-- if both are set, URL links episode;
				Series = '[[' .. ChapterLink .. '|' .. Series .. ']]';			-- series links with ChapterLink (episodelink -> TitleLink -> ChapterLink) ugly
			end
			URL = '';															-- unset
			TransTitle = '';
			ScriptTitle = '';
			
		else																	-- now oddities that are cite serial
			Issue = '';															-- unset because this parameter no longer supported by the citation/core version of cite serial
			Chapter = A['Episode'];												-- TODO: make |episode= available to cite episode someday?
			if is_set (Series) and is_set (SeriesLink) then
				Series = '[[' .. SeriesLink .. '|' .. Series .. ']]';
			end
			Series = wrap_style ('italic-title', Series);						-- series is italicized
		end	
	end
-- end of {{cite episode}} stuff

-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, {{cite biorxiv}}, {{cite citeseerx}}, before generation of COinS data.
	do
		if in_array (config.CitationClass, {'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx'}) then
			if not is_set (ID_list[config.CitationClass:upper()]) then			-- |arxiv= or |eprint= required for cite arxiv; |biorxiv= & |citeseerx= required for their templates
				table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( config.CitationClass .. '_missing', {}, true ) } );		-- add error message
			end
			
			if 'arxiv' == config.CitationClass then
				Periodical = 'arXiv';											-- set to arXiv for COinS; after that, must be set to empty string
			end
			if 'biorxiv' == config.CitationClass then
				Periodical = 'bioRxiv';											-- set to bioRxiv for COinS; after that, must be set to empty string
			end
			if 'citeseerx' == config.CitationClass then
				Periodical = 'CiteSeerX';										-- set to CiteSeerX for COinS; after that, must be set to empty string
			end
		end
	end

-- handle type parameter for those CS1 citations that have default values
	if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"AV-media-notes", "interview", "mailinglist", "map", "podcast", "pressrelease", "report", "techreport", "thesis"}) then
		TitleType = set_titletype (config.CitationClass, TitleType);
		if is_set(Degree) and "Thesis" == TitleType then						-- special case for cite thesis
			TitleType = Degree .. ' ' .. cfg.title_types ['thesis']:lower();
		end
	end

	if is_set(TitleType) then													-- if type parameter is specified
		TitleType = substitute( cfg.messages['type'], TitleType);				-- display it in parentheses
	-- TODO: Hack on TitleType to fix bunched parentheses problem
	end

-- legacy: promote PublicationDate to Date if neither Date nor Year are set.
	if not is_set (Date) then
		Date = Year;															-- promote Year to Date
		Year = nil;																-- make nil so Year as empty string isn't used for CITEREF
		if not is_set (Date) and is_set(PublicationDate) then					-- use PublicationDate when |date= and |year= are not set
			Date = PublicationDate;												-- promote PublicationDate to Date
			PublicationDate = '';												-- unset, no longer needed
		end
	end

	if PublicationDate == Date then PublicationDate = ''; end					-- if PublicationDate is same as Date, don't display in rendered citation

--[[
Go test all of the date-holding parameters for valid MOS:DATE format and make sure that dates are real dates. This must be done before we do COinS because here is where
we get the date used in the metadata.

Date validation supporting code is in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation
]]
	do	-- create defined block to contain local variables error_message, date_parameters_list, mismatch
		local error_message = '';
																				-- AirDate has been promoted to Date so not necessary to check it
		local date_parameters_list = {['besøksdato']=AccessDate, ['arkivdato']=ArchiveDate, ['dato']=Date, ['doi_inaktivdato']=DoiBroken,
				['embargo']=Embargo, ['sammendragdato']=LayDate, ['utgivelsesdato']=PublicationDate, ['år']=Year};

		anchor_year, Embargo, error_message = dates(date_parameters_list, COinS_date);

		if is_set (Year) and is_set (Date) then									-- both |date= and |year= not normally needed; 
			local mismatch = year_date_check (Year, Date)
			if 0 == mismatch then												-- |year= does not match a year-value in |date=
				if is_set (error_message) then									-- if there is already an error message
					error_message = error_message .. ', ';						-- tack on this additional message
				end
				error_message = error_message .. '&#124;year= / &#124;date= mismatch';
			elseif 1 == mismatch then											-- |year= matches year-value in |date=
				add_maint_cat ('date_year');
			end
		end
		
		if not is_set(error_message) then										-- error free dates only
			local modified = false;												-- flag
			if is_set (DF) then													-- if we need to reformat dates
				modified = reformat_dates (date_parameters_list, DF, false);	-- reformat to DF format, use long month names if appropriate
			end

			if true == date_hyphen_to_dash (date_parameters_list) then					-- convert hyphens to dashes where appropriate
				modified = true;
				add_maint_cat ('date_format');									-- hyphens were converted so add maint category
			end
			
			if modified then													-- if the date_parameters_list values were modified
				AccessDate = date_parameters_list['besøksdato'];				-- overwrite date holding parameters with modified values
				ArchiveDate = date_parameters_list['arkivdato'];
				Date = date_parameters_list['dato'];
				DoiBroken = date_parameters_list['doi_inaktivdato'];
				LayDate = date_parameters_list['sammendragdato'];
				PublicationDate = date_parameters_list['utgivelsesdato'];
			end
		else
			table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'bad_date', {error_message}, true ) } );	-- add this error message
		end
	end	-- end of do

-- Account for the oddity that is {{cite journal}} with |pmc= set and |url= not set.  Do this after date check but before COInS.
-- Here we unset Embargo if PMC not embargoed (|embargo= not set in the citation) or if the embargo time has expired. Otherwise, holds embargo date
	Embargo = is_embargoed (Embargo);											-- 

	if config.CitationClass == "journal" and not is_set(URL) and is_set(ID_list['PMC']) then
		if not is_set (Embargo) then											-- if not embargoed or embargo has expired
			URL=cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].prefix .. ID_list['PMC'];				-- set url to be the same as the PMC external link if not embargoed
			URLorigin = cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].parameters[1];					-- set URLorigin to parameter name for use in error message if citation is missing a |title=
			if is_set(AccessDate) then											-- access date requires |url=; pmc created url is not |url=
				table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'accessdate_missing_url', {}, true ) } );
				AccessDate = '';												-- unset
			end

		end
	end

-- At this point fields may be nil if they weren't specified in the template use.  We can use that fact.
	-- Test if citation has no title
	if	not is_set(Title) and
		not is_set(TransTitle) and
		not is_set(ScriptTitle) then
			if 'episode' == config.CitationClass then							-- special case for cite episode; TODO: is there a better way to do this?
				table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'citation_missing_title', {'serie'}, true ) } );
			else
				table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'citation_missing_title', {'tittel'}, true ) } );
			end
	end
	
	if 'none' == Title and in_array (config.CitationClass, {'journal', 'citation'}) and is_set (Periodical) and 'journal' == A:ORIGIN('Periodical') then	-- special case for journal cites
		Title = '';																-- set title to empty string
		add_maint_cat ('untitled');
	end

	check_for_url ({															-- add error message when any of these parameters contains a URL
		['title']=Title,
		[A:ORIGIN('Chapter')]=Chapter,
		[A:ORIGIN('Periodical')]=Periodical,
		[A:ORIGIN('PublisherName')] = PublisherName
		});

	-- COinS metadata (see <http://ocoins.info/>) for automated parsing of citation information.
	-- handle the oddity that is cite encyclopedia and {{citation |encyclopedia=something}}. Here we presume that
	-- when Periodical, Title, and Chapter are all set, then Periodical is the book (encyclopedia) title, Title
	-- is the article title, and Chapter is a section within the article.  So, we remap 
	
	local coins_chapter = Chapter;												-- default assuming that remapping not required
	local coins_title = Title;													-- et tu
	if 'encyclopaedia' == config.CitationClass or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
		if is_set (Chapter) and is_set (Title) and is_set (Periodical) then		-- if all are used then
			coins_chapter = Title;												-- remap
			coins_title = Periodical;
		end
	end
	local coins_author = a;														-- default for coins rft.au 
	if 0 < #c then																-- but if contributor list
		coins_author = c;														-- use that instead
	end

	-- this is the function call to COinS()
	local OCinSoutput = COinS({
		['Periodical'] = Periodical,
		['Encyclopedia'] = Encyclopedia,
		['Chapter'] = make_coins_title (coins_chapter, ScriptChapter),			-- Chapter and ScriptChapter stripped of bold / italic wikimarkup
		['Degree'] = Degree;													-- cite thesis only
		['Title'] = make_coins_title (coins_title, ScriptTitle),				-- Title and ScriptTitle stripped of bold / italic wikimarkup
		['PublicationPlace'] = PublicationPlace,
		['Date'] = COinS_date.rftdate,											-- COinS_date has correctly formatted date if Date is valid;
		['Season'] = COinS_date.rftssn,
		['Chron'] =  COinS_date.rftchron or (not COinS_date.rftdate and Date) or '',	-- chron but if not set and invalid date format use Date; keep this last bit?
		['Series'] = Series,
		['Volume'] = Volume,
		['Issue'] = Issue,
		['Pages'] = get_coins_pages (first_set ({Sheet, Sheets, Page, Pages, At}, 5)),				-- pages stripped of external links
		['Edition'] = Edition,
		['PublisherName'] = PublisherName,
		['URL'] = first_set ({ChapterURL, URL}, 2),
		['Authors'] = coins_author,
		['ID_list'] = ID_list,
		['RawPage'] = this_page.prefixedText,
	}, config.CitationClass);

-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, AFTER generation of COinS data.
--	if 'arxiv' == config.CitationClass then										-- we have set rft.jtitle in COinS to arXiv, now unset so it isn't displayed
	if in_array (config.CitationClass, {'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx'}) then	-- we have set rft.jtitle in COinS to arXiv, bioRxiv, or CiteSeerX now unset so it isn't displayed
		Periodical = '';														-- periodical not allowed in these templates; if article has been published, use cite journal
	end

-- special case for cite newsgroup.  Do this after COinS because we are modifying Publishername to include some static text
	if 'newsgroup' == config.CitationClass then
		if is_set (PublisherName) then
			PublisherName = substitute (cfg.messages['newsgroup'], external_link( 'news:' .. PublisherName, PublisherName, A:ORIGIN('PublisherName'), nil ));
		end
	end



	-- Now perform various field substitutions.
	-- We also add leading spaces and surrounding markup and punctuation to the
	-- various parts of the citation, but only when they are non-nil.
	local EditorCount;															-- used only for choosing {ed.) or (eds.) annotation at end of editor name-list
	do
		local last_first_list;
		local control = { 
			format = NameListFormat,											-- empty string or 'vanc'
			maximum = nil,														-- as if display-authors or display-editors not set
			lastauthoramp = LastAuthorAmp,
			page_name = this_page.text,											-- get current page name so that we don't wikilink to it via editorlinkn
			mode = Mode
		};

		do																		-- do editor name list first because the now unsupported coauthors used to modify control table
			control.maximum , editor_etal = get_display_authors_editors (A['DisplayEditors'], #e, 'editors', editor_etal);
			last_first_list, EditorCount = list_people(control, e, editor_etal);

			if is_set (Editors) then
				if editor_etal then
					Editors = Editors .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al'];			-- add et al. to editors parameter beause |display-editors=etal
					EditorCount = 2;											-- with et al., |editors= is multiple names; spoof to display (eds.) annotation
				else
					EditorCount = 2;											-- we don't know but assume |editors= is multiple names; spoof to display (eds.) annotation
				end
			else
				Editors = last_first_list;										-- either an author name list or an empty string
			end

			if 1 == EditorCount and (true == editor_etal or 1 < #e) then		-- only one editor displayed but includes etal then 
				EditorCount = 2;												-- spoof to display (eds.) annotation
			end
		end
		do																		-- now do interviewers
			control.maximum = #interviewers_list;							-- number of interviewerss
			Interviewers = list_people(control, interviewers_list, false);	-- et al not currently supported
		end
		do																		-- now do translators
			control.maximum = #t;												-- number of translators
			Translators = list_people(control, t, false);						-- et al not currently supported
		end
		do																		-- now do contributors
			control.maximum = #c;												-- number of contributors
			Contributors = list_people(control, c, false);						-- et al not currently supported
		end
		do																		-- now do authors
			control.maximum , author_etal = get_display_authors_editors (A['DisplayAuthors'], #a, 'authors', author_etal);

			last_first_list = list_people(control, a, author_etal);

			if is_set (Authors) then
				Authors, author_etal = name_has_etal (Authors, author_etal, false);	-- find and remove variations on et al.
				if author_etal then
					Authors = Authors .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al'];			-- add et al. to authors parameter
				end
			else
				Authors = last_first_list;										-- either an author name list or an empty string
			end
		end																		-- end of do
	
		if is_set (Authors) and is_set (Collaboration) then
			Authors = Authors .. ' (' .. Collaboration .. ')';					-- add collaboration after et al.
		end

	end

-- apply |[xx-]format= styling; at the end, these parameters hold correctly styled format annotation,
-- an error message if the associated url is not set, or an empty string for concatenation
	ArchiveFormat = style_format (ArchiveFormat, ArchiveURL, 'archive-format', 'archive-url');
	ConferenceFormat = style_format (ConferenceFormat, ConferenceURL, 'conference-format', 'conference-url');
	Format = style_format (Format, URL, 'format', 'url');
	LayFormat = style_format (LayFormat, LayURL, 'lay-format', 'lay-url');
	TranscriptFormat = style_format (TranscriptFormat, TranscriptURL, 'transcript-format', 'transcripturl');

-- special case for chapter format so no error message or cat when chapter not supported
	if not (in_array(config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx'}) or
		('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical) and not is_set (Encyclopedia))) then
			ChapterFormat = style_format (ChapterFormat, ChapterURL, 'chapter-format', 'chapter-url');
	end

	if not is_set(URL) then
		if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"web","podcast", "mailinglist"}) then	-- |url= required for cite web, cite podcast, and cite mailinglist
			table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'cite_web_url', {}, true ) } );
		end
		
		-- do we have |accessdate= without either |url= or |chapter-url=?
		if is_set(AccessDate) and not is_set(ChapterURL)then					-- ChapterURL may be set when URL is not set;
			table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'accessdate_missing_url', {}, true ) } );
			AccessDate = '';
		end
	end

	local OriginalURL, OriginalURLorigin, OriginalFormat, OriginalAccess;
	DeadURL = DeadURL:lower();													-- used later when assembling archived text
	if is_set( ArchiveURL ) then
		if is_set (ChapterURL) then 											-- URL not set so if chapter-url is set apply archive url to it
			OriginalURL = ChapterURL;											-- save copy of source chapter's url for archive text
			OriginalURLorigin = ChapterURLorigin;								-- name of chapter-url parameter for error messages
			OriginalFormat = ChapterFormat;										-- and original |format=
			if 'no' ~= DeadURL and 'nei' ~= DeadURL and 'live' ~= DeadURL and 'ok' ~= DeadURL then
				ChapterURL = ArchiveURL											-- swap-in the archive's url
				ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL')						-- name of archive-url parameter for error messages
				ChapterFormat = ArchiveFormat or '';							-- swap in archive's format
			end
		elseif is_set (URL) then
			OriginalURL = URL;													-- save copy of original source URL
			OriginalURLorigin = URLorigin;										-- name of url parameter for error messages
			OriginalFormat = Format; 											-- and original |format=
			OriginalAccess = UrlAccess;
			if 'no' ~= DeadURL and 'nei' ~= DeadURL and 'live' ~= DeadURL and 'ok' ~= DeadURL then						-- if URL set then archive-url applies to it
				URL = ArchiveURL												-- swap-in the archive's url
				URLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL')								-- name of archive url parameter for error messages
				Format = ArchiveFormat or '';									-- swap in archive's format
				UrlAccess = nil;												-- restricted access levels do not make sense for archived urls
			end
 		end
	end

	if in_array(config.CitationClass, {'web','news','journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx'}) or	-- if any of the 'periodical' cites except encyclopedia
		('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical) and not is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
			local chap_param;
			if is_set (Chapter) then											-- get a parameter name from one of these chapter related meta-parameters
				chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('Chapter')
			elseif is_set (TransChapter) then
				chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('TransChapter')
			elseif is_set (ChapterURL) then
				chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterURL')
			elseif is_set (ScriptChapter) then
				chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ScriptChapter')
			else is_set (ChapterFormat)
				chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterFormat')
			end

			if is_set (chap_param) then											-- if we found one
				table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'chapter_ignored', {chap_param}, true ) } );		-- add error message
				Chapter = '';													-- and set them to empty string to be safe with concatenation
				TransChapter = '';
				ChapterURL = '';
				ScriptChapter = '';
				ChapterFormat = '';
			end
	else																		-- otherwise, format chapter / article title
		local no_quotes = false;												-- default assume that we will be quoting the chapter parameter value
		if is_set (Contribution) and 0 < #c then								-- if this is a contribution with contributor(s)
			if in_array (Contribution:lower(), cfg.keywords.contribution) then	-- and a generic contribution title
				no_quotes = true;												-- then render it unquoted
			end
		end

		Chapter = format_chapter_title (ScriptChapter, Chapter, TransChapter, ChapterURL, ChapterURLorigin, no_quotes);		-- Contribution is also in Chapter
		if is_set (Chapter) then
			Chapter = Chapter .. ChapterFormat ;
			if 'map' == config.CitationClass and is_set (TitleType) then
				Chapter = Chapter .. ' ' .. TitleType;							-- map annotation here; not after title
			end
			Chapter = Chapter.. sepc .. ' ';
		elseif is_set (ChapterFormat) then										-- |chapter= not set but |chapter-format= is so ...
			Chapter = ChapterFormat .. sepc .. ' ';								-- ... ChapterFormat has error message, we want to see it
		end
	end

	-- Format main title.
	if is_set(TitleLink) and is_set(Title) then
		Title = "[[" .. TitleLink .. "|" .. Title .. "]]"
	end

	if in_array(config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'mailinglist', 'interview', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx'}) or
		('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical) and not is_set (Encyclopedia)) or
		('map' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical)) then			-- special case for cite map when the map is in a periodical treat as an article
			Title = kern_quotes (Title);										-- if necessary, separate title's leading and trailing quote marks from Module provided quote marks
			Title = wrap_style ('quoted-title', Title);
			Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle);					-- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
			TransTitle= wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle );
	elseif 'report' == config.CitationClass then								-- no styling for cite report
		Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle);						-- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
		TransTitle= wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle );				-- for cite report, use this form for trans-title
	else
		Title = wrap_style ('italic-title', Title);
		Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle);						-- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
		TransTitle = wrap_style ('trans-italic-title', TransTitle);
	end

	local TransError = "";
	if is_set(TransTitle) then
		if is_set(Title) then
			TransTitle = " " .. TransTitle;
		else
			TransError = " " .. set_error( 'trans_missing_title', {'tittel'} );
		end
	end
	
	if is_set(Title) then
		if not is_set(TitleLink) and is_set(URL) then
			
			Title = external_link( URL, Title, URLorigin, UrlAccess ) .. TransTitle .. TransError .. Format;
-- this experiment hidden 2016-04-10; see Help_talk:Citation_Style_1#Recycled_urls
--			local temp_title = external_link( URL, Title, URLorigin ) .. TransError .. Format;	-- do this so we get error message even if url is usurped no archive
--			if in_array (DeadURL, {'unfit no archive', 'usurped no archive'}) then	-- when url links to inappropriate location and there is no archive of original source available
--				local err_msg
--				if temp_title:match ('%[%S+%s+(.+)%](<.+)') then				-- if there is an error message
--					Title, err_msg = temp_title:match ('%[%S+%s+(.+)%](<.+)');	-- strip off external link; TODO: find a better to do this
--					Title = Title .. (err_msg or '');
--				end
--			else
--				Title = temp_title;
--			end

			URL = '';															-- unset these because no longer needed
			Format = "";
		else
			Title = Title .. TransTitle .. TransError;
		end
	end

	if is_set(Place) then
		Place = " " .. wrap_msg ('written', Place, use_lowercase) .. sepc .. " ";
	end

	if is_set (Conference) then
		if is_set (ConferenceURL) then
			Conference = external_link( ConferenceURL, Conference, ConferenceURLorigin, nil );
		end
		Conference = sepc .. " " .. Conference .. ConferenceFormat;
	elseif is_set(ConferenceURL) then
		Conference = sepc .. " " .. external_link( ConferenceURL, nil, ConferenceURLorigin, nil );
	end

	if not is_set(Position) then
		local Minutes = A['Minutes'];
		local Time = A['Time'];

		if is_set(Minutes) then
			if is_set (Time) then
				table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'minutter') .. ' og ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'tidspunkt')}, true ) } );
			end
			Position = " " .. Minutes .. " " .. cfg.messages['minutes'];
		else
			if is_set(Time) then
				local TimeCaption = A['TimeCaption']
				if not is_set(TimeCaption) then
					TimeCaption = cfg.messages['event'];
					if sepc ~= '.' then
						TimeCaption = TimeCaption:lower();
					end
				end
				Position = " " .. TimeCaption .. " " .. Time;
			end
		end
	else
		Position = " " .. Position;
		At = '';
	end

	Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets = format_pages_sheets (Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, NoPP, use_lowercase, Mode);

	At = is_set(At) and (sepc .. " " .. At) or "";
	Position = is_set(Position) and (sepc .. " " .. Position) or "";
	if config.CitationClass == 'map' then
		local Section = A['Section'];
		local Sections = A['Sections'];
		local Inset = A['Inset'];
		
		if is_set( Inset ) then
			Inset = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('inset', Inset, use_lowercase);
		end			

		if is_set( Sections ) then
			Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('sections', Sections, use_lowercase);
		elseif is_set( Section ) then
			Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('section', Section, use_lowercase);
		end
		At = At .. Inset .. Section;		
	end	

	if is_set (Language) then
		Language = language_parameter (Language);								-- format, categories, name from ISO639-1, etc
	else
		Language="";															-- language not specified so make sure this is an empty string;
	--[[ TODO: need to extract the wrap_msg from language_parameter
	so that we can solve parentheses bunching problem with Format/Language/TitleType
	]]
	end

	Others = is_set(Others) and (sepc .. " " .. Others) or "";
	
	if is_set (Translators) then
		if 'mla' == Mode then
			Others = sepc .. ' Trans. ' .. Translators .. Others;
		else
			Others = sepc .. ' ' .. wrap_msg ('translated', Translators, use_lowercase) .. Others;
		end
	end
	if is_set (Interviewers) then
		Others = sepc .. ' ' .. wrap_msg ('interview', Interviewers, use_lowercase) .. Others;
	end
	
	TitleNote = is_set(TitleNote) and (sepc .. " " .. TitleNote) or "";
	if is_set (Edition) then
		if Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]d%.?$') or Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]dition$') then
			add_maint_cat ('extra_text', 'edition');
		end
		if 'mla' == Mode then
			Edition = '. ' .. Edition .. ' ed.';
		else
			Edition = " " .. wrap_msg ('edition', Edition);
		end
	else
		Edition = '';
	end

	Series = is_set(Series) and (sepc .. " " .. Series) or "";
	if 'mla' == Mode then														-- not in brackets for mla
		OrigYear = is_set(OrigYear) and (". " .. OrigYear) or "";
	else
		OrigYear = is_set(OrigYear) and (" [" .. OrigYear .. "]") or "";
	end
	Agency = is_set(Agency) and (sepc .. " " .. Agency) or "";

	Volume = format_volume_issue (Volume, Issue, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, use_lowercase, Mode);

	------------------------------------ totally unrelated data
	if is_set(Via) then
		Via = " " .. wrap_msg ('via', Via);
	end

--[[
Subscription implies paywall; Registration does not.  If both are used in a citation, the subscription required link
note is displayed. There are no error messages for this condition.

]]
	if is_set (SubscriptionRequired) then
		SubscriptionRequired = sepc .. " " .. cfg.messages['subscription'];		-- subscription required message
	elseif is_set (RegistrationRequired) then
		SubscriptionRequired = sepc .. " " .. cfg.messages['registration'];		-- registration required message
	else
		SubscriptionRequired = '';												-- either or both might be set to something other than yes true y
	end

	if is_set(AccessDate) then
		local retrv_text = " " .. cfg.messages['retrieved']

		AccessDate = nowrap_date (AccessDate);									-- wrap in nowrap span if date in appropriate format
		if 'mla' == Mode then													-- retrieved text not used in mla
			AccessDate = ' ' .. AccessDate;
		else
			if (sepc ~= ".") then retrv_text = retrv_text:lower() end			-- if mode is cs2, lower case
			AccessDate = substitute (retrv_text, AccessDate);					-- add retrieved text
		end
		AccessDate = substitute (cfg.presentation['accessdate'], {sepc, AccessDate});	-- allow editors to hide accessdates
	end
	
	if is_set(ID) then ID = sepc .." ".. ID; end
   	if "thesis" == config.CitationClass and is_set(Docket) then
		ID = sepc .." Docket ".. Docket .. ID;
	end
   	if "report" == config.CitationClass and is_set(Docket) then					-- for cite report when |docket= is set
		ID = sepc .. ' ' .. Docket;												-- overwrite ID even if |id= is set
	end

	ID_list = build_id_list( ID_list, {IdAccessLevels=ID_access_levels, DoiBroken = DoiBroken, ASINTLD = ASINTLD, IgnoreISBN = IgnoreISBN, Embargo=Embargo, Class = Class} );

	if is_set(URL) then
		URL = " " .. external_link( URL, nil, URLorigin, UrlAccess );
	end

	if is_set(Quote) then
		if Quote:sub(1,1) == '"' and Quote:sub(-1,-1) == '"' then				-- if first and last characters of quote are quote marks
			Quote = Quote:sub(2,-2);											-- strip them off
		end
		Quote = sepc .." " .. wrap_style ('quoted-text', Quote ); 				-- wrap in <q>...</q> tags
		PostScript = "";														-- cs1|2 does not supply terminal punctuation when |quote= is set
	end
	
	local Archived
	if is_set(ArchiveURL) then
		if not is_set(ArchiveDate) then
			ArchiveDate = set_error('archive_missing_date');
		end
		if 'no' == DeadURL or 'nei' == DeadURL or 'live' == DeadURL or 'ok' == DeadURL then
			local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived'];
			if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
			Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( cfg.messages['archived-not-dead'],
				{ external_link( ArchiveURL, arch_text, A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL'), nil ) .. ArchiveFormat, ArchiveDate } );
			if not is_set(OriginalURL) then
				Archived = Archived .. " " .. set_error('archive_missing_url');							   
			end
		elseif is_set(OriginalURL) then											-- DeadURL is empty, 'yes', 'true', 'y', 'unfit', 'usurped'
			local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-dead'];
			if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
			if in_array (DeadURL, {'unfit', 'usurped', 'bot: unknown'}) then
				arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-unfit'];
				if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
				Archived = sepc .. ' ' .. arch_text .. ArchiveDate;				-- format already styled
				if 'bot: unknown' == DeadURL then
					add_maint_cat ('bot:_unknown');								-- and add a category if not already added
				else
					add_maint_cat ('unfit');									-- and add a category if not already added
				end
			else																-- DeadURL is empty, 'yes', 'true', or 'y'
				Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( arch_text,
					{ external_link( OriginalURL, cfg.messages['original'], OriginalURLorigin, OriginalAccess ) .. OriginalFormat, ArchiveDate } );	-- format already styled
			end	
		else
			local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-missing'];
			if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
			Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( arch_text, 
				{ set_error('archive_missing_url'), ArchiveDate } );
		end
	elseif is_set (ArchiveFormat) then
		Archived = ArchiveFormat;												-- if set and ArchiveURL not set ArchiveFormat has error message
	else
		Archived = ""
	end
	
	local Lay = '';
	if is_set(LayURL) then
		if is_set(LayDate) then LayDate = " (" .. LayDate .. ")" end
		if is_set(LaySource) then 
			LaySource = " &ndash; ''" .. safe_for_italics(LaySource) .. "''";
		else
			LaySource = "";
		end
		if sepc == '.' then
			Lay = sepc .. " " .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary'], A:ORIGIN('LayURL'), nil ) .. LayFormat .. LaySource .. LayDate
		else
			Lay = sepc .. " " .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary']:lower(), A:ORIGIN('LayURL'), nil ) .. LayFormat .. LaySource .. LayDate
		end			
	elseif is_set (LayFormat) then												-- Test if |lay-format= is given without giving a |lay-url=
		Lay = sepc .. LayFormat;												-- if set and LayURL not set, then LayFormat has error message
	end

	if is_set(Transcript) then
		if is_set(TranscriptURL) then
			Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, Transcript, TranscriptURLorigin, nil );
		end
		Transcript = sepc .. ' ' .. Transcript .. TranscriptFormat;
	elseif is_set(TranscriptURL) then
		Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, nil, TranscriptURLorigin, nil );
	end

	local Publisher;
	if is_set(PublicationDate) then
		PublicationDate = wrap_msg ('published', PublicationDate);
	end
	if is_set(PublisherName) then
		if is_set(PublicationPlace) then
			Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. ": " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate;
		else
			Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate;  
		end			
	elseif is_set(PublicationPlace) then 
		Publisher= sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. PublicationDate;
	else 
		Publisher = PublicationDate;
	end
	
	-- Several of the above rely upon detecting this as nil, so do it last.
	if is_set(Periodical) then
		if is_set(Title) or is_set(TitleNote) then 
			Periodical = sepc .. " " .. wrap_style ('italic-title', Periodical) 
		else 
			Periodical = wrap_style ('italic-title', Periodical)
		end
	end

--[[
Handle the oddity that is cite speech.  This code overrides whatever may be the value assigned to TitleNote (through |department=) and forces it to be " (Speech)" so that
the annotation directly follows the |title= parameter value in the citation rather than the |event= parameter value (if provided).
]]
	if "speech" == config.CitationClass then				-- cite speech only
		TitleNote = " (Speech)";							-- annotate the citation
		if is_set (Periodical) then							-- if Periodical, perhaps because of an included |website= or |journal= parameter 
			if is_set (Conference) then						-- and if |event= is set
				Conference = Conference .. sepc .. " ";		-- then add appropriate punctuation to the end of the Conference variable before rendering
			end
		end
	end

	-- Piece all bits together at last.  Here, all should be non-nil.
	-- We build things this way because it is more efficient in LUA
	-- not to keep reassigning to the same string variable over and over.

	local tcommon;
	local tcommon2;																-- used for book cite when |contributor= is set
	
	if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"journal","citation"}) and is_set(Periodical) then
		if is_set(Others) then Others = Others .. sepc .. " " end
		if 'mla' == Mode then
			tcommon = safe_join( {Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Edition, Publisher, Agency, Volume}, sepc );
		else
			tcommon = safe_join( {Others, Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, 
				Language, Edition, Publisher, Agency, Volume}, sepc );
		end		
	elseif in_array(config.CitationClass, {"book","citation"}) and not is_set(Periodical) then		-- special cases for book cites
		if is_set (Contributors) then											-- when we are citing foreword, preface, introduction, etc
			tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote}, sepc );					-- author and other stuff will come after this and before tcommon2
			if 'mla' == Mode then
				tcommon2 = safe_join( {Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
			else
				tcommon2 = safe_join( {Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
			end
		elseif 'mla' == Mode then
			tcommon = safe_join( {TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
		else
			tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
		end

	elseif 'map' == config.CitationClass then									-- special cases for cite map
		if is_set (Chapter) then												-- map in a book; TitleType is part of Chapter
			tcommon = safe_join( {Title, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc );
		elseif is_set (Periodical) then											-- map in a periodical
			tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Periodical, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc );
		else																	-- a sheet or stand-alone map
			tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher}, sepc );
		end
		
	elseif 'episode' == config.CitationClass then								-- special case for cite episode
		tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, TitleType, Series, Transcript, Language, Edition, Publisher}, sepc );

	elseif ('news' == config.CitationClass) and ('mla' == Mode) then			-- special case for cite news in MLA mode
		tcommon = safe_join( {Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Edition, Agency}, sepc );

	elseif ('web' == config.CitationClass) and ('mla' == Mode) then				-- special case for cite web in MLA mode
		tcommon = safe_join( {Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, 
			Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );

	else																		-- all other CS1 templates
		tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, 
			Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
	end
	
	if #ID_list > 0 then
		ID_list = safe_join( { sepc .. " ",  table.concat( ID_list, sepc .. " " ), ID }, sepc );
	else
		ID_list = ID;
	end
	
	local idcommon = safe_join( { ID_list, URL, Archived, AccessDate, Via, SubscriptionRequired, Lay, Quote }, sepc );
	local text;
	local pgtext = Position .. Sheet .. Sheets .. Page .. Pages .. At;

	if is_set(Date) then
		if ('mla' == Mode) then
			if in_array (config.CitationClass, {'book', 'news', 'web'}) then
				Date = ', ' .. Date;											-- origyear follows title in mla
			elseif 'journal' == config.CitationClass then
				Date = ', (' .. Date .. ')';
			end
		elseif is_set (Authors) or is_set (Editors) then						-- date follows authors or editors when authors not set
			Date = " (" .. Date ..")" .. OrigYear .. sepc .. " ";				-- in paranetheses
		else																	-- neither of authors and editors set
			if (string.sub(tcommon,-1,-1) == sepc) then							-- if the last character of tcommon is sepc
				Date = " " .. Date .. OrigYear;									-- Date does not begin with sepc
			else
				Date = sepc .. " " .. Date .. OrigYear;							-- Date begins with sepc
			end
		end
	end	
	if is_set(Authors) then
		if (not is_set (Date)) or ('mla' == Mode) then							-- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Authors termination
			Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc);						-- when no date, terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
		end
		if is_set(Editors) then
			local in_text = " ";
			local post_text = "";
			if is_set(Chapter) and 0 == #c and 'mla' ~= Mode then
				in_text = in_text .. cfg.messages['in'] .. " "
				if (sepc ~= '.') then in_text = in_text:lower() end				-- lowercase for cs2
			elseif is_set(Chapter) and 'mla' == Mode then
				if EditorCount <= 1 then
					in_text = '. Ed. ';
				else
					in_text = '. Eds. ';
				end
			else
				if EditorCount <= 1 then
					post_text = ", " .. cfg.messages['editor'];
				else
					post_text = ", " .. cfg.messages['editors'];
				end
			end 
			Editors = terminate_name_list (in_text .. Editors .. post_text, sepc);	-- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
		end
		if is_set (Contributors) then											-- book cite and we're citing the intro, preface, etc
			local by_text = sepc .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['by'] .. ' ';
			if (sepc ~= '.') then by_text = by_text:lower() end					-- lowercase for cs2
			Authors = by_text .. Authors;										-- author follows title so tweak it here
			if is_set (Editors) and is_set (Date) and ('mla' ~= Mode) then		-- when Editors make sure that Authors gets terminated
				Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc);					-- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
			end
			if (not is_set (Date)) or ('mla' == Mode) then											-- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Contributors termination
				Contributors = terminate_name_list (Contributors, sepc);		-- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
			end
			if 'mla' == Mode then
				text = safe_join( {Contributors, Chapter, tcommon, OrigYear, Authors, Place, Others, Editors, tcommon2, Date, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc );
			else
				text = safe_join( {Contributors, Date, Chapter, tcommon, Authors, Place, Editors, tcommon2, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc );
			end
		elseif 'mla' == Mode then
			tcommon = tcommon .. Date;											-- hack to avoid duplicate separators
			text = safe_join( {Authors, Chapter, Title, OrigYear, Others, Editors, Edition, Place, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc );
		else
			text = safe_join( {Authors, Date, Chapter, Place, Editors, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc );
		end
	elseif is_set(Editors) then
		if is_set(Date) then
			if EditorCount <= 1 then
				Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editor'];
			else
				Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editors'];
			end
		else
			if EditorCount <= 1 then
				Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editor'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " "
			else
				Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editors'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " "
			end
		end
		if 'mla' == Mode then
			if in_array(config.CitationClass, {'journal', 'news', 'web'}) and is_set(Periodical) then
				text = safe_join( {Editors, Title, Place, tcommon, pgtext, Date, idcommon}, sepc );
			else
				text = safe_join( {Editors, Chapter, Title, Place, tcommon, Date, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
			end
		else
			text = safe_join( {Editors, Date, Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
		end
	elseif 'mla' == Mode then
		if in_array(config.CitationClass, {'journal', 'news', 'web'}) and is_set(Periodical) then
			text = safe_join( {Title, Place, tcommon, pgtext, Date, idcommon}, sepc );
		else
			text = safe_join( {Chapter, Title, Place, tcommon, Date, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
		end
	else
		if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"journal","citation"}) and is_set(Periodical) then
			text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, Date, idcommon}, sepc );
		else
			text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, Date, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
		end
	end
	
	if is_set(PostScript) and PostScript ~= sepc then
		text = safe_join( {text, sepc}, sepc );  --Deals with italics, spaces, etc.
		text = text:sub(1,-sepc:len()-1);
	end	
	
	text = safe_join( {text, PostScript}, sepc );

	-- Now enclose the whole thing in a <cite/> element
	local options = {};
	
	if is_set(config.CitationClass) and config.CitationClass ~= "citation" then
		options.class = config.CitationClass;
		options.class = "citation " .. config.CitationClass;					-- class=citation required for blue highlight when used with |ref=
	else
		options.class = "citation";
	end
	
	if is_set(Ref) and Ref:lower() ~= "none" then								-- set reference anchor if appropriate
		local id = Ref
		if ('harv' == Ref ) then
			local namelist = {};												-- holds selected contributor, author, editor name list
			local year = first_set ({Year, anchor_year}, 2);					-- Year first for legacy citations and for YMD dates that require disambiguation

			if #c > 0 then														-- if there is a contributor list
				namelist = c;													-- select it
			elseif #a > 0 then													-- or an author list
				namelist = a;
			elseif #e > 0 then													-- or an editor list
				namelist = e;
			end
			if #namelist > 0 then												-- if there are names in namelist
				id = anchor_id (namelist, year);								-- go make the CITEREF anchor
			else
				id = '';														-- unset
			end
		end
		options.id = id;
	end
	
	if string.len(text:gsub("<span[^>/]*>(.-)</span>", "%1"):gsub("%b<>","")) <= 2 then	-- remove <span> tags and other html-like markup; then get length of what remains
		z.error_categories = {};
		text = set_error('empty_citation');
		z.message_tail = {};
	end
	
	if is_set(options.id) then													-- here we wrap the rendered citation in <cite ...>...</cite> tags
		text = substitute (cfg.presentation['cite-id'], {mw.uri.anchorEncode(options.id), mw.text.nowiki(options.class), text});	-- when |ref= is set
	else
		text = substitute (cfg.presentation['cite'], {mw.text.nowiki(options.class), text});	-- all other cases
	end		

	text = text .. substitute (cfg.presentation['ocins'], {OCinSoutput});		-- append metadata to the citation
	
	if #z.message_tail ~= 0 then
		text = text .. " ";
		for i,v in ipairs( z.message_tail ) do
			if is_set(v[1]) then
				if i == #z.message_tail then
					text = text .. error_comment( v[1], v[2] );
				else
					text = text .. error_comment( v[1] .. "; ", v[2] );
				end
			end
		end
	end

	if #z.maintenance_cats ~= 0 then
		text = text .. '<span class="citation-comment" style="display:none; color:#33aa33; margin-left:0.3em">';
		for _, v in ipairs( z.maintenance_cats ) do								-- append maintenance categories
			text = text .. v .. ' ([[:Category:' .. v ..'|link]])';
		end
		text = text .. '</span>';												-- maintenance mesages (realy just the names of the categories for now)
	end
	
	no_tracking_cats = no_tracking_cats:lower();
	if in_array(no_tracking_cats, {"", "no", "false", "n", "nei"}) then
		for _, v in ipairs( z.error_categories ) do
			text = text .. '[[Category:' .. v ..']]';
		end
		for _, v in ipairs( z.maintenance_cats ) do								-- append maintenance categories
			text = text .. '[[Category:' .. v ..']]';
		end
		for _, v in ipairs( z.properties_cats ) do								-- append maintenance categories
			text = text .. '[[Category:' .. v ..']]';
		end
	end
	
	return text
end


--[[--------------------------< C S 1 . C I T A T I O N >------------------------------------------------------

This is used by templates such as {{cite book}} to create the actual citation text.

]]

function cs1.citation(frame)
	Frame = frame;																-- save a copy incase we need to display an error message in preview mode
	local pframe = frame:getParent()
	local validation, utilities, identifiers, metadata;
	
	if nil ~= string.find (frame:getTitle(), 'sandkasse', 1, true) then			-- did the {{#invoke:}} use sandkasse version?
		cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration/sandkasse');		-- load sandkasse versions of support modules
		whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist/sandkasse');
		utilities = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities/sandkasse');
		validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation/sandkasse');
		identifiers = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers/sandkasse');
		metadata = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/COinS/sandkasse');
		
	else																		-- otherwise
		cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration');				-- load live versions of support modules
		whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist');
		utilities = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities');
		validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation');
		identifiers = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers');
		metadata = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/COinS');
	end

	utilities.set_selected_modules (cfg);										-- so that functions in Utilities can see the cfg tables
	identifiers.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities);							-- so that functions in Identifiers can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module
	validation.set_selected_modules (utilities);								-- so that functions in Date validataion can see the selected Utilities module
	metadata.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities);								-- so that functions in COinS can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module

	dates = validation.dates;													-- imported functions from Module:Citation/CS1/Date validation
	year_date_check = validation.year_date_check;
	reformat_dates = validation.reformat_dates;
	date_hyphen_to_dash = validation.date_hyphen_to_dash;
	
	is_set = utilities.is_set;													-- imported functions from Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
	in_array = utilities.in_array;
	substitute = utilities.substitute;
	error_comment = utilities.error_comment;
	set_error = utilities.set_error;
	select_one = utilities.select_one;
	add_maint_cat = utilities.add_maint_cat;
	wrap_style = utilities.wrap_style;
	safe_for_italics = utilities.safe_for_italics;
	remove_wiki_link = utilities.remove_wiki_link;

	z = utilities.z;															-- table of error and category tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities

	extract_ids = identifiers.extract_ids;										-- imported functions from Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers
	build_id_list = identifiers.build_id_list;
	is_embargoed = identifiers.is_embargoed;
	extract_id_access_levels = identifiers.extract_id_access_levels;
	
	make_coins_title = metadata.make_coins_title;								-- imported functions from Module:Citation/CS1/COinS
	get_coins_pages = metadata.get_coins_pages;
	COinS = metadata.COinS;

	local args = {};															-- table where we store all of the template's arguments
	local suggestions = {};														-- table where we store suggestions if we need to loadData them
	local error_text, error_state;

	local config = {};															-- table to store parameters from the module {{#invoke:}}
	for k, v in pairs( frame.args ) do
		config[k] = v;
--		args[k] = v;															-- debug tool that allows us to render a citation from module {{#invoke:}}
	end	

	local capture;																-- the single supported capture when matching unknown parameters using patterns
	for k, v in pairs( pframe.args ) do
		if v ~= '' then
			if not validate( k, config.CitationClass ) then			
				error_text = "";
				if type( k ) ~= 'string' then
					-- Exclude empty numbered parameters
					if v:match("%S+") ~= nil then
						error_text, error_state = set_error( 'text_ignored', {v}, true );
					end
				elseif validate( k:lower(), config.CitationClass ) then 
					error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, k:lower()}, true );
				else
					if nil == suggestions.suggestions then						-- if this table is nil then we need to load it
						if nil ~= string.find (frame:getTitle(), 'sandkasse', 1, true) then			-- did the {{#invoke:}} use sandkasse version?
							suggestions = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions/sandkasse' );	-- use the sandkasse version
						else
							suggestions = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions' );			-- use the live version
						end
					end
					for pattern, param in pairs (suggestions.patterns) do		-- loop through the patterns to see if we can suggest a proper parameter
						capture = k:match (pattern);							-- the whole match if no caputre in pattern else the capture if a match
						if capture then											-- if the pattern matches 
							param = substitute( param, capture );				-- add the capture to the suggested parameter (typically the enumerator)
							error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, param}, true );	-- set the error message
						end
					end
					if not is_set (error_text) then								-- couldn't match with a pattern, is there an expicit suggestion?
						if suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ] ~= nil then
							error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ]}, true );
						else
							error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored', {k}, true );
							v = '';												-- unset value assigned to unrecognized parameters (this for the limited parameter lists)
						end
					end
				end				  
				if error_text ~= '' then
					table.insert( z.message_tail, {error_text, error_state} );
				end				
			end
			missing_pipe_check (v);												-- do we think that there is a parameter that is missing a pipe?
			
			args[k] = v;
		elseif args[k] ~= nil or (k == 'postscript') then
			args[k] = v;
		end		
	end	

	for k, v in pairs( args ) do
		if 'string' == type (k) then											-- don't evaluate positional parameters
			has_invisible_chars (k, v);
		end
	end
	return citation0( config, args)
end

return cs1;
Hentet fra «https://www.wikisida.no/index.php?title=Modul:Citation/CS1&oldid=164457»